Sample records for determination method isdm

  1. Informed shared decision making: An exploratory study in pharmacy

    PubMed Central

    Kassam, Rosemin; Volume-Smith, Carlyn; Albon, Simon P.

    2007-01-01

    Introduction A study was undertaken to examine the feasibility of using the physician-based Informed Shared Decision Making (ISDM) framework for teaching pharmacy students competencies to effectively develop therapeutic relationships with patients. Objectives To: (1) assess the relevance and importance of the physician-developed ISDM competencies for pharmacy practice, (2) determine which competencies would be easiest and hardest to practice, (3) identify barriers to implementing ISDM in pharmacy practice, and (4) identify typical situations in which ISDM is or could be practiced. Methods Twenty pharmacists representing 4 different practices were interviewed using a standardized interview protocol. Results Pharmacists acknowledged that majority of the physician-based competencies were relevant to pharmacy practice; although not all competencies were considered to be most important. Competency #1 (Develop a partnership with the patient) was found to be the most relevant, the most important and the easiest to practice of all the competencies. While no one competency was identified as being hard to practice, there were several barriers identified to practicing ISDM. Finally, pharmacists expressed that patients with chronic conditions would be the most ideal for engaging in ISDM. Conclusion While pharmacists believed that the ISDM model could provide a framework for pharmacists to develop therapeutic relationships with their patients, the group also identified obstacles to engaging successfully in this relationship. PMID:25157282

  2. Putting informed and shared decision making into practice.

    PubMed

    Towle, Angela; Godolphin, William; Grams, Garry; Lamarre, Amanda

    2006-12-01

    To investigate the practice, experiences and views of motivated and trained family physicians as they attempt to implement informed and shared decision making (ISDM) in routine practice and to identify and understand the barriers they encounter. Patient involvement in decision making about their health care has been the focus of much academic activity. Although significant conceptual and experimental work has been done, ISDM rarely occurs. Physician attitudes and lack of training are identified barriers. Qualitative analysis of transcripts of consultations and key informant group interviews. Six family physicians received training in the ISDM competencies. Audiotapes of office consultations were made before and after training. Transcripts of consultations were examined to identify behavioural markers associated with each competency and the range of expression of the competencies. The physicians attended group interviews at the end of the study to explore experiences of ISDM. The physicians liked the ISDM model and thought that they should put it into practice. Evidence from transcripts indicated they were able to elicit concerns, ideas and expectations (although not about management) and agree an action plan. They did not elicit preferences for role or information. They sometimes offered choices. They had difficulty achieving full expression of any of the competencies and integrating ISDM into their script for the medical interview. The study also identified a variety of competency-specific barriers. A major barrier to the practice of ISDM by motivated physicians appears to be the need to change well-established patterns of communication with patients.

  3. Putting informed and shared decision making into practice

    PubMed Central

    Towle, Angela; Godolphin, William; Grams, Garry; LaMarre, Amanda

    2006-01-01

    Abstract Objective  To investigate the practice, experiences and views of motivated and trained family physicians as they attempt to implement informed and shared decision making (ISDM) in routine practice and to identify and understand the barriers they encounter. Background  Patient involvement in decision making about their health care has been the focus of much academic activity. Although significant conceptual and experimental work has been done, ISDM rarely occurs. Physician attitudes and lack of training are identified barriers. Design  Qualitative analysis of transcripts of consultations and key informant group interviews. Settings and participants  Six family physicians received training in the ISDM competencies. Audiotapes of office consultations were made before and after training. Transcripts of consultations were examined to identify behavioural markers associated with each competency and the range of expression of the competencies. The physicians attended group interviews at the end of the study to explore experiences of ISDM. Results  The physicians liked the ISDM model and thought that they should put it into practice. Evidence from transcripts indicated they were able to elicit concerns, ideas and expectations (although not about management) and agree an action plan. They did not elicit preferences for role or information. They sometimes offered choices. They had difficulty achieving full expression of any of the competencies and integrating ISDM into their script for the medical interview. The study also identified a variety of competency‐specific barriers. Conclusion  A major barrier to the practice of ISDM by motivated physicians appears to be the need to change well‐established patterns of communication with patients. PMID:17083559

  4. Informed shared decision-making programme on the prevention of myocardial infarction in type 2 diabetes: a randomised controlled trial.

    PubMed

    Buhse, Susanne; Mühlhauser, Ingrid; Heller, Tabitha; Kuniss, Nadine; Müller, Ulrich Alfons; Kasper, Jürgen; Lehmann, Thomas; Lenz, Matthias

    2015-11-13

    To evaluate an informed shared decision-making programme (ISDM-P) for people with type 2 diabetes under high fidelity conditions. Randomised, single-blinded trial with sham control intervention and follow-up of 6 months. Single-centre diabetes clinic providing care according to the national disease management programme in Germany. 154 people with type 2 diabetes without diagnosis of ischaemic heart disease or stroke. The ISDM-P is executed by diabetes educators. Core component is a patient decision aid on the prevention of myocardial infarction supplemented by a 90 min group teaching session. The structurally equivalent control intervention addresses stress issues. Primary outcome was risk comprehension, including realistic expectations about benefits and harms of interventions. It was assessed by a 12-item questionnaire after the teaching session when patients set and prioritise their treatment goals. Key secondary outcome was adherence to treatment goals, operationalised as achievement of individual goals and medication uptake. ISDM-P teaching sessions were video-taped to monitor intervention fidelity. 72 of 77 ISDM-P and 71 of 77 control patients completed the questionnaire (score 0-12). ISDM-P patients achieved higher levels of risk comprehension, mean score 8.25 vs 2.62, difference 5.63 (95% CI 4.82 to 6.44), and realistic expectations (score 0-6), 4.51 vs 0.85, 3.67 (3.23 to 4.11). More ISDM-P patients wished to take statins, 59.2% vs 30.4%, 28.7% (12.9% to 44.5%); more prioritised blood pressure control, 51.4% vs 25.7%, and fewer intensive glucose control, 33.3% vs 60%, p=0.002. More ISDM-P patients achieved their glycated haemoglobin goals, 95.8% vs 85.7%, 10.1% (0.6% to 19.5%). Achievement of prioritised goals and medication uptake were comparable between groups. The ISDM-P on preventive measures in type 2 diabetes was effective under high fidelity conditions. Involvement of diabetes educators may facilitate implementation of the informed shared decision-making. ISRCTN84636255. Published by the BMJ Publishing Group Limited. For permission to use (where not already granted under a licence) please go to http://www.bmj.com/company/products-services/rights-and-licensing/

  5. Invasive Species Distribution Modeling (iSDM): Are absence data and dispersal constraints needed to predict actual distributions?

    Treesearch

    Tomáš Václavík; Ross K. Meentemeyer

    2009-01-01

    Species distribution models (SDMs) based on statistical relationships between occurrence data and underlying environmental conditions are increasingly used to predict spatial patterns of biological invasions and prioritize locations for early detection and control of invasion outbreaks. However, invasive species distribution models (iSDMs) face special challenges...

  6. The impact of media type on shared decision processes in third-age populations.

    PubMed

    Reychav, Iris; Najami, Inam; Raban, Daphne Ruth; McHaney, Roger; Azuri, Joseph

    2018-04-01

    To examine the relationship between the media, through which medical information was made available (e.g. digital versus printed), and the patients' desire to play an active part in a medical decision in an SDM or an ISDM-based process. The goal of this research was to expand knowledge concerning social and personal factors that affect and explain patients' willingness to participate in the process. A questionnaire was distributed in this empirical study of 103 third-age participants. A theoretical model formed the basis for the study and utilized a variety of factors from technology acceptance, as well as personal and environmental influences to investigate the likelihood of subjects preferring a certain decision-making approach. The research population included men and women aged 65 or older who resided in five assisted living facilities in Israel. The sample was split randomly into 2 groups. One group used digital information and the other print. A path analysis was conducted, using Structural Equation Modelling (SEM) in AMOS SPSS, to determine the influence of the information mode of presentation on the patient's choice of the SDM or ISDM model. When digital media was accessible, the information's perceived usefulness (PU) led participants to choose an ISDM-based process; this was not true with printed information. When information was available online, higher self-efficacy (SE) led participants to prefer an SDM-based process. When the information was available in print, a direct positive influence was found on the participant's choice of SDM, while a direct negative influence was found on their choice of an ISDM-based process. PU was found to be affected by external peer influences, particularly when resources were made available in print. This meant that digital resources tended to be accepted at face value more readily. Cognitive absorption had a positive effect on the research variables only when the information was available digitally. The findings suggest the use of digital information may be related to cognitive functions of older adults, since the use of digital technology and information requires more cognitive effort. The study illustrates factors that make patients choose SDM or ISDM-based processes in third-age populations. In general, the results suggest that, even though a physician may attempt to place the patient in the center of the decision process, printed information does not empower the patient in the same way that digital resources do. This may have wider ramifications if the patient does not buy into the treatment plan is and becomes less motivated to be compliant with the treatment. Another key contribution of this research is to identify processes that reflect information assessment and adoptions, and the behaviors related to medical decision making, both as a model and as a process. This study suggests what health care professionals should expect to see as the transition to more digital information sources becomes the norm among the elderly population. Future research is needed to examine this model under different conditions, and to check for other variables and mechanisms perceived as mediators in the choice of SDM or ISDM processes. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  7. Evaluation of the quality of patient information to support informed shared decision-making.

    PubMed

    Godolphin, W; Towle, A; McKendry, R

    2001-12-01

    (a) To find out how much patient information material on display in family physicians' offices refers to management choices, and hence may be useful to support informed and shared decision-making (ISDM) by patients and (b) to evaluate the quality of print information materials exchanged during the consultation, i.e. brought in by patients or given out by family physicians. All print information available for patients and exchanged between physicians and patients was collected in a single complete day of the office practices of 21 family physicians. A published and validated instrument (DISCERN) was used to assess quality. Community office practices in the greater Vancouver area, British Columbia, Canada. The physicians were purposefully recruited by their association with the medical school Department of Family Practice, their interest in providing patients with print information and their representation of a range of practice types and location. The source of the pamphlets and these categories: available in the physicians' offices; exchanged between physician and patient; and produced with the explicit or apparent intent to support evidence-based patient choice. The quality of the print information to support ISDM, as measured by DISCERN and the ease of use and reliability of the DISCERN tool. Fewer than 50% of pamphlets available in these offices fulfilled our minimum criteria for ISDM (mentioned more than one management option). Offices varied widely in the proportion of pamphlets on display that supported ISDM and how particular the physician was in selecting materials. The DISCERN tool is quick, valid and reliable for the evaluation of patient information. The quality of patient information materials used in the consultation and available in these offices was below midpoint on the DISCERN score. Major deficiencies were with respect to the mention of choices, risks, effect of no treatment or uncertainty and reliability (source, evidence-base). Good quality information can be produced; some is available locally.

  8. Evaluation of the quality of patient information to support informed shared decision‐making

    PubMed Central

    Godolphin, William; Towle, Angela; McKendry, Rachael

    2008-01-01

    Objectives (a) To find out how much patient information material on display in family physicians’ offices refers to management choices, and hence may be useful to support informed and shared decision‐making (ISDM) by patients and (b) to evaluate the quality of print information materials exchanged during the consultation, i.e. brought in by patients or given out by family physicians. Design All print information available for patients and exchanged between physicians and patients was collected in a single complete day of the office practices of 21 family physicians. A published and validated instrument (DISCERN) was used to assess quality. Setting and participants Community office practices in the greater Vancouver area, British Columbia, Canada. The physicians were purposefully recruited by their association with the medical school Department of Family Practice, their interest in providing patients with print information and their representation of a range of practice types and location. Main variables studied The source of the pamphlets and these categories: available in the physicians’ offices; exchanged between physician and patient; and produced with the explicit or apparent intent to support evidence‐based patient choice. Main outcome measures The quality of the print information to support ISDM, as measured by DISCERN and the ease of use and reliability of the DISCERN tool. Results and conclusions Fewer than 50% of pamphlets available in these offices fulfilled our minimum criteria for ISDM (mentioned more than one management option). Offices varied widely in the proportion of pamphlets on display that supported ISDM and how particular the physician was in selecting materials. The DISCERN tool is quick, valid and reliable for the evaluation of patient information. The quality of patient information materials used in the consultation and available in these offices was below midpoint on the DISCERN score. Major deficiencies were with respect to the mention of choices, risks, effect of no treatment or uncertainty and reliability (source, evidence‐base). Good quality information can be produced; some is available locally. PMID:11703497

  9. Implementation of shared decision-making in oncology: development and pilot study of a nurse-led decision-coaching programme for women with ductal carcinoma in situ.

    PubMed

    Berger-Höger, Birte; Liethmann, Katrin; Mühlhauser, Ingrid; Steckelberg, Anke

    2017-12-06

    To implement informed shared decision-making (ISDM) in breast care centres, we developed and piloted an inter-professional complex intervention. We developed an intervention consisting of three components: an evidence-based patient decision aid (DA) for women with ductal carcinoma in situ, a decision-coaching led by specialised nurses (breast care nurses and oncology nurses) and structured physician encounters. In order to enable professionals to gain ISDM competencies, we developed and tested a curriculum-based training programme for specialised nurses and a workshop for physicians. After successful testing of the components, we conducted a pilot study to test the feasibility of the entire revised intervention in two breast care centres. Here the acceptance of the intervention by women and professionals, the applicability to the breast care centres' procedures, women's knowledge, patient involvement in treatment decision-making assessed with the MAPPIN'SDM-observer instrument MAPPIN'O dyad, and barriers to and facilitators of the implementation were taken into consideration. We used questionnaires, structured verbal and written feedback and video recordings. Qualitative data were analysed descriptively, and mean values and ranges of quantitative data were calculated. To test the DA, focus groups and individual interviews were conducted with 27 women. Six expert reviews were obtained. The components of the nurse training were tested with 18 specialised nurses and 19 health science students. The development and piloting of the components were successful. The pilot test of the entire intervention included seven patients. In general, the intervention is applicable. Patients attained adequate knowledge (range of correct answers: 9-11 of 11). On average, a basic level of patient involvement in treatment decision-making was observed for nurses and patient-nurse dyads (M(MAPPIN-O dyad ): 2.15 and M(MAPPIN-O nurse ): 1.90). Relevant barriers were identified; physicians barely tolerated women's preferences that were not in line with the medical recommendation. Classifying women as inappropriate for ISDM due to age or education led physicians to neglect eligible women during the recruitment phase. Decision-coaching is feasible. Nevertheless, there are some indications that structural changes are needed for long-term implementation. We are currently evaluating the intervention in a cluster randomised controlled trial in 16 breast care centres.

  10. Adaptive invasive species distribution models: A framework for modeling incipient invasions

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Uden, Daniel R.; Allen, Craig R.; Angeler, David G.; Corral, Lucia; Fricke, Kent A.

    2015-01-01

    The utilization of species distribution model(s) (SDM) for approximating, explaining, and predicting changes in species’ geographic locations is increasingly promoted for proactive ecological management. Although frameworks for modeling non-invasive species distributions are relatively well developed, their counterparts for invasive species—which may not be at equilibrium within recipient environments and often exhibit rapid transformations—are lacking. Additionally, adaptive ecological management strategies address the causes and effects of biological invasions and other complex issues in social-ecological systems. We conducted a review of biological invasions, species distribution models, and adaptive practices in ecological management, and developed a framework for adaptive, niche-based, invasive species distribution model (iSDM) development and utilization. This iterative, 10-step framework promotes consistency and transparency in iSDM development, allows for changes in invasive drivers and filters, integrates mechanistic and correlative modeling techniques, balances the avoidance of type 1 and type 2 errors in predictions, encourages the linking of monitoring and management actions, and facilitates incremental improvements in models and management across space, time, and institutional boundaries. These improvements are useful for advancing coordinated invasive species modeling, management and monitoring from local scales to the regional, continental and global scales at which biological invasions occur and harm native ecosystems and economies, as well as for anticipating and responding to biological invasions under continuing global change.

  11. ISDN at NASA Lewis Research Center

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bakes, Catherine Murphy; Goldberg, Fredric; Eubanks, Steven W.

    1992-01-01

    An expository investigation of the potential impact of the Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) at NASA Lewis Research Center is described. To properly frame the subject, the paper contains a detailed survey of the components of Narrowband ISDN. The principles and objectives are presented as decreed by the Consultative Committee for International Telephone and Telegraph (CCITT). The various channel types are delineated and their associated service combinations are described. The subscriber-access network functions are explained pictorially via the ISDN reference configuration. A section on switching techniques is presented to enable the reader to understand the emergence of the concept of fast packet switching. This new technology is designed to operate over the high bandwidth, low error rate transmission media that characterizes the LeRC environment. A brief introduction to the next generation of networks is covered with sections on Broadband ISDM (B-ISDN), Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), and Synchronous Optical Networks (SONET). Applications at LeRC are presented, first in terms of targets of opportunity, then in light of compatibility constraints. In-place pilot projects and testing are described that demonstrate actual usage at LeRC.

  12. Shared decision making, a buzz-word in the Netherlands, the pace quickens towards nationwide implementation….

    PubMed

    van der Weijden, Trudy; Post, Heleen; Brand, Paul L P; van Veenendaal, Haske; Drenthen, Ton; van Mierlo, Linda Aj; Stalmeier, Peep; Damman, Olga C; Stiggelbout, Anne

    2017-06-01

    Currently, shared decision making (SDM) is on the agenda among target patient representative groups, policy makers and professional bodies. Although the International Conference for Shared Decision Making (ISDM) 2011 generated a positive boost, hesitation was also felt among Dutch clinicians, who are challenged by many new tasks. No hesitation is seen among the majority of patients, opting mostly for the SDM model. We haven't reached these patients' needs fully yet, given disappointing research data on patients' experiences and professional behaviour. There is plenty of room for improvement in daily practice, for which many best practices are being designed and increasingly implemented, such as national campaigns to empower patients, central governance of patient decision aids that are developed along clinical practice guidelines, postgraduate training, collaborative learning and system changes, and merging goal setting and SDM in complex care. This is explicitly supported by the Dutch government, the Ministry of Health, patient groups, professional bodies and health insurers. The culture shift in the minds and hearts of patients and clinicians has started but is still ongoing. Enthusiasm for this way of working could be undermined if SDM is defined and implemented in a simplistic, dogmatic manner leading to irresponsible transferring of the professionals' uncertainty, responsibility, and decisional stress to patients. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier GmbH.

  13. Method for determining the weight of functional objectives on manufacturing system.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Qingshan; Xu, Wei; Zhang, Jiekun

    2014-01-01

    We propose a three-dimensional integrated weight determination to solve manufacturing system functional objectives, where consumers are weighted by triangular fuzzy numbers to determine the enterprises. The weights, subjective parts are determined by the expert scoring method, the objective parts are determined by the entropy method with the competitive advantage of determining. Based on the integration of three methods and comprehensive weight, we provide some suggestions for the manufacturing system. This paper provides the numerical example analysis to illustrate the feasibility of this method.

  14. Experimental methods of determining thermal properties of granite

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    Determination of thermal properties of granite using the block method is discussed and compared with other methods. Problems that limit the accuracy of contact method in determining thermal properties of porous media are evaluated. Thermal properties of granite is determined in the laboratory with a...

  15. Method for Determining the Weight of Functional Objectives on Manufacturing System

    PubMed Central

    Zhang, Qingshan; Xu, Wei; Zhang, Jiekun

    2014-01-01

    We propose a three-dimensional integrated weight determination to solve manufacturing system functional objectives, where consumers are weighted by triangular fuzzy numbers to determine the enterprises. The weights, subjective parts are determined by the expert scoring method, the objective parts are determined by the entropy method with the competitive advantage of determining. Based on the integration of three methods and comprehensive weight, we provide some suggestions for the manufacturing system. This paper provides the numerical example analysis to illustrate the feasibility of this method. PMID:25243203

  16. A novel method for sex determination by detecting the number of X chromosomes.

    PubMed

    Nakanishi, Hiroaki; Shojo, Hideki; Ohmori, Takeshi; Hara, Masaaki; Takada, Aya; Adachi, Noboru; Saito, Kazuyuki

    2015-01-01

    A novel method for sex determination, based on the detection of the number of X chromosomes, was established. Current methods, based on the detection of the Y chromosome, can directly identify an unknown sample as male, but female gender is determined indirectly, by not detecting the Y chromosome. Thus, a direct determination of female gender is important because the quality (e.g., fragmentation and amelogenin-Y null allele) of the Y chromosome DNA may lead to a false result. Thus, we developed a novel sex determination method by analyzing the number of X chromosomes using a copy number variation (CNV) detection technique (the comparative Ct method). In this study, we designed a primer set using the amelogenin-X gene without the CNV region as the target to determine the X chromosome copy number, to exclude the influence of the CNV region from the comparative Ct value. The number of X chromosomes was determined statistically using the CopyCaller software with real-time PCR. All DNA samples from participants (20 males, 20 females) were evaluated correctly using this method with 1-ng template DNA. A minimum of 0.2-ng template DNA was found to be necessary for accurate sex determination with this method. When using ultraviolet-irradiated template DNA, as mock forensic samples, the sex of the samples could not be determined by short tandem repeat (STR) analysis but was correctly determined using our method. Thus, we successfully developed a method of sex determination based on the number of X chromosomes. Our novel method will be useful in forensic practice for sex determination.

  17. Comparison of different methods to quantify fat classes in bakery products.

    PubMed

    Shin, Jae-Min; Hwang, Young-Ok; Tu, Ock-Ju; Jo, Han-Bin; Kim, Jung-Hun; Chae, Young-Zoo; Rhu, Kyung-Hun; Park, Seung-Kook

    2013-01-15

    The definition of fat differs in different countries; thus whether fat is listed on food labels depends on the country. Some countries list crude fat content in the 'Fat' section on the food label, whereas other countries list total fat. In this study, three methods were used for determining fat classes and content in bakery products: the Folch method, the automated Soxhlet method, and the AOAC 996.06 method. The results using these methods were compared. Fat (crude) extracted by the Folch and Soxhlet methods was gravimetrically determined and assessed by fat class using capillary gas chromatography (GC). In most samples, fat (total) content determined by the AOAC 996.06 method was lower than the fat (crude) content determined by the Folch or automated Soxhlet methods. Furthermore, monounsaturated fat or saturated fat content determined by the AOAC 996.06 method was lowest. Almost no difference was observed between fat (crude) content determined by the Folch method and that determined by the automated Soxhlet method for nearly all samples. In three samples (wheat biscuits, butter cookies-1, and chocolate chip cookies), monounsaturated fat, saturated fat, and trans fat content obtained by the automated Soxhlet method was higher than that obtained by the Folch method. The polyunsaturated fat content obtained by the automated Soxhlet method was not higher than that obtained by the Folch method in any sample. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  18. Precision of dehydroascorbic acid quantitation with the use of the subtraction method--validation of HPLC-DAD method for determination of total vitamin C in food.

    PubMed

    Mazurek, Artur; Jamroz, Jerzy

    2015-04-15

    In food analysis, a method for determination of vitamin C should enable measuring of total content of ascorbic acid (AA) and dehydroascorbic acid (DHAA) because both chemical forms exhibit biological activity. The aim of the work was to confirm applicability of HPLC-DAD method for analysis of total content of vitamin C (TC) and ascorbic acid in various types of food by determination of validation parameters such as: selectivity, precision, accuracy, linearity and limits of detection and quantitation. The results showed that the method applied for determination of TC and AA was selective, linear and precise. Precision of DHAA determination by the subtraction method was also evaluated. It was revealed that the results of DHAA determination obtained by the subtraction method were not precise which resulted directly from the assumption of this method and the principles of uncertainty propagation. The proposed chromatographic method should be recommended for routine determinations of total vitamin C in various food. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  19. 77 FR 8143 - Section 482; Methods To Determine Taxable Income in Connection With a Cost Sharing Arrangement...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-02-14

    ... 482; Methods To Determine Taxable Income in Connection With a Cost Sharing Arrangement; Correction... on Thursday, December 22, 2011 (76 FR 80082), relating to section 482 and methods to determine... revisions read as follows: Sec. 1.482-7 Methods to determine taxable income in connection with a cost...

  20. Cuff depth and continuous chest auscultation method for determination of tracheal tube insertion depth in nasal intubation: observational study.

    PubMed

    Ouchi, Kentaro; Sugiyama, Kazuna

    2016-04-01

    Incorrect endobronchial placement of the tracheal tube can lead to serious complications. Hence, it is necessary to determine the accuracy of tracheal tube positioning. Markers are included on tracheal tubes, in the process of their manufacture, as indicators of approximate intubation depth. In addition, continuous chest auscultation has been used for determining the proper position of the tube. We examined insertion depth using the cuff depth and continuous chest auscultation method (CC method), compared with insertion depth determined by the marker method, to assess the accuracy of these methods. After induction of anesthesia, tracheal intubation was performed in each patient. In the CC method, the depth of tube insertion was measured when the cuff had passed through the glottis, and again when breath sounds changed in quality; the depth of tube insertion was determined from these values. In the marker method, the depth of tube insertion was measured and determined when the marker of the tube had reached the glottis, using insertion depth according to the marker as an index. Insertion depth by the marker method was 26.6 ± 1.2 cm and by the CC method was 28.0 ± 1.2 cm (P < 0.0001). The CC method indicated a significantly greater depth than the marker method. This study determined the safe range of tracheal tube placement. Tube positions determined by the CC method were about 1 cm deeper than those determined by the marker. This information is important to prevent accidental one-lung ventilation and accidental extubation. UMIN No. UMIN000011375.

  1. An improved correlation method for determining the period of a torsion pendulum

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Luo Jie; Wang Dianhong

    Considering variation of environment temperature and unhomogeneity of background gravitational field, an improved correlation method was proposed to determine the variational period of a torsion pendulum with high precision. The result of processing experimental data shows that the uncertainty of determining the period with this method has been improved about twofolds than traditional correlation method, which is significant for the determination of gravitational constant with time-of-swing method.

  2. Spectrophotometric Methods for Simultaneous Determination of Oxytetracycline HCl and Flunixin Meglumine in Their Veterinary Pharmaceutical Formulation.

    PubMed

    Merey, Hanan A; Abd-Elmonem, Mahmmoud S; Nazlawy, Hagar N; Zaazaa, Hala E

    2017-01-01

    Four precise, accurate, selective, and sensitive UV-spectrophotometric methods were developed and validated for the simultaneous determination of a binary mixture of Oxytetracycline HCl (OXY) and Flunixin Meglumine (FLU). The first method, dual wavelength (DW), depends on measuring the difference in absorbance (ΔA 273.4-327 nm) for the determination of OXY where FLU is zero while FLU is determined at ΔA 251.7-275.7 nm. The second method, first-derivative spectrophotometric method (1D), depends on measuring the peak amplitude of the first derivative selectively at 377 and 266.7 nm for the determination of OXY and FLU, respectively. The third method, ratio difference method, depends on the difference in amplitudes of the ratio spectra at ΔP 286.5-324.8 nm and ΔP 249.6-286.3 nm for the determination of OXY and FLU, respectively. The fourth method, first derivative of ratio spectra method (1DD), depends on measuring the amplitude peak to peak of the first derivative of ratio spectra at 296.7 to 369 nm and 259.1 to 304.7 nm for the determination of OXY and FLU, respectively. Different factors affecting the applied spectrophotometric methods were studied. The proposed methods were validated according to ICH guidelines. Satisfactory results were obtained for determination of both drugs in laboratory prepared mixture and pharmaceutical dosage form. The developed methods are compared favourably with the official ones.

  3. 76 FR 80081 - Section 482: Methods To Determine Taxable Income in Connection With a Cost Sharing Arrangement

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-12-22

    ... Service 26 CFR Parts 1, 301, and 602 Section 482: Methods To Determine Taxable Income in Connection With a... 26 CFR Parts 1, 301, and 602 [TD 9568] RIN 1545-BI47 Section 482: Methods To Determine Taxable Income... regulations regarding methods to determine taxable income in connection with a cost sharing arrangement under...

  4. Intelligent methods for the process parameter determination of plastic injection molding

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gao, Huang; Zhang, Yun; Zhou, Xundao; Li, Dequn

    2018-03-01

    Injection molding is one of the most widely used material processing methods in producing plastic products with complex geometries and high precision. The determination of process parameters is important in obtaining qualified products and maintaining product quality. This article reviews the recent studies and developments of the intelligent methods applied in the process parameter determination of injection molding. These intelligent methods are classified into three categories: Case-based reasoning methods, expert system- based methods, and data fitting and optimization methods. A framework of process parameter determination is proposed after comprehensive discussions. Finally, the conclusions and future research topics are discussed.

  5. A method for detecting nonlinear determinism in normal and epileptic brain EEG signals.

    PubMed

    Meghdadi, Amir H; Fazel-Rezai, Reza; Aghakhani, Yahya

    2007-01-01

    A robust method of detecting determinism for short time series is proposed and applied to both healthy and epileptic EEG signals. The method provides a robust measure of determinism through characterizing the trajectories of the signal components which are obtained through singular value decomposition. Robustness of the method is shown by calculating proposed index of determinism at different levels of white and colored noise added to a simulated chaotic signal. The method is shown to be able to detect determinism at considerably high levels of additive noise. The method is then applied to both intracranial and scalp EEG recordings collected in different data sets for healthy and epileptic brain signals. The results show that for all of the studied EEG data sets there is enough evidence of determinism. The determinism is more significant for intracranial EEG recordings particularly during seizure activity.

  6. A Coarse-Alignment Method Based on the Optimal-REQUEST Algorithm

    PubMed Central

    Zhu, Yongyun

    2018-01-01

    In this paper, we proposed a coarse-alignment method for strapdown inertial navigation systems based on attitude determination. The observation vectors, which can be obtained by inertial sensors, usually contain various types of noise, which affects the convergence rate and the accuracy of the coarse alignment. Given this drawback, we studied an attitude-determination method named optimal-REQUEST, which is an optimal method for attitude determination that is based on observation vectors. Compared to the traditional attitude-determination method, the filtering gain of the proposed method is tuned autonomously; thus, the convergence rate of the attitude determination is faster than in the traditional method. Within the proposed method, we developed an iterative method for determining the attitude quaternion. We carried out simulation and turntable tests, which we used to validate the proposed method’s performance. The experiment’s results showed that the convergence rate of the proposed optimal-REQUEST algorithm is faster and that the coarse alignment’s stability is higher. In summary, the proposed method has a high applicability to practical systems. PMID:29337895

  7. An advanced analysis method of initial orbit determination with too short arc data

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Binzhe; Fang, Li

    2018-02-01

    This paper studies the initial orbit determination (IOD) based on space-based angle measurement. Commonly, these space-based observations have short durations. As a result, classical initial orbit determination algorithms give poor results, such as Laplace methods and Gauss methods. In this paper, an advanced analysis method of initial orbit determination is developed for space-based observations. The admissible region and triangulation are introduced in the method. Genetic algorithm is also used for adding some constraints of parameters. Simulation results show that the algorithm can successfully complete the initial orbit determination.

  8. Methods for threshold determination in multiplexed assays

    DOEpatents

    Tammero, Lance F. Bentley; Dzenitis, John M; Hindson, Benjamin J

    2014-06-24

    Methods for determination of threshold values of signatures comprised in an assay are described. Each signature enables detection of a target. The methods determine a probability density function of negative samples and a corresponding false positive rate curve. A false positive criterion is established and a threshold for that signature is determined as a point at which the false positive rate curve intersects the false positive criterion. A method for quantitative analysis and interpretation of assay results together with a method for determination of a desired limit of detection of a signature in an assay are also described.

  9. 77 FR 31756 - Energy Conservation Program: Alternative Efficiency Determination Methods and Alternative Rating...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-05-30

    ...-AC46 Energy Conservation Program: Alternative Efficiency Determination Methods and Alternative Rating Methods: Public Meeting AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy... regulations authorizing the use of alternative methods of determining energy efficiency or energy consumption...

  10. Spectrophotometric determination of isopropamide iodide and trifluoperazine hydrochloride in presence of trifluoperazine oxidative degradate.

    PubMed

    Abbas, Samah S; Zaazaa, Hala E; Abdelkawy, M; Abdelrahman, Maha M

    2010-04-01

    Four sensitive, selective and precise stability indicating methods for the determination of isopropamide iodide (ISO) and trifluoperazine hydrochloride (TPZ) in their binary mixture and in presence of trifluoperazine oxidative degradate (OXD). Method A is a derivative spectrophotometric one, where ISO was determined by first derivative (D(1)) at 226.4 nm while TPZ was determined by second derivative (D(2)) at 270.2 nm. Method B is the first derivative of the ratio spectra (DD(1)) spectrophotometric method, ISO can be determined by measuring the peak amplitude at 227.4 nm using 5 microg mL(-1) of OXD as a divisor, while TPZ can be determined by measuring the peak amplitude at 249.2 and 261.4 nm using 15 microg mL(-1) of ISO as a divisor. Method C is the isoabsorptive spectrophotometric method. This method allows determination of ISO and TPZ in their binary mixture by measuring total concentration of ISO and TPZ at their isoabsorptive point at lambda(229.8) nm (Aiso1) while TPZ concentration alone can be determined at lambda(max) 311.2 nm, then ISO concentration can be determined by subtraction. On the same basis TPZ can be determined in presence of ISO and OXD, where OXD concentration alone was determined by measuring the peak amplitude at lambda(281.6) and lambda(309.4) nm while total concentration of TPZ and OXD was determined at their isoabsorptive points at (Aiso2 = 270.2 nm), (Aiso3 = 310.6 nm) and (Aiso4 = 331.8 nm) then TPZ concentration was determined by subtraction. Method D is the multivariate calibration techniques [the classical least squares (CLS), principal component regression (PCR) and partial least squares (PLS)], using the information contained in the absorption spectra of ISO, TPZ and OXD mixtures. The selectivity of the proposed methods was checked using laboratory prepared mixtures. The proposed methods have been successfully applied to the analysis of ISO and TPZ in pharmaceutical dosage form without interference from other dosage form additives and the results were statistically compared with the reported method.

  11. [Determination of aluminium in flour foods with photometric method].

    PubMed

    Ma, Lan; Zhao, Xin; Zhou, Shuang; Yang, Dajin

    2012-05-01

    To establish a determination method for aluminium in flour foods with photometric method. After samples being treated with microwave digestion and wet digestion, aluminium in staple flour foods was determined by photometric method. There was a good linearity of the result in the range of 0.25 - 5.0 microg/ml aluminium, r = 0.9998; limit of detection (LOD) : 2.3 ng/ml; limit of quantitation (LOQ) : 7 ng/ml. This method of determining aluminium in flour foods is simple, rapid and reliable.

  12. Spectrophotometric Methods for Simultaneous Determination of Oxytetracycline HCl and Flunixin Meglumine in Their Veterinary Pharmaceutical Formulation

    PubMed Central

    Abd-Elmonem, Mahmmoud S.; Nazlawy, Hagar N.; Zaazaa, Hala E.

    2017-01-01

    Four precise, accurate, selective, and sensitive UV-spectrophotometric methods were developed and validated for the simultaneous determination of a binary mixture of Oxytetracycline HCl (OXY) and Flunixin Meglumine (FLU). The first method, dual wavelength (DW), depends on measuring the difference in absorbance (ΔA 273.4–327 nm) for the determination of OXY where FLU is zero while FLU is determined at ΔA 251.7–275.7 nm. The second method, first-derivative spectrophotometric method (1D), depends on measuring the peak amplitude of the first derivative selectively at 377 and 266.7 nm for the determination of OXY and FLU, respectively. The third method, ratio difference method, depends on the difference in amplitudes of the ratio spectra at ΔP 286.5–324.8 nm and ΔP 249.6–286.3 nm for the determination of OXY and FLU, respectively. The fourth method, first derivative of ratio spectra method (1DD), depends on measuring the amplitude peak to peak of the first derivative of ratio spectra at 296.7 to 369 nm and 259.1 to 304.7 nm for the determination of OXY and FLU, respectively. Different factors affecting the applied spectrophotometric methods were studied. The proposed methods were validated according to ICH guidelines. Satisfactory results were obtained for determination of both drugs in laboratory prepared mixture and pharmaceutical dosage form. The developed methods are compared favourably with the official ones. PMID:28811956

  13. Investigation of different spectrophotometric and chemometric methods for determination of entacapone, levodopa and carbidopa in ternary mixture

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Abdel-Ghany, Maha F.; Hussein, Lobna A.; Ayad, Miriam F.; Youssef, Menatallah M.

    2017-01-01

    New, simple, accurate and sensitive UV spectrophotometric and chemometric methods have been developed and validated for determination of Entacapone (ENT), Levodopa (LD) and Carbidopa (CD) in ternary mixture. Method A is a derivative ratio spectra zero-crossing spectrophotometric method which allows the determination of ENT in the presence of both LD and CD by measuring the peak amplitude at 249.9 nm in the range of 1-20 μg mL- 1. Method B is a double divisor-first derivative of ratio spectra method, used for determination of ENT, LD and CD at 245, 239 and 293 nm, respectively. Method C is a mean centering of ratio spectra which allows their determination at 241, 241.6 and 257.1 nm, respectively. Methods B and C could successfully determine the studied drugs in concentration ranges of 1-20 μg mL- 1 for ENT and 10-90 μg mL- 1 for both LD and CD. Methods D and E are principal component regression and partial least-squares, respectively, used for the simultaneous determination of the studied drugs by using seventeen mixtures as calibration set and eight mixtures as validation set. The developed methods have the advantage of simultaneous determination of the cited components without any pre-treatment. All the results were statistically compared with the reported methods, where no significant difference was observed. The developed methods were satisfactorily applied to the analysis of the investigated drugs in their pure form and in pharmaceutical dosage forms.

  14. 7 CFR 3201.8 - Determining life cycle costs, environmental and health benefits, and performance.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... Test Method for Determining Aerobic Biodegradation of Plastic Materials Under Controlled Composting Conditions”; (2) D5864“Standard Test Method for Determining the Aerobic Aquatic Biodegradation of Lubricants...“Standard Test Method for Determining the Aerobic Aquatic Biodegradation of Lubricants or Their Components...

  15. 7 CFR 3201.8 - Determining life cycle costs, environmental and health benefits, and performance.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... Test Method for Determining Aerobic Biodegradation of Plastic Materials Under Controlled Composting Conditions”; (2) D5864“Standard Test Method for Determining the Aerobic Aquatic Biodegradation of Lubricants...“Standard Test Method for Determining the Aerobic Aquatic Biodegradation of Lubricants or Their Components...

  16. 7 CFR 3201.8 - Determining life cycle costs, environmental and health benefits, and performance.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... Test Method for Determining Aerobic Biodegradation of Plastic Materials Under Controlled Composting Conditions”; (2) D5864“Standard Test Method for Determining the Aerobic Aquatic Biodegradation of Lubricants...“Standard Test Method for Determining the Aerobic Aquatic Biodegradation of Lubricants or Their Components...

  17. The Measurement of Protein in Powdered Milk Products and Infant Formulas: A Review and Recent Developments.

    PubMed

    Elgar, Dave; Evers, Jaap M; Holroyd, Stephen E; Johnson, Richard; Rowan, Angela

    2016-01-01

    Proteins are a key nutritional component of both powdered milk and infant formula types of product, and reliable methods for their determination are important for manufacturing and international trade. In this review, we distinguish between methods used for determining protein quality for nutrition purposes and those used for determining chemically defined protein. The former methods cover the ability of a dietary protein source to meet human nutritional requirements for the indispensable amino acids. The latter are chemical methods for the determination of total protein and can be divided into three broad types: total nitrogen determination, direct protein determination, and indirect protein determination. Current techniques and recent developments in each are reviewed.

  18. Real-Time GNSS-Based Attitude Determination in the Measurement Domain.

    PubMed

    Zhao, Lin; Li, Na; Li, Liang; Zhang, Yi; Cheng, Chun

    2017-02-05

    A multi-antenna-based GNSS receiver is capable of providing high-precision and drift-free attitude solution. Carrier phase measurements need be utilized to achieve high-precision attitude. The traditional attitude determination methods in the measurement domain and the position domain resolve the attitude and the ambiguity sequentially. The redundant measurements from multiple baselines have not been fully utilized to enhance the reliability of attitude determination. A multi-baseline-based attitude determination method in the measurement domain is proposed to estimate the attitude parameters and the ambiguity simultaneously. Meanwhile, the redundancy of attitude resolution has also been increased so that the reliability of ambiguity resolution and attitude determination can be enhanced. Moreover, in order to further improve the reliability of attitude determination, we propose a partial ambiguity resolution method based on the proposed attitude determination model. The static and kinematic experiments were conducted to verify the performance of the proposed method. When compared with the traditional attitude determination methods, the static experimental results show that the proposed method can improve the accuracy by at least 0.03° and enhance the continuity by 18%, at most. The kinematic result has shown that the proposed method can obtain an optimal balance between accuracy and reliability performance.

  19. Validation of different spectrophotometric methods for determination of vildagliptin and metformin in binary mixture

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Abdel-Ghany, Maha F.; Abdel-Aziz, Omar; Ayad, Miriam F.; Tadros, Mariam M.

    New, simple, specific, accurate, precise and reproducible spectrophotometric methods have been developed and subsequently validated for determination of vildagliptin (VLG) and metformin (MET) in binary mixture. Zero order spectrophotometric method was the first method used for determination of MET in the range of 2-12 μg mL-1 by measuring the absorbance at 237.6 nm. The second method was derivative spectrophotometric technique; utilized for determination of MET at 247.4 nm, in the range of 1-12 μg mL-1. Derivative ratio spectrophotometric method was the third technique; used for determination of VLG in the range of 4-24 μg mL-1 at 265.8 nm. Fourth and fifth methods adopted for determination of VLG in the range of 4-24 μg mL-1; were ratio subtraction and mean centering spectrophotometric methods, respectively. All the results were statistically compared with the reported methods, using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA). The developed methods were satisfactorily applied to analysis of the investigated drugs and proved to be specific and accurate for quality control of them in pharmaceutical dosage forms.

  20. Validated spectrophotometric methods for simultaneous determination of troxerutin and carbazochrome in dosage form

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Khattab, Fatma I.; Ramadan, Nesrin K.; Hegazy, Maha A.; Al-Ghobashy, Medhat A.; Ghoniem, Nermine S.

    2015-03-01

    Four simple, accurate, sensitive and precise spectrophotometric methods were developed and validated for simultaneous determination of Troxerutin (TXN) and Carbazochrome (CZM) in their bulk powders, laboratory prepared mixtures and pharmaceutical dosage forms. Method A is first derivative spectrophotometry (D1) where TXN and CZM were determined at 294 and 483.5 nm, respectively. Method B is first derivative of ratio spectra (DD1) where the peak amplitude at 248 for TXN and 439 nm for CZM were used for their determination. Method C is ratio subtraction (RS); in which TXN was determined at its λmax (352 nm) in the presence of CZM which was determined by D1 at 483.5 nm. While, method D is mean centering of the ratio spectra (MCR) in which the mean centered values at 300 nm and 340.0 nm were used for the two drugs in a respective order. The two compounds were simultaneously determined in the concentration ranges of 5.00-50.00 μg mL-1 and 0.5-10.0 μg mL-1 for TXN and CZM, respectively. The methods were validated according to the ICH guidelines and the results were statistically compared to the manufacturer's method.

  1. Simultaneous Determination of Glass Transition Temperatures of Several Polymers.

    PubMed

    He, Jiang; Liu, Wei; Huang, Yao-Xiong

    2016-01-01

    A simple and easy optical method is proposed for the determination of glass transition temperature (Tg) of polymers. Tg was determined using the technique of microsphere imaging to monitor the variation of the refractive index of polymer microsphere as a function of temperature. It was demonstrated that the method can eliminate most thermal lag and has sensitivity about six fold higher than the conventional method in Tg determination. So the determined Tg is more accurate and varies less with cooling/heating rate than that obtained by conventional methods. The most attractive character of the method is that it can simultaneously determine the Tg of several polymers in a single experiment, so it can greatly save experimental time and heating energy. The method is not only applicable for polymer microspheres, but also for the materials with arbitrary shapes. Therefore, it is expected to be broadly applied to different fundamental researches and practical applications of polymers.

  2. Determination of main components in the extracellular polymeric substances extracted from activated sludge using a spectral probing method.

    PubMed

    Shen, Rong; Sheng, Guo-Ping; Yu, Han-Qing

    2012-06-01

    In this study, a spectral probing method was applied to determine the content of the main components, i.e., proteins, polysaccharides and humic substances, in the extracellular polymeric substances (EPS) extracted from activated sludge. The measurement results were consistent with those obtained from the conventional methods, such as the anthrone for polysaccharide determination, the modified Lowry method for protein and humic substance determination. The recoveries for the determination of proteins, humic substances and polysaccharides in the EPS extracted from six sludge samples using standard additional method were between 92.4 and 108.9%, 84.8 and 108.9%, 75.1 and 117.2%, respectively. These results indicate that the propose method has a good accuracy and precision, and can be used as an effective approach to determine the main components in sludge EPS. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  3. Simultaneous Determination of Glass Transition Temperatures of Several Polymers

    PubMed Central

    He, Jiang; Liu, Wei; Huang, Yao-Xiong

    2016-01-01

    Aims A simple and easy optical method is proposed for the determination of glass transition temperature (Tg) of polymers. Methods & Results Tg was determined using the technique of microsphere imaging to monitor the variation of the refractive index of polymer microsphere as a function of temperature. It was demonstrated that the method can eliminate most thermal lag and has sensitivity about six fold higher than the conventional method in Tg determination. So the determined Tg is more accurate and varies less with cooling/heating rate than that obtained by conventional methods. The most attractive character of the method is that it can simultaneously determine the Tg of several polymers in a single experiment, so it can greatly save experimental time and heating energy. Conclusion The method is not only applicable for polymer microspheres, but also for the materials with arbitrary shapes. Therefore, it is expected to be broadly applied to different fundamental researches and practical applications of polymers. PMID:26985670

  4. A Review of the Extraction and Determination Methods of Thirteen Essential Vitamins to the Human Body: An Update from 2010.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Yuan; Zhou, Wei-E; Yan, Jia-Qing; Liu, Min; Zhou, Yu; Shen, Xin; Ma, Ying-Lin; Feng, Xue-Song; Yang, Jun; Li, Guo-Hui

    2018-06-19

    Vitamins are a class of essential nutrients in the body; thus, they play important roles in human health. The chemicals are involved in many physiological functions and both their lack and excess can put health at risk. Therefore, the establishment of methods for monitoring vitamin concentrations in different matrices is necessary. In this review, an updated overview of the main pretreatments and determination methods that have been used since 2010 is given. Ultrasonic assisted extraction, liquid⁻liquid extraction, solid phase extraction and dispersive liquid⁻liquid microextraction are the most common pretreatment methods, while the determination methods involve chromatography methods, electrophoretic methods, microbiological assays, immunoassays, biosensors and several other methods. Different pretreatments and determination methods are discussed.

  5. 40 CFR 63.1656 - Performance testing, test methods, and compliance demonstrations.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... points. (2) Method 2 to determine the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas. (3) Method 3 to determine... matter concentration and volumetric flow rate of the stack gas for positive pressure baghouses without...) Determine the particulate matter concentration and volumetric flow rate using Method 5 or 5D, as applicable...

  6. 40 CFR 63.1656 - Performance testing, test methods, and compliance demonstrations.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... points. (2) Method 2 to determine the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas. (3) Method 3 to determine... matter concentration and volumetric flow rate of the stack gas for positive pressure baghouses without...) Determine the particulate matter concentration and volumetric flow rate using Method 5 or 5D, as applicable...

  7. 40 CFR 63.1656 - Performance testing, test methods, and compliance demonstrations.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... points. (2) Method 2 to determine the volumetric flow rate of the stack gas. (3) Method 3 to determine... matter concentration and volumetric flow rate of the stack gas for positive pressure baghouses without...) Determine the particulate matter concentration and volumetric flow rate using Method 5 or 5D, as applicable...

  8. Optimal projection method determination by Logdet Divergence and perturbed von-Neumann Divergence.

    PubMed

    Jiang, Hao; Ching, Wai-Ki; Qiu, Yushan; Cheng, Xiao-Qing

    2017-12-14

    Positive semi-definiteness is a critical property in kernel methods for Support Vector Machine (SVM) by which efficient solutions can be guaranteed through convex quadratic programming. However, a lot of similarity functions in applications do not produce positive semi-definite kernels. We propose projection method by constructing projection matrix on indefinite kernels. As a generalization of the spectrum method (denoising method and flipping method), the projection method shows better or comparable performance comparing to the corresponding indefinite kernel methods on a number of real world data sets. Under the Bregman matrix divergence theory, we can find suggested optimal λ in projection method using unconstrained optimization in kernel learning. In this paper we focus on optimal λ determination, in the pursuit of precise optimal λ determination method in unconstrained optimization framework. We developed a perturbed von-Neumann divergence to measure kernel relationships. We compared optimal λ determination with Logdet Divergence and perturbed von-Neumann Divergence, aiming at finding better λ in projection method. Results on a number of real world data sets show that projection method with optimal λ by Logdet divergence demonstrate near optimal performance. And the perturbed von-Neumann Divergence can help determine a relatively better optimal projection method. Projection method ia easy to use for dealing with indefinite kernels. And the parameter embedded in the method can be determined through unconstrained optimization under Bregman matrix divergence theory. This may provide a new way in kernel SVMs for varied objectives.

  9. An alternative method for calibration of flow field flow fractionation channels for hydrodynamic radius determination: The nanoemulsion method (featuring multi angle light scattering).

    PubMed

    Bolinsson, Hans; Lu, Yi; Hall, Stephen; Nilsson, Lars; Håkansson, Andreas

    2018-01-19

    This study suggests a novel method for determination of the channel height in asymmetrical flow field-flow fractionation (AF4), which can be used for calibration of the channel for hydrodynamic radius determinations. The novel method uses an oil-in-water nanoemulsion together with multi angle light scattering (MALS) and elution theory to determine channel height from an AF4 experiment. The method is validated using two orthogonal methods; first, by using standard particle elution experiments and, secondly, by imaging an assembled and carrier liquid filled channel by x-ray computed tomography (XCT). It is concluded that the channel height can be determined with approximately the same accuracy as with the traditional channel height determination technique. However, the nanoemulsion method can be used under more challenging conditions than standard particles, as the nanoemulsion remains stable in a wider pH range than the previously used standard particles. Moreover, the novel method is also more cost effective. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  10. State of Aircraft Turboshaft Engines by Means of Tribotechnical Diagnostic

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mihalčová, Janka

    2018-03-01

    The contribution describes concrete example of application of tribotechnical methods for the determination of the bearing wear state in aircraft turboshaft engines. Tribotechnical methods, which will be mentioned, deal with qualitative and quantitative characterization of particles occurred in oil. Here belong method optical emission spectrometry method with rotating disc electrode for determination of chemical elements concentration in oil. Method of optical particles counting for detection of particles distribution according to their scale, determination of their number and ferrographic analysis. Exploitation of these methods make it possible to determine quickly and correctly the friction regime and wearing of friction pair that is washed by oil in observed engines.

  11. Determination of very low levels of 5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-furaldehyde (HMF) in natural honey: comparison between the HPLC technique and the spectrophotometric white method.

    PubMed

    Truzzi, Cristina; Annibaldi, Anna; Illuminati, Silvia; Finale, Carolina; Rossetti, Monica; Scarponi, Giuseppe

    2012-07-01

    In this work we compared 2 official methods for the determination of HMF in honey, the spectrophotometric White method and the HPLC method (International Honey Commission) for the determination of HMF in unifloral honey and honeydew samples with a very low HMF content (<4 mg/kg), which is the most critical determination in terms of accuracy and precision of methods. In honey solutions, the limits of quantification for HPLC and White methods are 0.83 mg/L and 0.67 mg/L, respectively, and the linearity range is confirmed up to 20 mg/L for the HPLC method and up to 5 mg/L for the White method. In honeys with HMF >5 mg/kg, the molar extinction coefficient is 15369, lower than the literature value of 16830, and should be used for HMF determination. For samples with HMF content in the range 1-4 mg/kg the accuracy of the 2 methods is comparable both for unifloral and honeydew samples, whereas as regards precision, the HPLC method gives better results (3.5% compared with 6.4% for the White method). So, in general, the HPLC method seems to be more appropriate for the determination of HMF in honey in the range 1-4 mg/kg thanks to its greater precision, but for samples with a HMF content of less than 1 mg/kg the analyses are inaccurate for both methods. This work can help governmental and private laboratories that perform food analyses to choose the best method for the determination of HMF at very low levels in unifloral honey and honeydew samples. © 2012 Institute of Food Technologists®

  12. Determination of 2-alkylcyclobutanones by combining precolumn derivatization with 1-naphthalenyl hydrazine and ultra-performance liquid chromatography with fluorescence detection.

    PubMed

    Meng, Xiangpeng; Tong, Tong; Wang, Lianrong; Liu, Hanxia; Chan, Wan

    2016-05-01

    2-Alkylcyclobutanones (2-ACBs) are uniquely formed when triglycerides-containing food products are exposed to ionizing radiation. Thus, 2-ACBs have been used as marker molecules to identify irradiated food. Most methods to determine 2-ACBs involve mass spectrometric detection after chromatographic separation. The spectrofluorometer is rarely used to determine 2-ACBs because these molecules do not fluoresce. In this study, we developed an ultra-performance liquid chromatography (UPLC) method to determine 2-ACBs. 2-ACBs were converted into fluorophores after reacting with 1-naphthalenyl hydrazine to facilitate their sensitive and selective detection using a fluorescence detector (FLD). Analysis of 2-ACBs using our developed UPLC-FLD method allows sensitive determination of 2-ACBs at a detection limit of 2 ng 2-ACBs per g of fat (30 pg/injection), which is significantly lower than that of existing analytical methods. After validation for trueness and precision, the method was applied to γ-irradiated chicken samples to determine their 2-ACB content. Comparative studies employing liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometric method revealed no systematic difference between the two methods, thereby demonstrating that the proposed UPLC-FLD method can be suitably used to determine 2-ACBs in irradiated foodstuffs. Graphical Abstract Determination of radiation-induced food-borne 2-dodecylcyclobutanone and 2-tetradecylcyclobutanone by combining 1-naphthalenyl hydrazine derivatization and ultra-performance liquid chromatography with fluorescence detection.

  13. 40 CFR 63.144 - Process wastewater provisions-test methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). (a... methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). 63.144 Section 63.144 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION...

  14. 40 CFR 63.144 - Process wastewater provisions-test methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). (a... methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). 63.144 Section 63.144 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION...

  15. 40 CFR 63.144 - Process wastewater provisions-test methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). (a... methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). 63.144 Section 63.144 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION...

  16. 40 CFR 63.144 - Process wastewater provisions-test methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). (a... methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). 63.144 Section 63.144 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION...

  17. 40 CFR 63.144 - Process wastewater provisions-test methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group...

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). (a... methods and procedures for determining applicability and Group 1/Group 2 determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control). 63.144 Section 63.144 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION...

  18. Real-Time GNSS-Based Attitude Determination in the Measurement Domain

    PubMed Central

    Zhao, Lin; Li, Na; Li, Liang; Zhang, Yi; Cheng, Chun

    2017-01-01

    A multi-antenna-based GNSS receiver is capable of providing high-precision and drift-free attitude solution. Carrier phase measurements need be utilized to achieve high-precision attitude. The traditional attitude determination methods in the measurement domain and the position domain resolve the attitude and the ambiguity sequentially. The redundant measurements from multiple baselines have not been fully utilized to enhance the reliability of attitude determination. A multi-baseline-based attitude determination method in the measurement domain is proposed to estimate the attitude parameters and the ambiguity simultaneously. Meanwhile, the redundancy of attitude resolution has also been increased so that the reliability of ambiguity resolution and attitude determination can be enhanced. Moreover, in order to further improve the reliability of attitude determination, we propose a partial ambiguity resolution method based on the proposed attitude determination model. The static and kinematic experiments were conducted to verify the performance of the proposed method. When compared with the traditional attitude determination methods, the static experimental results show that the proposed method can improve the accuracy by at least 0.03° and enhance the continuity by 18%, at most. The kinematic result has shown that the proposed method can obtain an optimal balance between accuracy and reliability performance. PMID:28165434

  19. Validated univariate and multivariate spectrophotometric methods for the determination of pharmaceuticals mixture in complex wastewater

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Riad, Safaa M.; Salem, Hesham; Elbalkiny, Heba T.; Khattab, Fatma I.

    2015-04-01

    Five, accurate, precise, and sensitive univariate and multivariate spectrophotometric methods were developed for the simultaneous determination of a ternary mixture containing Trimethoprim (TMP), Sulphamethoxazole (SMZ) and Oxytetracycline (OTC) in waste water samples collected from different cites either production wastewater or livestock wastewater after their solid phase extraction using OASIS HLB cartridges. In univariate methods OTC was determined at its λmax 355.7 nm (0D), while (TMP) and (SMZ) were determined by three different univariate methods. Method (A) is based on successive spectrophotometric resolution technique (SSRT). The technique starts with the ratio subtraction method followed by ratio difference method for determination of TMP and SMZ. Method (B) is successive derivative ratio technique (SDR). Method (C) is mean centering of the ratio spectra (MCR). The developed multivariate methods are principle component regression (PCR) and partial least squares (PLS). The specificity of the developed methods is investigated by analyzing laboratory prepared mixtures containing different ratios of the three drugs. The obtained results are statistically compared with those obtained by the official methods, showing no significant difference with respect to accuracy and precision at p = 0.05.

  20. Validated univariate and multivariate spectrophotometric methods for the determination of pharmaceuticals mixture in complex wastewater.

    PubMed

    Riad, Safaa M; Salem, Hesham; Elbalkiny, Heba T; Khattab, Fatma I

    2015-04-05

    Five, accurate, precise, and sensitive univariate and multivariate spectrophotometric methods were developed for the simultaneous determination of a ternary mixture containing Trimethoprim (TMP), Sulphamethoxazole (SMZ) and Oxytetracycline (OTC) in waste water samples collected from different cites either production wastewater or livestock wastewater after their solid phase extraction using OASIS HLB cartridges. In univariate methods OTC was determined at its λmax 355.7 nm (0D), while (TMP) and (SMZ) were determined by three different univariate methods. Method (A) is based on successive spectrophotometric resolution technique (SSRT). The technique starts with the ratio subtraction method followed by ratio difference method for determination of TMP and SMZ. Method (B) is successive derivative ratio technique (SDR). Method (C) is mean centering of the ratio spectra (MCR). The developed multivariate methods are principle component regression (PCR) and partial least squares (PLS). The specificity of the developed methods is investigated by analyzing laboratory prepared mixtures containing different ratios of the three drugs. The obtained results are statistically compared with those obtained by the official methods, showing no significant difference with respect to accuracy and precision at p=0.05. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  1. 77 FR 3606 - Section 482; Methods To Determine Taxable Income in Connection With a Cost Sharing Arrangement...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-01-25

    ... 482; Methods To Determine Taxable Income in Connection With a Cost Sharing Arrangement; Correction... 22, 2011 (76 FR 80082), Relating to section 482 and methods to determine taxable income in connection.... * * * * * (b) * * * (2) * * * (i) Methods. Sections 1.482-2 through 1.482-7 and 1.482-9 provide specific...

  2. 23 CFR 635.204 - Determination of more cost effective method or an emergency.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... describing the project, the kinds of work to be performed, the method to be used, the estimated costs, the... 23 Highways 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Determination of more cost effective method or an... Determination of more cost effective method or an emergency. (a) Congress has expressly provided that the...

  3. Interventions for promoting participation in shared decision-making for children with cancer.

    PubMed

    Coyne, Imelda; O'Mathúna, Dónal P; Gibson, Faith; Shields, Linda; Leclercq, Edith; Sheaf, Greg

    2016-11-29

    This is an update of the Cochrane systematic review of shared decision-making (SMD) making published in 2013. Children's rights to have their views heard in matters that affect their lives are now well established since the publication of the UN Convention treaty (1989). Children with cancer generally prefer to be involved in decision-making and consider it important that they have the opportunity to take part in decision-making concerning their health care, even in end-of-life decisions. There is considerable support for involving children in healthcare decision-making at a level commensurate with their experience, age and abilities. Thus, healthcare professionals and parents need to know how they should involve children in decision-making and what interventions are most effective in promoting SDM for children with cancer. To examine the effects of SDM interventions on the process of SDM for children with cancer who are aged four to 18 years. We searched the following sources for the review: Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Studies (CENTRAL) (the Cochrane Library 2016, Issue 1); PubMed (NLM) (1946 to February 2016); Embase (Ovid) (1974 to February 2016); CINAHL (EBSCO) (1982 to February 2016); ERIC (ProQuest) (1966 to February 2016); PsycINFO (EBSCO) (1806 to February 2016); BIOSIS (Thomson Reuters) (1980 to December 2009 - subscription ceased at that date); ProQuest Dissertations and Theses (1637 to February 2016); and Sociological Abstracts (ProQuest) (1952 to February 2016). In addition we searched the reference lists of relevant articles and review articles and the following conference proceedings (2005 up to and including 2015): American Academy on Communication in Healthcare (AACH), European Society for Medical Oncology (ESMO), European CanCer Organisation (ECCO), European Association for Communication in Healthcare (EACH), International Conference on Communication in Healthcare (ICCH), International Shared Decision Making Conference (ISDM), Annual Conference of the International Society for Paediatric Oncology (SIOP) and Annual Scientific Meeting of the Society for Medical Decision Making (SMDM). We scanned the ISRCTN (International Standard Randomised Controlled Trial Number) register and the National Institutes of Health (NIH) Register for ongoing trials on 29 February 2016. For this update, we included randomised controlled trials (RCTs) and controlled clinical trials (CCTs) of SDM interventions for children with cancer aged four to 18 years. The types of decisions included were: treatment, health care and research participation decisions. The primary outcome was SDM as measured with any validated scale. Two review authors undertook the searches, and three review authors independently assessed the studies obtained. We contacted study authors for additional information. No studies met the inclusion criteria, and hence no analysis could be undertaken. No conclusions can be made on the effects of interventions to promote SDM for children with cancer aged four to 18 years. This review has highlighted the dearth of high-quality quantitative research on interventions to promote participation in SDM for children with cancer. There are many potential reasons for the lack of SDM intervention studies with children. Attitudes towards children's participation are slowly changing in society and such changes may take time to be translated or adopted in healthcare settings. The priority may be on developing interventions that promote children's participation in communication interactions since information-sharing is a prerequisite for SDM. Restricting this review to RCTs was a limitation and extending the review to non-randomised studies (NRS) may have produced more evidence. For this update, we included only RCTs and CCTs. Clearly more research is needed.

  4. Validated spectrophotometric methods for simultaneous determination of troxerutin and carbazochrome in dosage form.

    PubMed

    Khattab, Fatma I; Ramadan, Nesrin K; Hegazy, Maha A; Al-Ghobashy, Medhat A; Ghoniem, Nermine S

    2015-03-15

    Four simple, accurate, sensitive and precise spectrophotometric methods were developed and validated for simultaneous determination of Troxerutin (TXN) and Carbazochrome (CZM) in their bulk powders, laboratory prepared mixtures and pharmaceutical dosage forms. Method A is first derivative spectrophotometry (D(1)) where TXN and CZM were determined at 294 and 483.5 nm, respectively. Method B is first derivative of ratio spectra (DD(1)) where the peak amplitude at 248 for TXN and 439 nm for CZM were used for their determination. Method C is ratio subtraction (RS); in which TXN was determined at its λmax (352 nm) in the presence of CZM which was determined by D(1) at 483.5 nm. While, method D is mean centering of the ratio spectra (MCR) in which the mean centered values at 300 nm and 340.0 nm were used for the two drugs in a respective order. The two compounds were simultaneously determined in the concentration ranges of 5.00-50.00 μg mL(-1) and 0.5-10.0 μg mL(-1) for TXN and CZM, respectively. The methods were validated according to the ICH guidelines and the results were statistically compared to the manufacturer's method. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  5. Simultaneous determination of binary mixture of amlodipine besylate and atenolol based on dual wavelengths

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lamie, Nesrine T.

    2015-10-01

    Four, accurate, precise, and sensitive spectrophotometric methods are developed for simultaneous determination of a binary mixture of amlodipine besylate (AM) and atenolol (AT). AM is determined at its λmax 360 nm (0D), while atenolol can be determined by four different methods. Method (A) is absorption factor (AF). Method (B) is the new ratio difference method (RD) which measures the difference in amplitudes between 210 and 226 nm. Method (C) is novel constant center spectrophotometric method (CC). Method (D) is mean centering of the ratio spectra (MCR) at 284 nm. The methods are tested by analyzing synthetic mixtures of the cited drugs and they are applied to their commercial pharmaceutical preparation. The validity of results is assessed by applying standard addition technique. The results obtained are found to agree statistically with those obtained by official methods, showing no significant difference with respect to accuracy and precision.

  6. Identifying determinants of care for tailoring implementation in chronic diseases: an evaluation of different methods.

    PubMed

    Krause, Jane; Van Lieshout, Jan; Klomp, Rien; Huntink, Elke; Aakhus, Eivind; Flottorp, Signe; Jaeger, Cornelia; Steinhaeuser, Jost; Godycki-Cwirko, Maciek; Kowalczyk, Anna; Agarwal, Shona; Wensing, Michel; Baker, Richard

    2014-08-12

    The tailoring of implementation interventions includes the identification of the determinants of, or barriers to, healthcare practice. Different methods for identifying determinants have been used in implementation projects, but which methods are most appropriate to use is unknown. The study was undertaken in five European countries, recommendations for a different chronic condition being addressed in each country: Germany (polypharmacy in multimorbid patients); the Netherlands (cardiovascular risk management); Norway (depression in the elderly); Poland (chronic obstructive pulmonary disease--COPD); and the United Kingdom (UK) (obesity). Using samples of professionals and patients in each country, three methods were compared directly: brainstorming amongst health professionals, interviews of health professionals, and interviews of patients. The additional value of discussion structured through reference to a checklist of determinants in addition to brainstorming, and determinants identified by open questions in a questionnaire survey, were investigated separately. The questionnaire, which included closed questions derived from a checklist of determinants, was administered to samples of health professionals in each country. Determinants were classified according to whether it was likely that they would inform the design of an implementation intervention (defined as plausibly important determinants). A total of 601 determinants judged to be plausibly important were identified. An additional 609 determinants were judged to be unlikely to inform an implementation intervention, and were classified as not plausibly important. Brainstorming identified 194 of the plausibly important determinants, health professional interviews 152, patient interviews 63, and open questions 48. Structured group discussion identified 144 plausibly important determinants in addition to those already identified by brainstorming. Systematic methods can lead to the identification of large numbers of determinants. Tailoring will usually include a process to decide, from all the determinants that are identified, those to be addressed by implementation interventions. There is no best buy of methods to identify determinants, and a combination should be used, depending on the topic and setting. Brainstorming is a simple, low cost method that could be relevant to many tailored implementation projects.

  7. An optimized computational method for determining the beta dose distribution using a multiple-element thermoluminescent dosimeter system.

    PubMed

    Shen, L; Levine, S H; Catchen, G L

    1987-07-01

    This paper describes an optimization method for determining the beta dose distribution in tissue, and it describes the associated testing and verification. The method uses electron transport theory and optimization techniques to analyze the responses of a three-element thermoluminescent dosimeter (TLD) system. Specifically, the method determines the effective beta energy distribution incident on the dosimeter system, and thus the system performs as a beta spectrometer. Electron transport theory provides the mathematical model for performing the optimization calculation. In this calculation, parameters are determined that produce calculated doses for each of the chip/absorber components in the three-element TLD system. The resulting optimized parameters describe an effective incident beta distribution. This method can be used to determine the beta dose specifically at 7 mg X cm-2 or at any depth of interest. The doses at 7 mg X cm-2 in tissue determined by this method are compared to those experimentally determined using an extrapolation chamber. For a great variety of pure beta sources having different incident beta energy distributions, good agreement is found. The results are also compared to those produced by a commonly used empirical algorithm. Although the optimization method produces somewhat better results, the advantage of the optimization method is that its performance is not sensitive to the specific method of calibration.

  8. Smart Methods for Linezolid Determination in the Presence of Alkaline and Oxidative Degradation Products Utilizing Their Overlapped Spectral Bands

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Abd El-Monem Hegazy, M.; Shaaban Eissa, M.; Abd El-Sattar, O. I.; Abd El-Kawy, M. M.

    2014-09-01

    Linezolid (LIN) is considered the first available oxazolidinone antibacterial agent. It is susceptible to hydrolysis and oxidation. Five simple, accurate, sensitive and validated UV spectrophotometric methods were developed for LIN determination in the presence of its alkaline (ALK) and oxidative (OXD) degradation products in bulk powder and pharmaceutical formulation. Method A is a second derivative one (D2) in which LIN is determined at 240.9 nm. Method B is a pH-induced differential derivative one where LIN is determined using the fourth derivative (D4) of the difference spectra (ΔA) at 285.3 nm. Methods C, D, and E are manipulating ratio spectra, where C is the double divisor-ratio difference spectrophotometric one (DD-RD) in which LIN was determined by calculating the amplitude difference at 243.7 and 267.6 nm of the ratio spectra. Method D is the double divisor-first derivative of ratio spectra (DD-DD1) in which LIN was determined at 270.2 nm. Method E is a mean centering of ratio spectra one (MCR) in which LIN was determined at 318.0 nm. The developed methods have been validated according to ICH guidelines. The results were statistically compared to that of a reported HPLC method and there was no significant difference regarding both accuracy and precision.

  9. Method for Determining Artillery Position

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Meuser, Wilfried

    1988-01-01

    A method is described for determining the position of artillery in which a circle of four closely spaced microphones is located at two measurement sites for acoustic radio direction finding of muzzle blasts. A method for determining the position of artillery using this procedure is discussed.

  10. An Evaluation of Attitude-Independent Magnetometer-Bias Determination Methods

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hashmall, J. A.; Deutschmann, Julie

    1996-01-01

    Although several algorithms now exist for determining three-axis magnetometer (TAM) biases without the use of attitude data, there are few studies on the effectiveness of these methods, especially in comparison with attitude dependent methods. This paper presents the results of a comparison of three attitude independent methods and an attitude dependent method for computing TAM biases. The comparisons are based on in-flight data from the Extreme Ultraviolet Explorer (EUVE), the Upper Atmosphere Research Satellite (UARS), and the Compton Gamma Ray Observatory (GRO). The effectiveness of an algorithm is measured by the accuracy of attitudes computed using biases determined with that algorithm. The attitude accuracies are determined by comparison with known, extremely accurate, star-tracker-based attitudes. In addition, the effect of knowledge of calibration parameters other than the biases on the effectiveness of all bias determination methods is examined.

  11. Comparison of Adsorbed Mercury Screening Method With Cold-Vapor Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry for Determination of Mercury in Soil

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Easterling, Donald F.; Hovanitz, Edward S.; Street, Kenneth W.

    2000-01-01

    A field screening method for the determination of elemental mercury in environmental soil samples involves the thermal desorption of the mercury from the sample onto gold and then the thermal desorption from the gold to a gold-film mercury vapor analyzer. This field screening method contains a large number of conditions that could be optimized for the various types of soils encountered. In this study, the conditions were optimized for the determination of mercury in silty clay materials, and the results were comparable to the cold-vapor atomic absorption spectrophotometric method of determination. This paper discusses the benefits and disadvantages of employing the field screening method and provides the sequence of conditions that must be optimized to employ this method of determination on other soil types.

  12. Determination of albumin in bronchoalveolar lavage fluid by flow-injection fluorometry using chromazurol S.

    PubMed

    Sato, Takaji; Saito, Yoshihiro; Chikuma, Masahiko; Saito, Yutaka; Nagai, Sonoko

    2008-03-01

    A highly sensitive flow injection fluorometry for the determination of albumin was developed and applied to the determination of albumin in human bronchoalveolar lavage fluids (BALF). This method is based on binding of chromazurol S (CAS) to albumin. The calibration curve was linear in the range of 5-200 microg/ml of albumin. A highly linear correlation (r=0.986) was observed between the albumin level in BALF samples (n=25) determined by the proposed method and by a conventional fluorometric method using CAS (CAS manual method). The IgG interference was lower in the CAS flow injection method than in the CAS manual method. The albumin level in BALF collected from healthy volunteers (n=10) was 58.5+/-13.1 microg/ml. The albumin levels in BALF samples obtained from patients with sarcoidosis and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis were increased. This finding shows that the determination of albumin levels in BALF samples is useful for investigating lung diseases and that CAS flow injection method is promising in the determination of trace albumin in BALF samples, because it is sensitive and precise.

  13. Simultaneous determination of some cholesterol-lowering drugs in their binary mixture by novel spectrophotometric methods

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lotfy, Hayam Mahmoud; Hegazy, Maha Abdel Monem

    2013-09-01

    Four simple, specific, accurate and precise spectrophotometric methods manipulating ratio spectra were developed and validated for simultaneous determination of simvastatin (SM) and ezetimibe (EZ) namely; extended ratio subtraction (EXRSM), simultaneous ratio subtraction (SRSM), ratio difference (RDSM) and absorption factor (AFM). The proposed spectrophotometric procedures do not require any preliminary separation step. The accuracy, precision and linearity ranges of the proposed methods were determined, and the methods were validated and the specificity was assessed by analyzing synthetic mixtures containing the cited drugs. The four methods were applied for the determination of the cited drugs in tablets and the obtained results were statistically compared with each other and with those of a reported HPLC method. The comparison showed that there is no significant difference between the proposed methods and the reported method regarding both accuracy and precision.

  14. Development and validation of spectrophotometric, atomic absorption and kinetic methods for determination of moxifloxacin hydrochloride.

    PubMed

    Abdellaziz, Lobna M; Hosny, Mervat M

    2011-01-01

    Three simple spectrophotometric and atomic absorption spectrometric methods are developed and validated for the determination of moxifloxacin HCl in pure form and in pharmaceutical formulations. Method (A) is a kinetic method based on the oxidation of moxifloxacin HCl by Fe(3+) ion in the presence of 1,10 o-phenanthroline (o-phen). Method (B) describes spectrophotometric procedures for determination of moxifloxacin HCl based on its ability to reduce Fe (III) to Fe (II), which was rapidly converted to the corresponding stable coloured complex after reacting with 2,2' bipyridyl (bipy). The formation of the tris-complex formed in both methods (A) and (B) were carefully studied and their absorbance were measured at 510 and 520 nm respectively. Method (C) is based on the formation of ion- pair associated between the drug and bismuth (III) tetraiodide in acidic medium to form orange-red ion-pair associates. This associate can be quantitatively determined by three different procedures. The formed precipitate is either filtered off, dissolved in acetone and quantified spectrophotometrically at 462 nm (Procedure 1), or decomposed by hydrochloric acid, and the bismuth content is determined by direct atomic absorption spectrometric (Procedure 2). Also the residual unreacted metal complex in the filtrate is determined through its metal content using indirect atomic absorption spectrometric technique (procedure 3). All the proposed methods were validated according to the International Conference on Harmonization (ICH) guidelines, the three proposed methods permit the determination of moxifloxacin HCl in the range of (0.8-6, 0.8-4) for methods A and B, (16-96, 16-96 and 16-72) for procedures 1-3 in method C. The limits of detection and quantitation were calculated, the precision of the methods were satisfactory; the values of relative standard deviations did not exceed 2%. The proposed methods were successfully applied to determine the drug in its pharmaceutical formulations without interference from the common excipients. The results obtained by the proposed methods were comparable with those obtained by the reference method.

  15. Development and Validation of Spectrophotometric, Atomic Absorption and Kinetic Methods for Determination of Moxifloxacin Hydrochloride

    PubMed Central

    Abdellaziz, Lobna M.; Hosny, Mervat M.

    2011-01-01

    Three simple spectrophotometric and atomic absorption spectrometric methods are developed and validated for the determination of moxifloxacin HCl in pure form and in pharmaceutical formulations. Method (A) is a kinetic method based on the oxidation of moxifloxacin HCl by Fe3+ ion in the presence of 1,10 o-phenanthroline (o-phen). Method (B) describes spectrophotometric procedures for determination of moxifloxacin HCl based on its ability to reduce Fe (III) to Fe (II), which was rapidly converted to the corresponding stable coloured complex after reacting with 2,2′ bipyridyl (bipy). The formation of the tris-complex formed in both methods (A) and (B) were carefully studied and their absorbance were measured at 510 and 520 nm respectively. Method (C) is based on the formation of ion- pair associated between the drug and bismuth (III) tetraiodide in acidic medium to form orange—red ion-pair associates. This associate can be quantitatively determined by three different procedures. The formed precipitate is either filtered off, dissolved in acetone and quantified spectrophotometrically at 462 nm (Procedure 1), or decomposed by hydrochloric acid, and the bismuth content is determined by direct atomic absorption spectrometric (Procedure 2). Also the residual unreacted metal complex in the filtrate is determined through its metal content using indirect atomic absorption spectrometric technique (procedure 3). All the proposed methods were validated according to the International Conference on Harmonization (ICH) guidelines, the three proposed methods permit the determination of moxifloxacin HCl in the range of (0.8–6, 0.8–4) for methods A and B, (16–96, 16–96 and 16–72) for procedures 1–3 in method C. The limits of detection and quantitation were calculated, the precision of the methods were satisfactory; the values of relative standard deviations did not exceed 2%. The proposed methods were successfully applied to determine the drug in its pharmaceutical formulations without interference from the common excipients. The results obtained by the proposed methods were comparable with those obtained by the reference method. PMID:22219661

  16. Method of determining the orbits of the small bodies in the solar system based on an exhaustive search of orbital planes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bondarenko, Yu. S.; Vavilov, D. E.; Medvedev, Yu. D.

    2014-05-01

    A universal method of determining the orbits of newly discovered small bodies in the Solar System using their positional observations has been developed. The proposed method suggests determining geocentric distances of a small body by means of an exhaustive search for heliocentric orbital planes and subsequent determination of the distance between the observer and the points at which the chosen plane intersects with the vectors pointing to the object. Further, the remaining orbital elements are determined using the classical Gauss method after eliminating those heliocentric distances that have a fortiori low probabilities. The obtained sets of elements are used to determine the rms between the observed and calculated positions. The sets of elements with the least rms are considered to be most probable for newly discovered small bodies. Afterwards, these elements are improved using the differential method.

  17. A new innovative spectrophotometric method for the simultaneous determination of sofosbuvir and ledipasvir

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mansour, Fotouh R.

    2018-01-01

    A new innovative spectrophotometric method is developed to determine the concentration ratios in binary mixtures by determining the zero crossing point in the first derivative of the gross curve. This relationship can be applied if the part of the UV spectrum of substance Y, that intersects with the overlaid spectra of substance X is straight. By plotting the intersection wavelength against the concentration ratio (Cx/Cy), a straight line was obtained with a co-efficient of determination equals 0.9999. As an application, simultaneous determination of sofosbuvir and ledipasvir in their binary mixtures was performed using two methods; a direct UV spectrophotometric method for determination of ledipasvir at 333 nm, and the new "wavelength-intersection ratio" method for determination of sofosbuvir. In the wavelength-intersection ratio method, different mixtures of sofosbuvir and ledipasvir containing different concentration ratios were prepared; the zero crossing point of the first derivative curve in the range 285 to 295 nm were determined for each mixture. An absorbance shift in the intersection was obtained with the change in the concentration ratio (sofosbuvir/ledipasvir). When the concentration ratio was plotted against the intersection wavelength, a straight line was obtained with a coefficient of determination of 0.9992. The direct method was linear in the range 3 to 18 μg/mL while the wavelength-intersection ratio method was linear in the range 11-110 μg/mL. The limits of detection were determined and found to be 0.5 and 3 μg/mL for ledipasvir and sofosbuvir, respectively. The accuracy and repeatability of the two methods were tested. The mean %recovery was found to be 100.19% and 100.75% for ledipasvir and sofosbuvir, respectively. The relative standard deviation was 0.57 for ledipasvir and 1.79 for sofosbuvir. The intermediate precision was also checked, the coefficients of variation for sofosbuvir and ledipasvir measurements between days did not exceed 1.88%.

  18. Comparison between Two Linear Supervised Learning Machines' Methods with Principle Component Based Methods for the Spectrofluorimetric Determination of Agomelatine and Its Degradants.

    PubMed

    Elkhoudary, Mahmoud M; Naguib, Ibrahim A; Abdel Salam, Randa A; Hadad, Ghada M

    2017-05-01

    Four accurate, sensitive and reliable stability indicating chemometric methods were developed for the quantitative determination of Agomelatine (AGM) whether in pure form or in pharmaceutical formulations. Two supervised learning machines' methods; linear artificial neural networks (PC-linANN) preceded by principle component analysis and linear support vector regression (linSVR), were compared with two principle component based methods; principle component regression (PCR) as well as partial least squares (PLS) for the spectrofluorimetric determination of AGM and its degradants. The results showed the benefits behind using linear learning machines' methods and the inherent merits of their algorithms in handling overlapped noisy spectral data especially during the challenging determination of AGM alkaline and acidic degradants (DG1 and DG2). Relative mean squared error of prediction (RMSEP) for the proposed models in the determination of AGM were 1.68, 1.72, 0.68 and 0.22 for PCR, PLS, SVR and PC-linANN; respectively. The results showed the superiority of supervised learning machines' methods over principle component based methods. Besides, the results suggested that linANN is the method of choice for determination of components in low amounts with similar overlapped spectra and narrow linearity range. Comparison between the proposed chemometric models and a reported HPLC method revealed the comparable performance and quantification power of the proposed models.

  19. Determination of dye/protein ratios in a labeling reaction between a cyanine dye and bovine serum albumin by micellar electrokinetic chromatography using a diode laser-induced fluorescence detection.

    PubMed

    Jing, Peng; Kaneta, Takashi; Imasaka, Totaro

    2002-08-01

    The degree of labeling, i.e., dye/protein ratio (D/P) is important for characterizing properties of dye labeling with proteins. A method for the determination of this ratio between a fluorescent cyanine dye and bovine serum albumin (BSA), based on the separation of the labeling mixture using micellar electrokinetic chromatography with diode laser-induced fluorescence detection, is described. Two methods for the determination of D/P were examined in this study. In these methods, a hydrolysis product and impurities, which are usually unfavorable compounds that are best excluded for protein analysis, were utilized to determine the amounts of dye bound to BSA. One is a direct method in which a ratio of the peak area of BSA to the total peak area of all the products produced in the labeling reaction was used for determining the average number of dye molecules bound to a single BSA molecule. The other is an indirect determination, which is based on diminution of all peak areas related to the products except for the labeled BSA. These methods were directly compared by means of a spectrophotometric method. The experimental results show that the indirect method is both reliable and sensitive. Therefore, D/P values can be determined at trace levels using the indirect method.

  20. Linear regression based on Minimum Covariance Determinant (MCD) and TELBS methods on the productivity of phytoplankton

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gusriani, N.; Firdaniza

    2018-03-01

    The existence of outliers on multiple linear regression analysis causes the Gaussian assumption to be unfulfilled. If the Least Square method is forcedly used on these data, it will produce a model that cannot represent most data. For that, we need a robust regression method against outliers. This paper will compare the Minimum Covariance Determinant (MCD) method and the TELBS method on secondary data on the productivity of phytoplankton, which contains outliers. Based on the robust determinant coefficient value, MCD method produces a better model compared to TELBS method.

  1. 10 CFR 429.70 - Alternative methods for determining energy efficiency or energy use.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 10 Energy 3 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Alternative methods for determining energy efficiency or energy use. 429.70 Section 429.70 Energy DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY ENERGY CONSERVATION CERTIFICATION....70 Alternative methods for determining energy efficiency or energy use. (a) General. A manufacturer...

  2. 10 CFR 429.70 - Alternative methods for determining energy efficiency or energy use.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 10 Energy 3 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Alternative methods for determining energy efficiency or energy use. 429.70 Section 429.70 Energy DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY ENERGY CONSERVATION CERTIFICATION....70 Alternative methods for determining energy efficiency or energy use. Link to an amendment...

  3. Application of multiattribute decision-making methods for the determination of relative significance factor of impact categories.

    PubMed

    Noh, Jaesung; Lee, Kun Mo

    2003-05-01

    A relative significance factor (f(i)) of an impact category is the external weight of the impact category. The objective of this study is to propose a systematic and easy-to-use method for the determination of f(i). Multiattribute decision-making (MADM) methods including the analytical hierarchy process (AHP), the rank-order centroid method, and the fuzzy method were evaluated for this purpose. The results and practical aspects of using the three methods are compared. Each method shows the same trend, with minor differences in the value of f(i). Thus, all three methods can be applied to the determination of f(i). The rank order centroid method reduces the number of pairwise comparisons by placing the alternatives in order, although it has inherent weakness over the fuzzy method in expressing the degree of vagueness associated with assigning weights to criteria and alternatives. The rank order centroid method is considered a practical method for the determination of f(i) because it is easier and simpler to use compared to the AHP and the fuzzy method.

  4. An optimization model for metabolic pathways.

    PubMed

    Planes, F J; Beasley, J E

    2009-10-15

    Different mathematical methods have emerged in the post-genomic era to determine metabolic pathways. These methods can be divided into stoichiometric methods and path finding methods. In this paper we detail a novel optimization model, based upon integer linear programming, to determine metabolic pathways. Our model links reaction stoichiometry with path finding in a single approach. We test the ability of our model to determine 40 annotated Escherichia coli metabolic pathways. We show that our model is able to determine 36 of these 40 pathways in a computationally effective manner.

  5. Determination of chlorine in atmosphere by kinetic spectrophotometry.

    PubMed

    Meng, Jian-Xin; Wang, Xiao-Bo; Ruan, Ge-Lan; Li, Guo-Qiang; Deng, Zhao-Xia

    2005-03-01

    A kinetic method for determination of chlorine in air was described in the present work. The method based on fading of methyl orange (MO) containing solution in air absorption process. A determination limit of 2.64 microg L(-1) was found. With the present method, chlorine concentration could be determined in several minutes with convenient manipulation. As concentration variation of methyl orange in the absorption solution did not affect the experimental results, fabrication and preservation of the stock absorption is also convenient. The present method is promising in monitoring chlorine concentration in atmosphere.

  6. Determination of chlorine in atmosphere by kinetic spectrophotometry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Meng, Jian-Xin; Wang, Xiao-Bo; Ruan, Ge-Lan; Li, Guo-Qiang; Deng, Zhao-Xia

    2005-03-01

    A kinetic method for determination of chlorine in air was described in the present work. The method based on fading of methyl orange (MO) containing solution in air absorption process. A determination limit of 2.64 μg L -1 was found. With the present method, chlorine concentration could be determined in several minutes with convenient manipulation. As concentration variation of methyl orange in the absorption solution did not affect the experimental results, fabrication and preservation of the stock absorption is also convenient. The present method is promising in monitoring chlorine concentration in atmosphere.

  7. Spectroflourometric and spectrophotometric methods for the determination of sitagliptin in binary mixture with metformin and ternary mixture with metformin and sitagliptin alkaline degradation product.

    PubMed

    El-Bagary, Ramzia I; Elkady, Ehab F; Ayoub, Bassam M

    2011-03-01

    Simple, accurate and precise spectroflourometric and spectrophotometric methods have been developed and validated for the determination of sitagliptin phosphate monohydrate (STG) and metformin HCL (MET). Zero order, first derivative, ratio derivative spectrophotometric methods and flourometric methods have been developed. The zero order spectrophotometric method was used for the determination of STG in the range of 50-300 μg mL(-1). The first derivative spectrophotometric method was used for the determination of MET in the range of 2-12 μg mL(-1) and STG in the range of 50-300 μg mL(-1) by measuring the peak amplitude at 246.5 nm and 275 nm, respectively. The first derivative of ratio spectra spectrophotometric method used the peak amplitudes at 232 nm and 239 nm for the determination of MET in the range of 2-12 μg mL(-1). The flourometric method was used for the determination of STG in the range of 0.25-110 μg mL(-1). The proposed methods used to determine each drug in binary mixture with metformin and ternary mixture with metformin and sitagliptin alkaline degradation product that is obtained after alkaline hydrolysis of sitagliptin. The results were statistically compared using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA). The methods developed were satisfactorily applied to the analysis of the pharmaceutical formulations and proved to be specific and accurate for the quality control of the cited drugs in pharmaceutical dosage forms.

  8. Spectroflourometric and Spectrophotometric Methods for the Determination of Sitagliptin in Binary Mixture with Metformin and Ternary Mixture with Metformin and Sitagliptin Alkaline Degradation Product

    PubMed Central

    El-Bagary, Ramzia I.; Elkady, Ehab F.; Ayoub, Bassam M.

    2011-01-01

    Simple, accurate and precise spectroflourometric and spectrophotometric methods have been developed and validated for the determination of sitagliptin phosphate monohydrate (STG) and metformin HCL (MET). Zero order, first derivative, ratio derivative spectrophotometric methods and flourometric methods have been developed. The zero order spectrophotometric method was used for the determination of STG in the range of 50-300 μg mL-1. The first derivative spectrophotometric method was used for the determination of MET in the range of 2–12 μg mL-1 and STG in the range of 50-300 μg mL-1 by measuring the peak amplitude at 246.5 nm and 275 nm, respectively. The first derivative of ratio spectra spectrophotometric method used the peak amplitudes at 232 nm and 239 nm for the determination of MET in the range of 2–12 μg mL-1. The flourometric method was used for the determination of STG in the range of 0.25-110 μg mL-1. The proposed methods used to determine each drug in binary mixture with metformin and ternary mixture with metformin and sitagliptin alkaline degradation product that is obtained after alkaline hydrolysis of sitagliptin. The results were statistically compared using one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA). The methods developed were satisfactorily applied to the analysis of the pharmaceutical formulations and proved to be specific and accurate for the quality control of the cited drugs in pharmaceutical dosage forms. PMID:23675222

  9. A wavefront orientation method for precise numerical determination of tsunami travel time

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fine, I. V.; Thomson, R. E.

    2013-04-01

    We present a highly accurate and computationally efficient method (herein, the "wavefront orientation method") for determining the travel time of oceanic tsunamis. Based on Huygens principle, the method uses an eight-point grid-point pattern and the most recent information on the orientation of the advancing wave front to determine the time for a tsunami to travel to a specific oceanic location. The method is shown to provide improved accuracy and reduced anisotropy compared with the conventional multiple grid-point method presently in widespread use.

  10. Comparison of Several Methods for Determining the Internal Resistance of Lithium Ion Cells

    PubMed Central

    Schweiger, Hans-Georg; Obeidi, Ossama; Komesker, Oliver; Raschke, André; Schiemann, Michael; Zehner, Christian; Gehnen, Markus; Keller, Michael; Birke, Peter

    2010-01-01

    The internal resistance is the key parameter for determining power, energy efficiency and lost heat of a lithium ion cell. Precise knowledge of this value is vital for designing battery systems for automotive applications. Internal resistance of a cell was determined by current step methods, AC (alternating current) methods, electrochemical impedance spectroscopy and thermal loss methods. The outcomes of these measurements have been compared with each other. If charge or discharge of the cell is limited, current step methods provide the same results as energy loss methods. PMID:22219678

  11. Bacterial diversity associated with the rotifer Brachionus plicatilis sp. complex determined by culture-dependent and -independent methods.

    PubMed

    Ishino, Ryota; Iehata, Shunpei; Nakano, Miyo; Tanaka, Reiji; Yoshimatsu, Takao; Maeda, Hiroto

    2012-03-01

    The bacterial communities associated with rotifers (Brachionus plicatilis sp. complex) and their culture water were determined using culture-dependent and -independent methods (16S rRNA gene clone library). The bacterial communities determined by the culture-independent method were more diverse than those determined by the culture-dependent method. Although the culture-dependent method indicated the bacterial community of rotifers was relatively similar to that of the culture water, 16S rRNA gene clone library analyses revealed a great difference between the two microbiotas. Our results suggest that most bacteria associated with rotifers are not easily cultured using conventional methods, and that the microbiota of rotifers do not correspond with that of the culture water completely.

  12. Determination of gold in geologic materials by solvent extraction and atomic-absorption spectrometry

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Huffman, Claude; Mensik, J.D.; Riley, L.B.

    1967-01-01

    The two methods presented for the determination of traces of gold in geologic materials are the cyanide atomic-absorption method and the fire-assay atomic-absorption method. In the cyanide method gold is leached with a sodium-cyanide solution. The monovalent gold is then oxidized to the trivalent state and concentrated by extracting into methyl isobutyl ketone prior to estimation by atomic absorption. In the fire-assay atomic-absorption method, the gold-silver bead obtained from fire assay is dissolved in nitric and hydrochloric acids. Gold is then concentrated by extracting into methyl isobutyl ketone prior to determination by atomic absorption. By either method concentrations as low as 50 parts per billion of gold can be determined in a 15-gram sample.

  13. A comparative study of smart spectrophotometric methods for simultaneous determination of sitagliptin phosphate and metformin hydrochloride in their binary mixture.

    PubMed

    Lotfy, Hayam M; Mohamed, Dalia; Mowaka, Shereen

    2015-01-01

    Simple, specific, accurate and precise spectrophotometric methods were developed and validated for the simultaneous determination of the oral antidiabetic drugs; sitagliptin phosphate (STG) and metformin hydrochloride (MET) in combined pharmaceutical formulations. Three methods were manipulating ratio spectra namely; ratio difference (RD), ratio subtraction (RS) and a novel approach of induced amplitude modulation (IAM) methods. The first two methods were used for determination of STG, while MET was directly determined by measuring its absorbance at λmax 232 nm. However, (IAM) was used for the simultaneous determination of both drugs. Moreover, another three methods were developed based on derivative spectroscopy followed by mathematical manipulation steps namely; amplitude factor (P-factor), amplitude subtraction (AS) and modified amplitude subtraction (MAS). In addition, in this work the novel sample enrichment technique named spectrum addition was adopted. The proposed spectrophotometric methods did not require any preliminary separation step. The accuracy, precision and linearity ranges of the proposed methods were determined. The selectivity of the developed methods was investigated by analyzing laboratory prepared mixtures of the drugs and their combined pharmaceutical formulations. Standard deviation values were less than 1.5 in the assay of raw materials and tablets. The obtained results were statistically compared to that of a reported spectrophotometric method. The statistical comparison showed that there was no significant difference between the proposed methods and the reported one regarding both accuracy and precision. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  14. Geotechnical Descriptions of Rock and Rock Masses.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1985-04-01

    determined in the field on core speci ns by the standard Rock Testing Handbook Methods . afls GA DTIC TAB thannounod 13 Justifiatlo By Distributin...to provide rock strength descriptions from the field. The point-load test has proven to be a reliable method of determining rock strength properties...report should qualify the reported spacing values by stating the methods used to determine spacing. Preferably the report should make the determination

  15. Accuracy of meteoroid speeds determined using a Fresnel transform procedure

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Campbell, L.; Elford, W. G.

    2006-03-01

    New methods of determining meteor speeds using radar are giving results with an accuracy of better that 1%. It is anticipated that this degree of precision will allow determinations of pre-atmospheric speeds of shower meteors as well as estimates of the density of the meteoroids. The next step is to determine under what conditions these new measurements are reliable. Errors in meteoroid speeds determined using a Fresnel transform procedure applied to radar meteor data are investigated. The procedure determines the reflectivity of a meteor trail as a function of position, by application of the Fresnel transform to the time series of a radar reflection from the trail observed at a single detection station. It has previously been shown that this procedure can be used to determine the speed of the meteoroid, by finding the assumed speed that gives a reflectivity image that best meets physical expectations. It has also been shown that speeds determined by this method agree with those from the well established "pre-t o phase" method when applied to reflections with a high signal to noise ratio. However, there is a discrepancy between the two methods for weaker reflections. A method to investigate the discrepancy is described and applied, with the finding that the speed determined by using the Fresnel transform procedure is more accurate for weaker reflections than that given by the "pre-t o phase" method.

  16. Two spectrophotometric methods for simultaneous determination of some antihyperlipidemic drugs

    PubMed Central

    Abdelwahab, Nada S.; El-Zeiny, Badr A.; Tohamy, Salwa I.

    2012-01-01

    Two simple, accurate, precise and economic spectrophotometric methods have been developed for simultaneous determination of Atorvastatin calcium (ATR) and Ezetimibe (EZ) in their bulk powder and pharmaceutical dosage form. Method (I) is based on dual wavelength analysis while method (II) is the mean centering of ratio spectra spectrophotometric (MCR) method. In method (I), two wavelengths were selected for each drug in such a way that the difference in absorbance was zero for the second drug. At wavelengths 226.6 and 244 nm EZ had equal absorbance values; therefore, these two wavelengths have been used to determine ATR; on a similar basis 228.6 and 262.8 nm were selected to determine EZ in their binary mixtures. In method II, the absorption spectra of both ATR and EZ with different concentrations were recorded over the range 200–350, divided by the spectrum of suitable divisor of both ATR and EZ and then the obtained ratio spectra were mean centered. The concentrations of active components were then determined from the calibration graphs obtained by measuring the amplitudes at 215–260 nm (peak to peak) for both ATR and EZ. Accuracy and precision of the developed methods have been tested; in addition recovery studies have been carried out in order to confirm their accuracy. On the other hand, selectivities of the methods were tested by application for determination of different synthetic mixtures containing different ratios of the studied drugs. The developed methods have been successfully used for determination of ATR and EZ in their combined dosage form and statistical comparison of the developed methods with the reported spectrophotometric one using F and Student's t-tests showed no significant difference regarding both accuracy and precision. PMID:29403754

  17. Two spectrophotometric methods for simultaneous determination of some antihyperlipidemic drugs.

    PubMed

    Abdelwahab, Nada S; El-Zeiny, Badr A; Tohamy, Salwa I

    2012-08-01

    Two simple, accurate, precise and economic spectrophotometric methods have been developed for simultaneous determination of Atorvastatin calcium (ATR) and Ezetimibe (EZ) in their bulk powder and pharmaceutical dosage form. Method (I) is based on dual wavelength analysis while method (II) is the mean centering of ratio spectra spectrophotometric (MCR) method. In method (I), two wavelengths were selected for each drug in such a way that the difference in absorbance was zero for the second drug. At wavelengths 226.6 and 244 nm EZ had equal absorbance values; therefore, these two wavelengths have been used to determine ATR; on a similar basis 228.6 and 262.8 nm were selected to determine EZ in their binary mixtures. In method II, the absorption spectra of both ATR and EZ with different concentrations were recorded over the range 200-350, divided by the spectrum of suitable divisor of both ATR and EZ and then the obtained ratio spectra were mean centered. The concentrations of active components were then determined from the calibration graphs obtained by measuring the amplitudes at 215-260 nm (peak to peak) for both ATR and EZ. Accuracy and precision of the developed methods have been tested; in addition recovery studies have been carried out in order to confirm their accuracy. On the other hand, selectivities of the methods were tested by application for determination of different synthetic mixtures containing different ratios of the studied drugs. The developed methods have been successfully used for determination of ATR and EZ in their combined dosage form and statistical comparison of the developed methods with the reported spectrophotometric one using F and Student's t -tests showed no significant difference regarding both accuracy and precision.

  18. Evaluation of direct saponification method for determination of cholesterol in meats.

    PubMed

    Adams, M L; Sullivan, D M; Smith, R L; Richter, E F

    1986-01-01

    A gas chromatographic (GC) method has been developed for determination of cholesterol in meats. The method involves ethanolic KOH saponification of the sample material, homogeneous-phase toluene extraction of the unsaponifiables, derivatization of cholesterol to its trimethylsilylether, and quantitation by GC-flame ionization detection using 5-alpha-cholestane as internal standard. This direct saponification method is compared with the current AOAC official method for determination of cholesterol in 20 different meat products. The direct saponification method eliminates the need for initial lipid extraction, thus offering a 30% savings in labor, and requires fewer solvents than the AOAC method. It produced comparable or slightly higher cholesterol results than the AOAC method in all meat samples examined. Precision, determined by assaying a turkey meat sample 16 times over 4 days, was excellent (CV = 1.74%). Average recovery of cholesterol added to meat samples was 99.8%.

  19. Determining the anaerobic threshold in water aerobic exercises: a comparison between the heart rate deflection point and the ventilatory method.

    PubMed

    Alberton, C L; Kanitz, A C; Pinto, S S; Antunes, A H; Finatto, P; Cadore, E L; Kruel, L F M

    2013-08-01

    The aim of this study was to compare the cardiorespiratory variables corresponding to the anaerobic threshold (AT) between different water-based exercises using two methods of determining the AT, the heart rate deflection point and ventilatory method, and to correlate the variables in both methods. Twenty young women performed three exercise sessions in the water. Maximal tests were performed in the water-based exercises stationary running, frontal kick and cross country skiing. The protocol started at a rate of 80 cycles per minute (cycle.min-1) for 2 min with subsequent increments of 10 cycle.min-1 every minute until exhaustion, with measurements of heart rate, oxygen uptake and ventilation throughout test. After, the two methods were used to determine the values of these variables corresponding to the AT for each of the exercises. Comparisons were made using two-way ANOVA for repeated measures with Bonferroni's post hoc test. To correlate the same variables determined by the two methods, the intra-class correlation coefficient test (ICC) was used. For all the variables, no significant differences were found between the methods of determining the AT and the three exercises. Moreover, the ICC values of each variable determined by the two methods were high and significant. The estimation of the heart rate deflection point can be used as a simple and practical method of determining the AT, which can be used when prescribing these exercises. In addition, these cardiorespiratory parameters may be determined performing the test with only one of the evaluated exercises, since there were no differences in the evaluated variables.

  20. Novel ratio difference at coabsorptive point spectrophotometric method for determination of components with wide variation in their absorptivities.

    PubMed

    Saad, Ahmed S; Abo-Talib, Nisreen F; El-Ghobashy, Mohamed R

    2016-01-05

    Different methods have been introduced to enhance selectivity of UV-spectrophotometry thus enabling accurate determination of co-formulated components, however mixtures whose components exhibit wide variation in absorptivities has been an obstacle against application of UV-spectrophotometry. The developed ratio difference at coabsorptive point method (RDC) represents a simple effective solution for the mentioned problem, where the additive property of light absorbance enabled the consideration of the two components as multiples of the lower absorptivity component at certain wavelength (coabsorptive point), at which their total concentration multiples could be determined, whereas the other component was selectively determined by applying the ratio difference method in a single step. Mixture of perindopril arginine (PA) and amlodipine besylate (AM) figures that problem, where the low absorptivity of PA relative to AM hinders selective spectrophotometric determination of PA. The developed method successfully determined both components in the overlapped region of their spectra with accuracy 99.39±1.60 and 100.51±1.21, for PA and AM, respectively. The method was validated as per the USP guidelines and showed no significant difference upon statistical comparison with reported chromatographic method. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  1. CREATININE DETERMINATION IN URINE BY LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPHY-ELECTROSPRAY IONIZATION-TANDEM MASS SPECTROMETRY METHOD.

    PubMed

    Dereziński, Paweł; Klupczyńska, Agnieszka; Sawicki, Wojciech; Kokot, Zenon J

    2016-01-01

    Creatinine determination in urine is used to estimate the completeness of the 24-h urine collection, compensation for variable diuresis and as a preliminary step in protein profiling in urine. Despite the fact that a wide range of methods of measuring creatinine level in biofluids has been developed, many of them are adversely affected by interfering substances. A new liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry method for creatinine determination in urine has been developed. Chromatographic separation was performed by applying C18 column and a gradient elution. Analyses were carried out on a triple quadrupole mass spectrometer equipped with an electrospray ion source. The developed method was fully validated according to the international guidelines. The quantification range of the method was 5-1500 ng/mL, which corresponds to 1-300 mg/dL in urine. Limit of detection and quantitation were 2 and 5 ng/mL, respectively. Additionally, the comparison of creatinine determination by newly developed method to the colorimetric method was performed. The method enables the determination of creatinine in urine samples with a minimal sample preparation, excellent sensitivity and prominent selectivity. Since mass spectrometry allows to measure a number of compounds simultaneously, a future perspective would be to incorporate the determination of other clinically important compounds excreted in urine.

  2. [Determination of multi-element contents in gypsum by ICP-AES].

    PubMed

    Guo, Zhong-bao; Bai, Yong-zhi; Cui, Jin-hua; Mei, Yi-fei; Ma, Zhen-zhu

    2014-08-01

    The content of multi-element in gypsum was determined by ICP-AES. The sample was pretreated by acid-soluble method or alkali-fusion method. Acid-soluble method is suitable for the determination of CaO, SOs, Al2O3, Fe2O3, MgO, K2O, Na2O, TiO2, P2O5, MnO, SrO and BaO. Alkali-fusion method is suitable for the determination of CaO, SO3, SiO2, Al2O3, Fe2O3, MgO, TiO2, P2O5, MnO, SrO, BaO and B2O3. Different series standard solutions were prepared considering the properties and content of elements and solution matrix. The limit of detection and quantification were confirmed for each element under their best analysis spectral lines. The recoveries of the two pretreatment methods were from 93% to 110%, besides that for TiO2 was 81%-87% as pretreated by acid-soluble method. All RSDs (n=6) of tests were from 0.70%-3.42%. The accuracies of CaO and SO3 with ICP-AES method were less than the chemical analysis method. The determination of CaO and SO3 with ICP-AES method is only suitable for the case of low accuracy requirement. The results showed that the method can be used for the determination of multi-element contents in gypsum, with simple operation, fast analysis and reliable results. Total elements can be analysed with both acid-soluble method and alkali-fusion method.

  3. An improved method for determining force balance calibration accuracy

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ferris, Alice T.

    1993-01-01

    The results of an improved statistical method used at Langley Research Center for determining and stating the accuracy of a force balance calibration are presented. The application of the method for initial loads, initial load determination, auxiliary loads, primary loads, and proof loads is described. The data analysis is briefly addressed.

  4. Hot biopsy forceps vs. endoscopic ultrasonography in determining the depth of gastric epithelial neoplasia: a simple novel method to decide whether or not to perform endoscopic submucosal dissection.

    PubMed

    Huikai, Li; Enqiang, Linghu

    2013-01-01

    It is of vital importance to determine the depth of lesions to be treated by endoscopic submucosal dissection. This study aimed to compare the accuracy of using hot biopsy forceps method with endoscopic ultrasonography for determination of the depth of gastric epithelial neoplasia. Hot biopsy forceps method and/or endoscopic ultrasonography were used to determine the depth of lesions in 27 patients. With hot biopsy forceps method, we assumed a lesion completely lifted up by a hot biopsy forceps to be confined to the mucosal layer, and one partly lifted up to be located beyond the mucosal layer. The accuracy of hot biopsy forceps method and endoscopic ultrasonography in determining the depth of lesions were compared. Of the 27 patients, 25 underwent endoscopic submucosal dissection and 2 underwent surgery. The total accuracy of hot biopsy forceps method in determining the depth of lesions was 92.6% and that of endoscopic ultrasonography was 81.8%. Overestimation of hot biopsy forceps method and endoscopic ultrasonography were 3.7% vs. 13.6%, respectively. The sensitivity and the specificity of hot biopsy forceps method were 95.5% and 80.0% and those of EUS were 83.3% and 75.0%. Hot biopsy forceps method has a trend towards higher accuracy and lower overestimation than endoscopic ultrasonography.

  5. Determination of Urine Albumin by New Simple High-Performance Liquid Chromatography Method.

    PubMed

    Klapkova, Eva; Fortova, Magdalena; Prusa, Richard; Moravcova, Libuse; Kotaska, Karel

    2016-11-01

    A simple high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method was developed for the determination of albumin in patients' urine samples without coeluting proteins and was compared with the immunoturbidimetric determination of albumin. Urine albumin is important biomarker in diabetic patients, but part of it is immuno-nonreactive. Albumin was determined by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), UV detection at 280 nm, Zorbax 300SB-C3 column. Immunoturbidimetric analysis was performed using commercial kit on automatic biochemistry analyzer COBAS INTEGRA ® 400, Roche Diagnostics GmbH, Manheim, Germany. The HLPC method was fully validated. No significant interference with other proteins (transferrin, α-1-acid glycoprotein, α-1-antichymotrypsin, antitrypsin, hemopexin) was found. The results from 301 urine samples were compared with immunochemical determination. We found a statistically significant difference between these methods (P = 0.0001, Mann-Whitney test). New simple HPLC method was developed for the determination of urine albumin without coeluting proteins. Our data indicate that the HPLC method is highly specific and more sensitive than immunoturbidimetry. © 2016 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  6. On the Determination of the Orbits of Comets

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Englefield, Henry

    2013-06-01

    Preface; 1. General view of the method; 2. On the motion of the point of intersection of the radius vector and cord; 3. On the comparison of the parabolic cord with the space which answers to the mean velocity of the earth in the same time; 4. Of the reduction of the second longitude of the comet; 5. On the proportion of the three curtate distances of the comet from the earth; 6. Of the graphical declination of the orbit of the earth; 7. Of the numerical quantities to be prepared for the construction or computation of the comet's orbit; 8. Determination of the distances of the comet from the earth and the sun; 9. Determination of the elements of the orbit from the determined distances; 10. Determination of the place of the comet from the earth and sun; 11. Determination of the distances of the comet from the earth and sun; 12. Determination of the comet's orbit; 13. Determination of the place of the comet; 14. Application of the graphical method to the comet of 1769; 15. Application of the distances found; 16. Determination of the place of the comet, for another given time; 17. Application of the trigonometrical method to the comet of 1769; 18. Determination of the elements of the orbit of the comet of 1769; Example of the graphical operation for the orbit of the comet of 1769; Example of the trigonometrical operation for the orbit of the comet of 1769; Conclusion; La Place's general method for determining the orbits of comets; Determination of the two elements of the orbit; Application of La Place's method of finding the approximate perihelion distance; Application of La Place's method for correcting the orbit of a comet, to the comet of 1769; Explanation and use of the tables; Tables; Appendix; Plates.

  7. No Impact of the Analytical Method Used for Determining Cystatin C on Estimating Glomerular Filtration Rate in Children.

    PubMed

    Alberer, Martin; Hoefele, Julia; Benz, Marcus R; Bökenkamp, Arend; Weber, Lutz T

    2017-01-01

    Measurement of inulin clearance is considered to be the gold standard for determining kidney function in children, but this method is time consuming and expensive. The glomerular filtration rate (GFR) is on the other hand easier to calculate by using various creatinine- and/or cystatin C (Cys C)-based formulas. However, for the determination of serum creatinine (Scr) and Cys C, different and non-interchangeable analytical methods exist. Given the fact that different analytical methods for the determination of creatinine and Cys C were used in order to validate existing GFR formulas, clinicians should be aware of the type used in their local laboratory. In this study, we compared GFR results calculated on the basis of different GFR formulas and either used Scr and Cys C values as determined by the analytical method originally employed for validation or values obtained by an alternative analytical method to evaluate any possible effects on the performance. Cys C values determined by means of an immunoturbidimetric assay were used for calculating the GFR using equations in which this analytical method had originally been used for validation. Additionally, these same values were then used in other GFR formulas that had originally been validated using a nephelometric immunoassay for determining Cys C. The effect of using either the compatible or the possibly incompatible analytical method for determining Cys C in the calculation of GFR was assessed in comparison with the GFR measured by creatinine clearance (CrCl). Unexpectedly, using GFR equations that employed Cys C values derived from a possibly incompatible analytical method did not result in a significant difference concerning the classification of patients as having normal or reduced GFR compared to the classification obtained on the basis of CrCl. Sensitivity and specificity were adequate. On the other hand, formulas using Cys C values derived from a compatible analytical method partly showed insufficient performance when compared to CrCl. Although clinicians should be aware of applying a GFR formula that is compatible with the locally used analytical method for determining Cys C and creatinine, other factors might be more crucial for the calculation of correct GFR values.

  8. The Application of Determining Students’ Graduation Status of STMIK Palangkaraya Using K-Nearest Neighbors Method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rusdiana, Lili; Marfuah

    2017-12-01

    K-Nearest Neighbors method is one of methods used for classification which calculate a value to find out the closest in distance. It is used to group a set of data such as students’ graduation status that are got from the amount of course credits taken by them, the grade point average (AVG), and the mini-thesis grade. The study is conducted to know the results of using K-Nearest Neighbors method on the application of determining students’ graduation status, so it can be analyzed from the method used, the data, and the application constructed. The aim of this study is to find out the application results by using K-Nearest Neighbors concept to determine students’ graduation status using the data of STMIK Palangkaraya students. The development of the software used Extreme Programming, since it was appropriate and precise for this study which was to quickly finish the project. The application was created using Microsoft Office Excel 2007 for the training data and Matlab 7 to implement the application. The result of K-Nearest Neighbors method on the application of determining students’ graduation status was 92.5%. It could determine the predicate graduation of 94 data used from the initial data before the processing as many as 136 data which the maximal training data was 50data. The K-Nearest Neighbors method is one of methods used to group a set of data based on the closest value, so that using K-Nearest Neighbors method agreed with this study. The results of K-Nearest Neighbors method on the application of determining students’ graduation status was 92.5% could determine the predicate graduation which is the maximal training data. The K-Nearest Neighbors method is one of methods used to group a set of data based on the closest value, so that using K-Nearest Neighbors method agreed with this study.

  9. Flow enthalpimetric determination of glucose, based on oxidation by 1,4-benzoquinone and use of an immobilized glucose oxidase column.

    PubMed

    Kiba, N; Tomiyasu, T; Furusawa, M

    1984-02-01

    A flow enthalpimetric method for the determination of glucose is presented. The method is based on the reaction of glucose with 1,4-benzoquinone in the presence of immobilized glucose oxidase. d-Glucose concentrations ranging from 0.02 to 75mM can be determined. The method is applicable to the determination of glucose in soft drinks, wines, beers, jams and serum.

  10. An atomic-absorption method for the determination of gold in large samples of geologic materials

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    VanSickle, Gordon H.; Lakin, Hubert William

    1968-01-01

    A laboratory method for the determination of gold in large (100-gram) samples has been developed for use in the study of the gold content of placer deposits and of trace amounts of gold in other geologic materials. In this method the sample is digested with bromine and ethyl ether, the gold is extracted into methyl isobutyl ketone, and the determination is made by atomicabsorption spectrophotometry. The lower limit of detection is 0.005 part per million in the sample. The few data obtained so far by this method agree favorably with those obtained by assay and by other atomic-absorption methods. About 25 determinations can be made per man-day.

  11. Pedagogical Practices and Counselor Self-Efficacy: A Mixed Methods Investigations

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Brogan, Justin R.

    2009-01-01

    The current study investigated the Lecture Teaching Method and Socratic Teaching Method to determine if there was a relationship between pedagogical methods and Counselor Self-Efficacy (CSE). A course in Advanced Professional Development was utilized to determine if teaching methods could affect student perceptions of competence to practice…

  12. 77 FR 32038 - Energy Conservation Program: Alternative Efficiency Determination Methods and Alternative Rating...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-05-31

    ... Determination Methods and Alternative Rating Methods AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy... proposing to revise and expand its existing regulations governing the use of particular methods as...- TP-0024, by any of the following methods: Email: to AED/[email protected] . Include EERE...

  13. 76 FR 21673 - Alternative Efficiency Determination Methods and Alternate Rating Methods

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-04-18

    ... EERE-2011-BP-TP-00024] RIN 1904-AC46 Alternative Efficiency Determination Methods and Alternate Rating Methods AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy. ACTION: Notice of... and data related to the use of computer simulations, mathematical methods, and other alternative...

  14. 40 CFR 60.547 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ...) Method 24 or formulation data for the determination of the VOC content of cements or green tire spray materials. In the event of dispute, Method 24 shall be the reference method. For Method 24, the cement or... corrected using an experimentally determined response factor comparing the alternative calibration gas to...

  15. 40 CFR 60.547 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ...) Method 24 or formulation data for the determination of the VOC content of cements or green tire spray materials. In the event of dispute, Method 24 shall be the reference method. For Method 24, the cement or... corrected using an experimentally determined response factor comparing the alternative calibration gas to...

  16. Assay Development for the Determination of Phosphorylation Stoichiometry using MRM methods with and without Phosphatase Treatment: Application to Breast Cancer Signaling Pathways

    PubMed Central

    Domanski, Dominik; Murphy, Leigh C.; Borchers, Christoph H.

    2010-01-01

    We have developed a phosphatase-based phosphopeptide quantitation (PPQ) method for determining phosphorylation stoichiometry in complex biological samples. This PPQ method is based on enzymatic dephosphorylation, combined with specific and accurate peptide identification and quantification by multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) detection with stable-isotope-labeled standard peptides. In contrast with the classical MRM methods for the quantitation of phosphorylation stoichiometry, the PPQ-MRM method needs only one non-phosphorylated SIS (stable isotope-coded standard) and two analyses (one for the untreated and one for the phosphatase-treated sample), from which the expression and modification levels can accurately be determined. From these analyses, the % phosphorylation can be determined. In this manuscript, we compare the PPQ-MRM method with an MRM method without phosphatase, and demonstrate the application of these methods to the detection and quantitation of phosphorylation of the classic phosphorylated breast cancer biomarkers (ERα and HER2), and for phosphorylated RAF and ERK1, which also contain phosphorylation sites with important biological implications. Using synthetic peptides spiked into a complex protein digest, we were able to use our PPQ-MRM method to accurately determine the total phosphorylation stoichiometry on specific peptides, as well as the absolute amount of the peptide and phosphopeptide present. Analyses of samples containing ERα protein revealed that the PPQ-MRM is capable of determining phosphorylation stoichiometry in proteins from cell lines, and is in good agreement with determinations obtained using the direct MRM approach in terms of phosphorylation and total protein amount. PMID:20524616

  17. Highly accurate adaptive TOF determination method for ultrasonic thickness measurement

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhou, Lianjie; Liu, Haibo; Lian, Meng; Ying, Yangwei; Li, Te; Wang, Yongqing

    2018-04-01

    Determining the time of flight (TOF) is very critical for precise ultrasonic thickness measurement. However, the relatively low signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the received signals would induce significant TOF determination errors. In this paper, an adaptive time delay estimation method has been developed to improve the TOF determination’s accuracy. An improved variable step size adaptive algorithm with comprehensive step size control function is proposed. Meanwhile, a cubic spline fitting approach is also employed to alleviate the restriction of finite sampling interval. Simulation experiments under different SNR conditions were conducted for performance analysis. Simulation results manifested the performance advantage of proposed TOF determination method over existing TOF determination methods. When comparing with the conventional fixed step size, and Kwong and Aboulnasr algorithms, the steady state mean square deviation of the proposed algorithm was generally lower, which makes the proposed algorithm more suitable for TOF determination. Further, ultrasonic thickness measurement experiments were performed on aluminum alloy plates with various thicknesses. They indicated that the proposed TOF determination method was more robust even under low SNR conditions, and the ultrasonic thickness measurement accuracy could be significantly improved.

  18. Comparison of standard moisture loss-on-drying methods for the determination of moisture content of corn distillers dried grains with solubles.

    PubMed

    Ileleji, Klein E; Garcia, Arnoldo A; Kingsly, Ambrose R P; Clementson, Clairmont L

    2010-01-01

    This study quantified the variability among 14 standard moisture loss-on-drying (gravimetric) methods for determination of the moisture content of corn distillers dried grains with solubles (DDGS). The methods were compared with the Karl Fischer (KF) titration method to determine their percent variation from the KF method. Additionally, the thermo-balance method using a halogen moisture analyzer that is routinely used in fuel ethanol plants was included in the methods investigated. Moisture contents by the loss-on-drying methods were significantly different for DDGS samples from three fuel ethanol plants. The percent deviation of the moisture loss-on-drying methods decreased with decrease in drying temperature and, to a lesser extent, drying time. This was attributed to an overestimation of moisture content in DDGS due to the release of volatiles at high temperatures. Our findings indicate that the various methods that have been used for moisture determination by moisture loss-on-drying will not give identical results and therefore, caution should be exercised when selecting a moisture loss-on-drying method for DDGS.

  19. System and method for diagnosing EGR performance using NOx sensor

    DOEpatents

    Mazur, Christopher John

    2003-12-23

    A method and system for diagnosing a condition of an EGR valve used in an engine system. The EGR valve controls the portion exhaust gases produced by such engine system and fed back to an intake of such engine system. The engine system includes a NOx sensor for measuring NOx in such exhaust. The method includes: determining a time rate of change in NOx measured by the NOx sensor; comparing the determined time rate of change in the measured NOx with a predetermined expected time rate of change in measured NOx; and determining the condition of the EGR valve as a function of such comparison. The method also includes: determining from NOx measured by the NOx sensor and engine operating conditions indications of instances when samples of such measured NOx are greater than an expected maximum NOx level for such engine condition and less than an expected minimum NOx level for such engine condition; and determining the condition of the EGR valve as a function of a statistical analysis of such indications. The method includes determining whether the NOx sensor is faulty and wherein the EGR condition determining includes determining whether the NOx sensor is faulty.

  20. Refractive-index profile and physical process determination in thick gratings in electrooptic crystals

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Su, S. F.; Gaylord, T. K.

    1976-01-01

    A method for determining the refractive index profile of thick phase gratings in linear electrooptic crystals is presented. This method also determines the effective photovoltaic electric field and the relative contributions of diffusion and drift during hologram recording. The method requires only a knowledge of the modulation ratio during hologram recording and the fundamental and the higher-order diffraction efficiencies of the grating. As an illustration of the method, the refractive index profile, the effective photovoltaic field, and the relative contributions of diffusion and drift are determined from experimental measurements for a lithium niobate holographic grating.

  1. Genetic methods improve accuracy of gender determination in beaver

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Williams, C.L.; Breck, S.W.; Baker, B.W.

    2004-01-01

    Gender identification of sexually monomorphic mammals can be difficult. We used analysis of zinc-finger protein (Zfx and Zfy) DNA regions to determine gender of 96 beavers (Castor canadensis) from 3 areas and used these results to verify gender determined in the field. Gender was correctly determined for 86 (89.6%) beavers. Incorrect assignments were not attributed to errors in any one age or sex class. Although methods that can be used in the field (such as morphological methods) can provide reasonably accurate gender assignments in beavers, the genetic method might be preferred in certain situations.

  2. Five different spectrophotometric methods for determination of Amprolium hydrochloride and Ethopabate binary mixture

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hussein, Lobna A.; Magdy, N.; Abbas, Mahmoud M.

    2015-03-01

    Five simple, specific, accurate and precise UV-spectrophotometric methods are adopted for the simultaneous determination of Amprolium hydrochloride (AMP) and Ethopabate (ETH), a binary mixture with overlapping spectra, without preliminary separation. The first method is first derivative of the ratio spectra (1DD) for determination of AMP and ETH at 234.7 nm and 306.8 nm respectively with mean percentage recoveries 99.76 ± 0.907 and 100.29 ± 0.842 respectively. The second method is the mean centering of the ratio spectra for determination of AMP and ETH at 238.8 nm and 313 nm respectively with mean percentage recoveries 100.26 ± 1.018 and 99.94 ± 1.286 respectively. The third method is based on dual wavelength selection for determination of AMP and ETH at 235.3 nm & 308 nm and 244 nm & 268.4 nm respectively with mean percentage recoveries 99.30 ± 1.097 and 100.03 ± 1.065 respectively. The fourth method is ratio difference method for determination of AMP and ETH at 239 nm & 310 nm and 239 nm & 313 nm respectively with mean percentage recoveries 99.27 ± 0.892 and 100.40 ± 1.814 respectively. The fifth one is area under the curve (AUC) method where the areas between 235.6-243 nm and 268.3-275 nm are selected for determination of AMP and ETH with mean percentage recoveries 100.35 ± 1.031 and 100.39 ± 0.956 respectively. These methods are tested by analyzing synthetic mixtures of the two drugs and they are applied to their pharmaceutical veterinary preparation. Methods are validated according to the ICH guidelines and accuracy, precision and repeatability are found to be within the acceptable limit.

  3. Accuracy of Perceptual and Acoustic Methods for the Detection of Inspiratory Loci in Spontaneous Speech

    PubMed Central

    Wang, Yu-Tsai; Nip, Ignatius S. B.; Green, Jordan R.; Kent, Ray D.; Kent, Jane Finley; Ullman, Cara

    2012-01-01

    The current study investigates the accuracy of perceptually and acoustically determined inspiratory loci in spontaneous speech for the purpose of identifying breath groups. Sixteen participants were asked to talk about simple topics in daily life at a comfortable speaking rate and loudness while connected to a pneumotach and audio microphone. The locations of inspiratory loci were determined based on the aerodynamic signal, which served as a reference for loci identified perceptually and acoustically. Signal detection theory was used to evaluate the accuracy of the methods. The results showed that the greatest accuracy in pause detection was achieved (1) perceptually based on the agreement between at least 2 of the 3 judges; (2) acoustically using a pause duration threshold of 300 ms. In general, the perceptually-based method was more accurate than was the acoustically-based method. Inconsistencies among perceptually-determined, acoustically-determined, and aerodynamically-determined inspiratory loci for spontaneous speech should be weighed in selecting a method of breath-group determination. PMID:22362007

  4. Performance of a proposed determinative method for p-TSA in rainbow trout fillet tissue and bridging the proposed method with a method for total chloramine-T residues in rainbow trout fillet tissue

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Meinertz, J.R.; Stehly, G.R.; Gingerich, W.H.; Greseth, Shari L.

    2001-01-01

    Chloramine-T is an effective drug for controlling fish mortality caused by bacterial gill disease. As part of the data required for approval of chloramine-T use in aquaculture, depletion of the chloramine-T marker residue (para-toluenesulfonamide; p-TSA) from edible fillet tissue of fish must be characterized. Declaration of p-TSA as the marker residue for chloramine-T in rainbow trout was based on total residue depletion studies using a method that used time consuming and cumbersome techniques. A simple and robust method recently developed is being proposed as a determinative method for p-TSA in fish fillet tissue. The proposed determinative method was evaluated by comparing accuracy and precision data with U.S. Food and Drug Administration criteria and by bridging the method to the former method for chloramine-T residues. The method accuracy and precision fulfilled the criteria for determinative methods; accuracy was 92.6, 93.4, and 94.6% with samples fortified at 0.5X, 1X, and 2X the expected 1000 ng/g tolerance limit for p-TSA, respectively. Method precision with tissue containing incurred p-TSA at a nominal concentration of 1000 ng/g ranged from 0.80 to 8.4%. The proposed determinative method was successfully bridged with the former method. The concentrations of p-TSA developed with the proposed method were not statistically different at p < 0.05 from p-TSA concentrations developed with the former method.

  5. Comparative study on the selectivity of various spectrophotometric techniques for the determination of binary mixture of fenbendazole and rafoxanide.

    PubMed

    Saad, Ahmed S; Attia, Ali K; Alaraki, Manal S; Elzanfaly, Eman S

    2015-11-05

    Five different spectrophotometric methods were applied for simultaneous determination of fenbendazole and rafoxanide in their binary mixture; namely first derivative, derivative ratio, ratio difference, dual wavelength and H-point standard addition spectrophotometric methods. Different factors affecting each of the applied spectrophotometric methods were studied and the selectivity of the applied methods was compared. The applied methods were validated as per the ICH guidelines and good accuracy; specificity and precision were proven within the concentration range of 5-50 μg/mL for both drugs. Statistical analysis using one-way ANOVA proved no significant differences among the proposed methods for the determination of the two drugs. The proposed methods successfully determined both drugs in laboratory prepared and commercially available binary mixtures, and were found applicable for the routine analysis in quality control laboratories. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  6. Determination of Slope Safety Factor with Analytical Solution and Searching Critical Slip Surface with Genetic-Traversal Random Method

    PubMed Central

    2014-01-01

    In the current practice, to determine the safety factor of a slope with two-dimensional circular potential failure surface, one of the searching methods for the critical slip surface is Genetic Algorithm (GA), while the method to calculate the slope safety factor is Fellenius' slices method. However GA needs to be validated with more numeric tests, while Fellenius' slices method is just an approximate method like finite element method. This paper proposed a new method to determine the minimum slope safety factor which is the determination of slope safety factor with analytical solution and searching critical slip surface with Genetic-Traversal Random Method. The analytical solution is more accurate than Fellenius' slices method. The Genetic-Traversal Random Method uses random pick to utilize mutation. A computer automatic search program is developed for the Genetic-Traversal Random Method. After comparison with other methods like slope/w software, results indicate that the Genetic-Traversal Random Search Method can give very low safety factor which is about half of the other methods. However the obtained minimum safety factor with Genetic-Traversal Random Search Method is very close to the lower bound solutions of slope safety factor given by the Ansys software. PMID:24782679

  7. Analysis and Characterization of High-Purity Talc for Use in Propellants; Determination of Talc in Propellants

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1975-12-01

    is determined by combustion in an induction furnace with iron as a flux. The methods for moisture, loss in ignition, water-soluble matter, acid... determination of talc in nitro- cellulose-base propellants. The first method (which is the method recom- mended for the usual nitrocellulose -base...In the present report an improved scheme is proposed for the analysis of talc. The silica and magnesium oxide are determined by fusion with sodium

  8. Determination of the structure of lecithins.

    PubMed

    Blank, M L; Nutter, L J; Privett, O S

    1966-03-01

    A method is described for the determination of the classes of lecithins in terms of unsaturated and saturated fatty acids based on a total fatty acid composition, the composition of the fatty acids in the beta-position, and the amount of disaturated class determined via mercuric acetate adduct formation. The accuracy of the method was determined on lecithins of known composition and the method was applied to lecithins isolated from milk serum and egg lipids, safflower and soybean oils.

  9. 77 FR 3605 - Section 482; Methods To Determine Taxable Income in Connection With a Cost Sharing Arrangement...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-01-25

    ... DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY Internal Revenue Service 26 CFR Part 1 [TD 9568] RIN 1545-BI47 Section 482; Methods To Determine Taxable Income in Connection With a Cost Sharing Arrangement; Correction... 22, 2011 (76 FR 80082), Relating to section 482 and methods to determine taxable income in connection...

  10. 26 CFR 1.482-3 - Methods to determine taxable income in connection with a transfer of tangible property.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... 26 Internal Revenue 6 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Methods to determine taxable income in... SERVICE, DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY (CONTINUED) INCOME TAX (CONTINUED) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED) Adjustments § 1.482-3 Methods to determine taxable income in connection with a transfer of tangible property...

  11. Section Height Determination Methods of the Isotopographic Surface in a Complex Terrain Relief

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Syzdykova, Guldana D.; Kurmankozhaev, Azimhan K.

    2016-01-01

    A new method for determining the vertical interval of isotopographic surfaces on rugged terrain was developed. The method is based on the concept of determining the differentiated size of the vertical interval using spatial-statistical properties inherent in the modal characteristic, the degree of variability of apical heights and the chosen map…

  12. 77 FR 24709 - Information Collections Being Reviewed by the Federal Communications Commission Under Delegated...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-04-25

    ... direct method of power determination due to technical reasons, the indirect method of determining antenna... antenna input power by the indirect method must determine the value F (efficiency factor) applicable to... antenna system field monitoring point, when the point itself is not changed. (2) A change in the type of...

  13. Quantitative Comparison of Three Standardization Methods Using a One-Way ANOVA for Multiple Mean Comparisons

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Barrows, Russell D.

    2007-01-01

    A one-way ANOVA experiment is performed to determine whether or not the three standardization methods are statistically different in determining the concentration of the three paraffin analytes. The laboratory exercise asks students to combine the three methods in a single analytical procedure of their own design to determine the concentration of…

  14. [Methods for enzymatic determination of triglycerides in liver homogenates].

    PubMed

    Höhn, H; Gartzke, J; Burck, D

    1987-10-01

    An enzymatic method is described for the determination of triacylglycerols in liver homogenate. In contrast to usual methods, higher reliability and selectivity are achieved by omitting the extraction step.

  15. Resolution of overlapped spectra for the determination of ternary mixture using different and modified spectrophotometric methods

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Moussa, Bahia Abbas; El-Zaher, Asmaa Ahmed; Mahrouse, Marianne Alphonse; Ahmed, Maha Said

    2016-08-01

    Four new spectrophotometric methods were developed, applied to resolve the overlapped spectra of a ternary mixture of [aliskiren hemifumarate (ALS)-amlodipine besylate (AM)-hydrochlorothiazide (HCT)] and to determine the three drugs in pure form and in combined dosage form. Method A depends on simultaneous determination of ALS, AM and HCT using principal component regression and partial least squares chemometric methods. In Method B, a modified isosbestic spectrophotometric method was applied for the determination of the total concentration of ALS and HCT by measuring the absorbance at 274.5 nm (isosbestic point, Aiso). On the other hand, the concentration of HCT in ternary mixture with ALS and AM could be calculated without interference using first derivative spectrophotometric method by measuring the amplitude at 279 nm (zero crossing of ALS and zero value of AM). Thus, the content of ALS was calculated by subtraction. Method C, double divisor first derivative ratio spectrophotometry (double divisor 1DD method), was based on that for the determination of one drug, the ratio spectra were obtained by dividing the absorption spectra of its different concentrations by the sum of the absorption spectra of the other two drugs as a double divisor. The first derivative of the obtained ratio spectra were then recorded using the appropriate smoothing factor. The amplitudes at 291 nm, 380 nm and 274.5 nm were selected for the determination of ALS, AM and HCT in their ternary mixture, respectively. Method D was based on mean centering of ratio spectra. The mean centered values at 287, 295.5 and 269 nm were recorded and used for the determination of ALS, AM and HCT, respectively. The developed methods were validated according to ICH guidelines and proved to be accurate, precise and selective. Satisfactory results were obtained by applying the proposed methods to the analysis of pharmaceutical dosage form.

  16. Resolution of overlapped spectra for the determination of ternary mixture using different and modified spectrophotometric methods.

    PubMed

    Moussa, Bahia Abbas; El-Zaher, Asmaa Ahmed; Mahrouse, Marianne Alphonse; Ahmed, Maha Said

    2016-08-05

    Four new spectrophotometric methods were developed, applied to resolve the overlapped spectra of a ternary mixture of [aliskiren hemifumarate (ALS)-amlodipine besylate (AM)-hydrochlorothiazide (HCT)] and to determine the three drugs in pure form and in combined dosage form. Method A depends on simultaneous determination of ALS, AM and HCT using principal component regression and partial least squares chemometric methods. In Method B, a modified isosbestic spectrophotometric method was applied for the determination of the total concentration of ALS and HCT by measuring the absorbance at 274.5nm (isosbestic point, Aiso). On the other hand, the concentration of HCT in ternary mixture with ALS and AM could be calculated without interference using first derivative spectrophotometric method by measuring the amplitude at 279nm (zero crossing of ALS and zero value of AM). Thus, the content of ALS was calculated by subtraction. Method C, double divisor first derivative ratio spectrophotometry (double divisor (1)DD method), was based on that for the determination of one drug, the ratio spectra were obtained by dividing the absorption spectra of its different concentrations by the sum of the absorption spectra of the other two drugs as a double divisor. The first derivative of the obtained ratio spectra were then recorded using the appropriate smoothing factor. The amplitudes at 291nm, 380nm and 274.5nm were selected for the determination of ALS, AM and HCT in their ternary mixture, respectively. Method D was based on mean centering of ratio spectra. The mean centered values at 287, 295.5 and 269nm were recorded and used for the determination of ALS, AM and HCT, respectively. The developed methods were validated according to ICH guidelines and proved to be accurate, precise and selective. Satisfactory results were obtained by applying the proposed methods to the analysis of pharmaceutical dosage form. Copyright © 2016. Published by Elsevier B.V.

  17. Spectrophotometric determination of sulphate in automotive fuel ethanol by sequential injection analysis using dimethylsulphonazo(III) reaction.

    PubMed

    de Oliveira, Fabio Santos; Korn, Mauro

    2006-01-15

    A sensitive SIA method was developed for sulphate determination in automotive fuel ethanol. This method was based on the reaction of sulphate with barium-dimethylsulphonazo(III) leading to a decrease on the magnitude of analytical signal monitored at 665 nm. Alcohol fuel samples were previously burned up to avoid matrix effects for sulphate determinations. Binary sampling and stop-flow strategies were used to increase the sensitivity of the method. The optimization of analytical parameter was performed by response surface method using Box-Behnker and central composite designs. The proposed sequential flow procedure permits to determine up to 10.0mg SO(4)(2-)l(-1) with R.S.D. <2.5% and limit of detection of 0.27 mg l(-1). The method has been successfully applied for sulphate determination in automotive fuel alcohol and the results agreed with the reference volumetric method. In the optimized condition the SIA system carried out 27 samples per hour.

  18. Urinary iodine: comparison of a simple method for its determination in microplates with measurement by inductively-coupled plasma mass spectrometry

    PubMed Central

    Haap, Michael; Roth, Heinz Jürgen; Huber, Thomas; Dittmann, Helmut; Wahl, Richard

    2017-01-01

    The aim of our study was to develop and validate an inexpensive, rapid, easy to use quantitative method to determine urinary iodine without major procurement costs for equipment. The rationale behind introducing this method is the increasing demand for urinary iodine assessments. Our study included 103 patients (76 female, 27 male), age (arithmetic mean) 52 ± 17.3 years. Urinary iodine was determined in microplates by a modification of the Sandell-Kolthoff reaction. The results were compared with inductively-coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) for iodine, considered as reference method. Geometric mean of urinary iodine determined by the Sandell-Kolthoff reaction method was 62.69 μg/l (95% confidence interval 53.16–73.92) whereas by the ICP-MS method it was 65.53 μg/l (95% confidence interval 54.77–78.41). Passing-Bablok regression equations for both methods gave y = 3.374 + 0.873x (y: Sandell-Kolthoff method, x: ICP-MS). Spearman´s correlation coefficient was 0.981, indicating a very high degree of agreement between the two methods. Bland-Altman plots showed no significant systematic difference between the two methods. The modified Sandell-Kolthoff method using microtiter plate technique presented here is a simple, inexpensive semi-automated method to determine urinary iodine with very little toxic waste. Comparison with the ICP-MS-technique yielded a good agreement between the two methods. PMID:28045077

  19. Automatic Hypocenter Determination Method in JMA Catalog and its Application

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tamaribuchi, K.

    2017-12-01

    The number of detectable earthquakes around Japan has increased by developing the high-sensitivity seismic observation network. After the 2011 Tohoku-oki earthquake, the number of detectable earthquakes have dramatically increased due to its aftershocks and induced earthquakes. This enormous number of earthquakes caused inability of manually determination of all the hypocenters. The Japan Meteorological Agency (JMA), which produces the earthquake catalog in Japan, has developed a new automatic hypocenter determination method and started its operation from April 1, 2016. This method (named PF method; Phase combination Forward search method) can determine the hypocenters of earthquakes that occur simultaneously by searching for the optimal combination of P- and S-wave arrival times and the maximum amplitudes using a Bayesian estimation technique. In the 2016 Kumamoto earthquake sequence, we successfully detected about 70,000 aftershocks automatically during the period from April 14 to the end of May, and this method contributed to the real-time monitoring of the seismic activity. Furthermore, this method can be also applied to the Earthquake Early Warning (EEW). Application of this method for EEW is called the IPF method and has been used as the hypocenter determination method of the EEW system in JMA from December 2016. By developing this method further, it is possible to contribute to not only speeding up the catalog production, but also improving reliability of the early warning.

  20. Determination of the starting dose in the first-in-human clinical trials with monoclonal antibodies: a systematic review of papers published between 1990 and 2013.

    PubMed

    Suh, Hoon Young; Peck, Carl C; Yu, Kyung-Sang; Lee, Howard

    2016-01-01

    A systematic review was performed to evaluate how the maximum recommended starting dose (MRSD) was determined in first-in-human (FIH) studies with monoclonal antibodies (mAbs). Factors associated with the choice of each MRSD determination method were also identified. PubMed was searched for FIH studies with mAbs published in English between January 1, 1990 and December 31, 2013, and the following information was extracted: MRSD determination method, publication year, therapeutic area, antibody type, safety factor, safety assessment results after the first dose, and number of dose escalation steps. Seventy-nine FIH studies with mAbs were identified, 49 of which clearly reported the MRSD determination method. The no observed adverse effects level (NOAEL)-based approach was the most frequently used method, whereas the model-based approach was the least commonly used method (34.7% vs 16.3%). The minimal anticipated biological effect level (MABEL)- or minimum effective dose (MED)-based approach was used more frequently in 2011-2013 than in 1990-2007 (31.6% vs 6.3%, P =0.036), reflecting a slow, but steady acceptance of the European Medicines Agency's guidance on mitigating risks for FIH clinical trials (2007). The median safety factor was much lower for the MABEL- or MED-based approach than for the other MRSD determination methods (10 vs 32.2-53). The number of dose escalation steps was not significantly different among the different MRSD determination methods. The MABEL-based approach appears to be safer and as efficient as the other MRSD determination methods for achieving the objectives of FIH studies with mAbs faster.

  1. Measurement precision of the anaerobic threshold by means of a portable calorimeter.

    PubMed

    Nogueira, Fernando dos Santos; Pompeu, Fernando Augusto Monteiro Sabóia

    2010-09-01

    Many methods are used for determining the Anaerobic Threshold (AT) by means of sophisticated ergospirometer. To test the AT variation, detected by mathematical models and visual inspection, when low cost ergospirometer is used and intended for clinical application. Seventy nine apparently healthy subjects were volunteers in this study; from these, 57 men. The VO₂(max) and the ventilatory threshold were determined by indirect, open-circuit calorimetry. The electro-enzymatic method was used for analyzing the lactacidemia and direct determination of the Lactate Threshold (LT). The AT was determined by two mathematical methods (MM(RSS) and MM(slope)), based on the gases exchange, and by the log-log visual method, for determining the LT. Two independent investigators determined the AT through visual inspection of three graphs, considering two methods (AT₋(a)= V-slope, EqV; and AT₋(b) = V-slope, EqV and ExCO₂). The data were analyzed by means of parametric statistics for determining the differences between AT₋(a) versus ExCO₂, MM(RSS) and MM(slope); AT-b versus MM(RSS) and MM(slope); and LT versus AT₋(a), AT₋(b), MM(RSS) and MM(slope). The MM(slope) was the only method that presented a significant difference between the AT₋(a) and AT₋(b) (p=0.001), with CV% >15. LT versus MM(slope) did not present significant difference (p=0.274), however, it was observed a high CV (24%). It was concluded that with the low cost equipment, the MM(RSS) and AT₋(a) methods can be used for determining the TAn. The MM(slope) method did not present satisfactory precision to be employed with this equipment.

  2. 26 CFR 1.167(b)-2 - Declining balance method.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... 26 Internal Revenue 2 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Declining balance method. 1.167(b)-2 Section 1... Declining balance method. (a) Application of method. Under the declining balance method a uniform rate is... declining balance rate may be determined without resort to formula. Such rate determined under section 167(b...

  3. 26 CFR 1.167(b)-2 - Declining balance method.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... 26 Internal Revenue 2 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Declining balance method. 1.167(b)-2 Section 1... Declining balance method. (a) Application of method. Under the declining balance method a uniform rate is... declining balance rate may be determined without resort to formula. Such rate determined under section 167(b...

  4. EVALUATION OF THREE CLEANING METHODS FOR REMOVING ASBESTOS FROM CARPET. DETERMINATION OF AIRBORNE ASBESTOS CONCENTRATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH EACH METHOD

    EPA Science Inventory

    This study was conducted to compare the effectiveness of three cleaning methods to remove asbestos from contaminated carpet and to determine the airborne asbestos concentrations associated with the use of each method. The carpet on which the methods were tested was naturally cont...

  5. 7 CFR 2902.8 - Determining life cycle costs, environmental and health benefits, and performance.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... for Determining Aerobic Biodegradation of Plastic Materials Under Controlled Composting Conditions”; (2) D5864“Standard Test Method for Determining the Aerobic Aquatic Biodegradation of Lubricants or...“Standard Test Method for Determining the Aerobic Aquatic Biodegradation of Lubricants or Their Components...

  6. Development of new analytical methods for the determination of caffeine content in aqueous solution of green coffee beans.

    PubMed

    Weldegebreal, Blen; Redi-Abshiro, Mesfin; Chandravanshi, Bhagwan Singh

    2017-12-05

    This study was conducted to develop fast and cost effective methods for the determination of caffeine in green coffee beans. In the present work direct determination of caffeine in aqueous solution of green coffee bean was performed using FT-IR-ATR and fluorescence spectrophotometry. Caffeine was also directly determined in dimethylformamide solution using NIR spectroscopy with univariate calibration technique. The percentage of caffeine for the same sample of green coffee beans was determined using the three newly developed methods. The caffeine content of the green coffee beans was found to be 1.52 ± 0.09 (% w/w) using FT-IR-ATR, 1.50 ± 0.14 (% w/w) using NIR and 1.50 ± 0.05 (% w/w) using fluorescence spectroscopy. The means of the three methods were compared by applying one way analysis of variance and at p = 0.05 significance level the means were not significantly different. The percentage of caffeine in the same sample of green coffee bean was also determined by using the literature reported UV/Vis spectrophotometric method for comparison and found to be 1.40 ± 0.02 (% w/w). New simple, rapid and inexpensive methods were developed for direct determination of caffeine content in aqueous solution of green coffee beans using FT-IR-ATR and fluorescence spectrophotometries. NIR spectrophotometry can also be used as alternative choice of caffeine determination using reduced amount of organic solvent (dimethylformamide) and univariate calibration technique. These analytical methods may therefore, be recommended for the rapid, simple, safe and cost effective determination of caffeine in green coffee beans.

  7. Methods for determining the preatmospheric dimensions of meteorites

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ustinova, G. K.; Alekseev, V. A.; Lavrukhina, A. K.

    1988-10-01

    Methods are proposed for the determination of the preatmospheric size of a meteorite on the basis of data on its cosmogenic radionuclides. Optimal conditions for the application of each of these methods are presented together with the demonstration of their effectiveness. Estimates of relative dimensions determined by these methods are presented for the Harleton, St. Severin, Lost City, Peace River, Pribram, Dhajala, Innisfree, Bruderheim, Ehole, and Gorlovka chondrites and for the Iardymly, Boguslavka, Treysa, and Sikhote-Alin' iron meteorites.

  8. Immersion transmission ellipsometry (ITE): a new method for the precise determination of the 3D indicatrix of thin films

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jung, C. C.; Stumpe, J.

    2005-02-01

    The new method of immersion transmission ellipsometry (ITE) [1] has been developed. It allows the highly accurate determination of the absolute three-dimensional (3D) refractive indices of anisotropic thin films. The method is combined with conventional ellipsometry in transmission and reflection, and the thickness determination of anisotropic films solely by optical methods also becomes more accurate. The method is applied to the determination of the 3D refractive indices of thin spin-coated films of an azobenzene-containing liquid-crystalline copolymer. The development of the anisotropy in these films by photo-orientation and subsequent annealing is demonstrated. Depending on the annealing temperature, oblate or prolate orders are generated.

  9. Comparison between methods using copper, lanthanum, and colorimetry for the determination of the cation exchange capacity of plant cell walls.

    PubMed

    Wehr, J Bernhard; Blamey, F Pax C; Menzies, Neal W

    2010-04-28

    The determination of the cation exchange capacity (CEC) of plant cell walls is important for many physiological studies. We describe the determination of cell wall CEC by cation binding, using either copper (Cu) or lanthanum (La) ions, and by colorimetry. Both cations are strongly bound by cell walls, permitting fast and reproducible determinations of the CEC of small samples. However, the dye binding methods using two cationic dyes, Methylene Blue and Toluidine Blue, overestimated the CEC several-fold. Column and centrifugation methods are proposed for CEC determination by Cu or La binding; both provide similar results. The column method involves packing plant material (2-10 mg dry mass) in a chromatography column (10 mL) and percolating with 20 bed volumes of 1 mM La or Cu solution, followed by washing with deionized water. The centrifugation method uses a suspension of plant material (1-2 mL) that is centrifuged, and the pellet is mixed three times with 10 pellet volumes of 1 mM La or Cu solution followed by centrifugation and final washing with deionized water. In both methods the amount of La or Cu bound to the material was determined by spectroscopic methods.

  10. A convenient method for determination of malathion based on the resonance Rayleigh scattering enhancement

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wu, Huan; Zhao, Yanmei; Tan, Xuanping; Huang, Yunmei; Yuan, Haiyan; Yang, Jidong

    2017-09-01

    A convenient method for determination of malathion (Mala) based on resonance Rayleigh scattering (RRS) enhancement of L-Tryptophan (L-Try)-Pd(II)-Mala system was proposed in this paper. The interaction between L-Try, Pd(II) and malathion in the system was investigated by fluorescence, RRS and UV-Vis absorption spectroscopy. In the optimum conditions, the RRS intensity of L-Try-Pd(II)-Mala system had a remarkable enhancement because the hydrolysis products of malathion would interact with Pd(II) and L-Try each other formed new complexes, which enhanced intensity was directly proportional to the malathion concentration within a certain range. Based on the RRS enhancement of L-Try-Pd(II) system by Mala, a novel, convenient and specific method for Mala determination was developed. To our knowledge, the method is the first RRS method for determination of Mala was reported. The detection limit for Mala was 6.7 ng/mL and the quantitative determination range was 0.06-0.6 μg/mL. The influence of coexisting substances on RRS was also investigated, and the RRS method exhibited good anti-interference ability. The new analytical method has been applied to determine of malathion in real samples with satisfactory results.

  11. Recently published analytical methods for determining alcohol in body materials : alcohol countermeasures literature review

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    1974-10-01

    The author has brought the review of published analytical methods for determining alcohol in body materials up-to- date. The review deals with analytical methods for alcohol in blood and other body fluids and tissues; breath alcohol methods; factors ...

  12. On the Methods of Determining the Radio Emission Geometry in Pulsar Magnetospheres

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Dyks, J.; Rudak, B.; Harding, Alice K.

    2004-01-01

    We present a modification of the relativistic phase shift method of determining the radio emission geometry from pulsar magnetospheres proposed by Gangadhara & Gupta (2001). Our modification provides a method of determining radio emission altitudes which does not depend on the viewing geometry and does not require polarization measurements. We suggest application of the method to the outer edges of averaged radio pulse profiles to identify magnetic field lines associated with'the edges of the pulse and, thereby, to test the geometric method based on the measurement of the pulse width at the lowest intensity level. We show that another relativistic method proposed by Blaskiewicz et al. (1991) provides upper limits for emission altitudes associated with the outer edges of pulse profiles. A comparison of these limits with the altitudes determined with the geometric method may be used to probe the importance of rotational distortions of magnetic field and refraction effects in the pulsar magnetosphere. We provide a comprehensive discussion of the assumptions used in the relativistic methods.

  13. Quantitative analysis of γ-oryzanol content in cold pressed rice bran oil by TLC-image analysis method

    PubMed Central

    Sakunpak, Apirak; Suksaeree, Jirapornchai; Monton, Chaowalit; Pathompak, Pathamaporn; Kraisintu, Krisana

    2014-01-01

    Objective To develop and validate an image analysis method for quantitative analysis of γ-oryzanol in cold pressed rice bran oil. Methods TLC-densitometric and TLC-image analysis methods were developed, validated, and used for quantitative analysis of γ-oryzanol in cold pressed rice bran oil. The results obtained by these two different quantification methods were compared by paired t-test. Results Both assays provided good linearity, accuracy, reproducibility and selectivity for determination of γ-oryzanol. Conclusions The TLC-densitometric and TLC-image analysis methods provided a similar reproducibility, accuracy and selectivity for the quantitative determination of γ-oryzanol in cold pressed rice bran oil. A statistical comparison of the quantitative determinations of γ-oryzanol in samples did not show any statistically significant difference between TLC-densitometric and TLC-image analysis methods. As both methods were found to be equal, they therefore can be used for the determination of γ-oryzanol in cold pressed rice bran oil. PMID:25182282

  14. An Aggregated Method for Determining Railway Defects and Obstacle Parameters

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Loktev, Daniil; Loktev, Alexey; Stepanov, Roman; Pevzner, Viktor; Alenov, Kanat

    2018-03-01

    The method of combining algorithms of image blur analysis and stereo vision to determine the distance to objects (including external defects of railway tracks) and the speed of moving objects-obstacles is proposed. To estimate the deviation of the distance depending on the blur a statistical approach, logarithmic, exponential and linear standard functions are used. The statistical approach includes a method of estimating least squares and the method of least modules. The accuracy of determining the distance to the object, its speed and direction of movement is obtained. The paper develops a method of determining distances to objects by analyzing a series of images and assessment of depth using defocusing using its aggregation with stereoscopic vision. This method is based on a physical effect of dependence on the determined distance to the object on the obtained image from the focal length or aperture of the lens. In the calculation of the blur spot diameter it is assumed that blur occurs at the point equally in all directions. According to the proposed approach, it is possible to determine the distance to the studied object and its blur by analyzing a series of images obtained using the video detector with different settings. The article proposes and scientifically substantiates new and improved existing methods for detecting the parameters of static and moving objects of control, and also compares the results of the use of various methods and the results of experiments. It is shown that the aggregate method gives the best approximation to the real distances.

  15. Net analyte signal standard addition method (NASSAM) as a novel spectrofluorimetric and spectrophotometric technique for simultaneous determination, application to assay of melatonin and pyridoxine

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Asadpour-Zeynali, Karim; Bastami, Mohammad

    2010-02-01

    In this work a new modification of the standard addition method called "net analyte signal standard addition method (NASSAM)" is presented for the simultaneous spectrofluorimetric and spectrophotometric analysis. The proposed method combines the advantages of standard addition method with those of net analyte signal concept. The method can be applied for the determination of analyte in the presence of known interferents. The accuracy of the predictions against H-point standard addition method is not dependent on the shape of the analyte and interferent spectra. The method was successfully applied to simultaneous spectrofluorimetric and spectrophotometric determination of pyridoxine (PY) and melatonin (MT) in synthetic mixtures and in a pharmaceutical formulation.

  16. Testing for intracycle determinism in pseudoperiodic time series.

    PubMed

    Coelho, Mara C S; Mendes, Eduardo M A M; Aguirre, Luis A

    2008-06-01

    A determinism test is proposed based on the well-known method of the surrogate data. Assuming predictability to be a signature of determinism, the proposed method checks for intracycle (e.g., short-term) determinism in the pseudoperiodic time series for which standard methods of surrogate analysis do not apply. The approach presented is composed of two steps. First, the data are preprocessed to reduce the effects of seasonal and trend components. Second, standard tests of surrogate analysis can then be used. The determinism test is applied to simulated and experimental pseudoperiodic time series and the results show the applicability of the proposed test.

  17. Comparing four non-invasive methods to determine the ventilatory anaerobic threshold during cardiopulmonary exercise testing in children with congenital heart or lung disease.

    PubMed

    Visschers, Naomi C A; Hulzebos, Erik H; van Brussel, Marco; Takken, Tim

    2015-11-01

    The ventilatory anaerobic threshold (VAT) is an important method to assess the aerobic fitness in patients with cardiopulmonary disease. Several methods exist to determine the VAT; however, there is no consensus which of these methods is the most accurate. To compare four different non-invasive methods for the determination of the VAT via respiratory gas exchange analysis during a cardiopulmonary exercise test (CPET). A secondary objective is to determine the interobserver reliability of the VAT. CPET data of 30 children diagnosed with either cystic fibrosis (CF; N = 15) or with a surgically corrected dextro-transposition of the great arteries (asoTGA; N = 15) were included. No significant differences were found between conditions or among testers. The RER = 1 method differed the most compared to the other methods, showing significant higher results in all six variables. The PET-O2 method differed significantly on five of six and four of six exercise variables with the V-slope method and the VentEq method, respectively. The V-slope and the VentEq method differed significantly on one of six exercise variables. Ten of thirteen ICCs that were >0.80 had a 95% CI > 0.70. The RER = 1 method and the V-slope method had the highest number of significant ICCs and 95% CIs. The V-slope method, the ventilatory equivalent method and the PET-O2 method are comparable and reliable methods to determine the VAT during CPET in children with CF or asoTGA. © 2014 Scandinavian Society of Clinical Physiology and Nuclear Medicine. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

  18. Determination of three-dimensional muscle architectures: validation of the DTI-based fiber tractography method by manual digitization

    PubMed Central

    Schenk, P; Siebert, T; Hiepe, P; Güllmar, D; Reichenbach, J R; Wick, C; Blickhan, R; Böl, M

    2013-01-01

    In the last decade, diffusion tensor imaging (DTI) has been used increasingly to investigate three-dimensional (3D) muscle architectures. So far there is no study that has proved the validity of this method to determine fascicle lengths and pennation angles within a whole muscle. To verify the DTI method, fascicle lengths of m. soleus as well as their pennation angles have been measured using two different methods. First, the 3D muscle architecture was analyzed in vivo applying the DTI method with subsequent deterministic fiber tractography. In a second step, the muscle architecture of the same muscle was analyzed using a standard manual digitization system (MicroScribe MLX). Comparing both methods, we found differences for the median pennation angles (P < 0.001) but not for the median fascicle lengths (P = 0.216). Despite the statistical results, we conclude that the DTI method is appropriate to determine the global fiber orientation. The difference in median pennation angles determined with both methods is only about 1.2° (median pennation angle of MicroScribe: 9.7°; DTI: 8.5°) and probably has no practical relevance for muscle simulation studies. Determining fascicle lengths requires additional restriction and further development of the DTI method. PMID:23678961

  19. Development of a Terbium-Sensitized Fluorescence Method for Analysis of Silibinin.

    PubMed

    Ershadi, Saba; Jouyban, Abolghasem; Molavi, Ommoleila; Shayanfar, Ali

    2017-05-01

    Silibinin is a natural flavonoid with potent anticancer properties, as shown in both in vitro and in vivo experiments. Various methods have been used for silibinin analysis. Terbium-sensitized fluorescence methods have been widely used for the determination of drugs in pharmaceutical preparations and biological samples in recent years. The present work is aimed at providing a simple analytical method for the quantitative determination of silibinin in aqueous solutions based on the formation of a fluorescent complex with terbium ion. Terbium concentration, pH, and volume of buffer, the important effective parameters for the determination of silibinin by the proposed method, were optimized using response surface methodology. The fluorescence intensity of silibinin was measured at 545 nm using λex = 334 nm. The developed method was applied for the determination of silibinin in plasma samples after protein precipitation with acetone. Under optimum conditions, the method provided a linear range between 0.10 and 0.50 mg/L, with a coefficient of determination (R2) of 0.997. The LOD and LOQ were 0.034 and 0.112 mg/L, respectively. These results indicate that the developed method is a simple, low-cost, and suitable analytical method for the quantification of silibinin in aqueous solution and plasma samples.

  20. Determination of three-dimensional muscle architectures: validation of the DTI-based fiber tractography method by manual digitization.

    PubMed

    Schenk, P; Siebert, T; Hiepe, P; Güllmar, D; Reichenbach, J R; Wick, C; Blickhan, R; Böl, M

    2013-07-01

    In the last decade, diffusion tensor imaging (DTI) has been used increasingly to investigate three-dimensional (3D) muscle architectures. So far there is no study that has proved the validity of this method to determine fascicle lengths and pennation angles within a whole muscle. To verify the DTI method, fascicle lengths of m. soleus as well as their pennation angles have been measured using two different methods. First, the 3D muscle architecture was analyzed in vivo applying the DTI method with subsequent deterministic fiber tractography. In a second step, the muscle architecture of the same muscle was analyzed using a standard manual digitization system (MicroScribe MLX). Comparing both methods, we found differences for the median pennation angles (P < 0.001) but not for the median fascicle lengths (P = 0.216). Despite the statistical results, we conclude that the DTI method is appropriate to determine the global fiber orientation. The difference in median pennation angles determined with both methods is only about 1.2° (median pennation angle of MicroScribe: 9.7°; DTI: 8.5°) and probably has no practical relevance for muscle simulation studies. Determining fascicle lengths requires additional restriction and further development of the DTI method. © 2013 Anatomical Society.

  1. Sex Determination from Fragmented and Degenerated DNA by Amplified Product-Length Polymorphism Bidirectional SNP Analysis of Amelogenin and SRY Genes.

    PubMed

    Masuyama, Kotoka; Shojo, Hideki; Nakanishi, Hiroaki; Inokuchi, Shota; Adachi, Noboru

    2017-01-01

    Sex determination is important in archeology and anthropology for the study of past societies, cultures, and human activities. Sex determination is also one of the most important components of individual identification in criminal investigations. We developed a new method of sex determination by detecting a single-nucleotide polymorphism in the amelogenin gene using amplified product-length polymorphisms in combination with sex-determining region Y analysis. We particularly focused on the most common types of postmortem DNA damage in ancient and forensic samples: fragmentation and nucleotide modification resulting from deamination. Amplicon size was designed to be less than 60 bp to make the method more useful for analyzing degraded DNA samples. All DNA samples collected from eight Japanese individuals (four male, four female) were evaluated correctly using our method. The detection limit for accurate sex determination was determined to be 20 pg of DNA. We compared our new method with commercial short tandem repeat analysis kits using DNA samples artificially fragmented by ultraviolet irradiation. Our novel method was the most robust for highly fragmented DNA samples. To deal with allelic dropout resulting from deamination, we adopted "bidirectional analysis," which analyzed samples from both sense and antisense strands. This new method was applied to 14 Jomon individuals (3500-year-old bone samples) whose sex had been identified morphologically. We could correctly identify the sex of 11 out of 14 individuals. These results show that our method is reliable for the sex determination of highly degenerated samples.

  2. Sex Determination from Fragmented and Degenerated DNA by Amplified Product-Length Polymorphism Bidirectional SNP Analysis of Amelogenin and SRY Genes

    PubMed Central

    Masuyama, Kotoka; Shojo, Hideki; Nakanishi, Hiroaki; Inokuchi, Shota; Adachi, Noboru

    2017-01-01

    Sex determination is important in archeology and anthropology for the study of past societies, cultures, and human activities. Sex determination is also one of the most important components of individual identification in criminal investigations. We developed a new method of sex determination by detecting a single-nucleotide polymorphism in the amelogenin gene using amplified product-length polymorphisms in combination with sex-determining region Y analysis. We particularly focused on the most common types of postmortem DNA damage in ancient and forensic samples: fragmentation and nucleotide modification resulting from deamination. Amplicon size was designed to be less than 60 bp to make the method more useful for analyzing degraded DNA samples. All DNA samples collected from eight Japanese individuals (four male, four female) were evaluated correctly using our method. The detection limit for accurate sex determination was determined to be 20 pg of DNA. We compared our new method with commercial short tandem repeat analysis kits using DNA samples artificially fragmented by ultraviolet irradiation. Our novel method was the most robust for highly fragmented DNA samples. To deal with allelic dropout resulting from deamination, we adopted “bidirectional analysis,” which analyzed samples from both sense and antisense strands. This new method was applied to 14 Jomon individuals (3500-year-old bone samples) whose sex had been identified morphologically. We could correctly identify the sex of 11 out of 14 individuals. These results show that our method is reliable for the sex determination of highly degenerated samples. PMID:28052096

  3. Cellulose I crystallinity determination using FT-Raman spectroscopy : univariate and multivariate methods

    Treesearch

    Umesh P. Agarwal; Richard S. Reiner; Sally A. Ralph

    2010-01-01

    Two new methods based on FT–Raman spectroscopy, one simple, based on band intensity ratio, and the other using a partial least squares (PLS) regression model, are proposed to determine cellulose I crystallinity. In the simple method, crystallinity in cellulose I samples was determined based on univariate regression that was first developed using the Raman band...

  4. Using Horn's Parallel Analysis Method in Exploratory Factor Analysis for Determining the Number of Factors

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Çokluk, Ömay; Koçak, Duygu

    2016-01-01

    In this study, the number of factors obtained from parallel analysis, a method used for determining the number of factors in exploratory factor analysis, was compared to that of the factors obtained from eigenvalue and scree plot--two traditional methods for determining the number of factors--in terms of consistency. Parallel analysis is based on…

  5. Methods to Determine Recommended Feeder-Wide Advanced Inverter Settings for Improving Distribution System Performance

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Rylander, Matthew; Reno, Matthew J.; Quiroz, Jimmy E.

    This paper describes methods that a distribution engineer could use to determine advanced inverter settings to improve distribution system performance. These settings are for fixed power factor, volt-var, and volt-watt functionality. Depending on the level of detail that is desired, different methods are proposed to determine single settings applicable for all advanced inverters on a feeder or unique settings for each individual inverter. Seven distinctly different utility distribution feeders are analyzed to simulate the potential benefit in terms of hosting capacity, system losses, and reactive power attained with each method to determine the advanced inverter settings.

  6. Space Systems - Safety and Compatibility of Materials - Method to Determine the Ignition Susceptibility of Materials or Components to Particle Impact

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hirsch, David B.

    2011-01-01

    The scope of this International Technical Specification is to provide a method to determine the ignition susceptibility of materials and components to particle impact. The method can be used to determine the conditions at which ignition and consumption of a specimen material occurs when impacted by single or multiple particles entrained in a flow of gaseous oxygen (GOX). Alternatively, the method can be used to determine if a specific material or component is subject to ignition and sustained combustion in a given flow environment when impacted by single or multiple particles entrained in a flow of GOX.

  7. Determination of CEC value (Cation Exchange Capacity) of Bentonites from North Aceh and Bener Meriah, Aceh Province, Indonesia using three methods

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rihayat, T.; Salim, S.; Arlina, A.; Fona, Z.; Jalal, R.; Alam, P. N.; Zaimahwati; Sami, M.; Syarif, J.; Juhan, N.

    2018-03-01

    Research on determination of value CEC (Cation Exchange Capacity) Bentonite North Aceh and Bener Meriah with three methods has been studied. The purpose of this study was to determine the value of CEC bentonite North Aceh and Bener Meriah. The methods used in this research were pH equilibrium, BaCl2/MgSO4 and the adsorption of methylene blue. These three methods used to determine, compare, and calculation of the CEC value and determine the effect of particle size of bentonite on the value of the CEC. Bentonite North Aceh and Bener Meriah sieved with particle sizes of 80, 100, 150, 200, 250 mesh. The results showed that determination of the value of CEC bentonite North Aceh using BaCl2/MgSO4 with a particle size of 250 mesh is the value of the highest, reaching 79.09 meq/100 g.

  8. Innovative application of the moisture analyzer for determination of dry mass content of processed cheese

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kowalska, Małgorzata; Janas, Sławomir; Woźniak, Magdalena

    2018-04-01

    The aim of this work was the presentation of an alternative method of determination of the total dry mass content in processed cheese. The authors claim that the presented method can be used in industry's quality control laboratories for routine testing and for quick in-process control. For the test purposes both reference method of determination of dry mass in processed cheese and moisture analyzer method were used. The tests were carried out for three different kinds of processed cheese. In accordance with the reference method, the sample was placed on a layer of silica sand and dried at the temperature of 102 °C for about 4 h. The moisture analyzer test required method validation, with regard to drying temperature range and mass of the analyzed sample. Optimum drying temperature of 110 °C was determined experimentally. For Hochland cream processed cheese sample, the total dry mass content, obtained using the reference method, was 38.92%, whereas using the moisture analyzer method, it was 38.74%. An average analysis time in case of the moisture analyzer method was 9 min. For the sample of processed cheese with tomatoes, the reference method result was 40.37%, and the alternative method result was 40.67%. For the sample of cream processed cheese with garlic the reference method gave value of 36.88%, and the alternative method, of 37.02%. An average time of those determinations was 16 min. Obtained results confirmed that use of moisture analyzer is effective. Compliant values of dry mass content were obtained for both of the used methods. According to the authors, the fact that the measurement took incomparably less time for moisture analyzer method, is a key criterion of in-process control and final quality control method selection.

  9. A method for trace element determination of single Daphnia specimens using total reflection X-ray fluorescence spectrometry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mages, Margarete; Woelfl, Stefan; v. Tümpling jun, Wolf

    2001-11-01

    Two new preparation techniques for total-reflection X-ray fluorescence (TXRF) element determination of single freshwater crustacean specimens (dry weight: 3-40 μg ind -1) have been developed and tested using Daphnia pulex from a deep, oligotrophic freshwater lake located in southern Chile. Dry method: Specimens were washed with 0.2 μm filtered lake water and frozen in liquid nitrogen. The freeze-dried Daphnia specimens were weighed using an ultra-fine microbalance and placed on quartz glass carriers for TXRF analysis. Wet method: Specimens were washed with 0.2 μm filtered lake water and placed on quartz glass carriers for TXRF analysis and dried in air. The dry weight was determined using the previously established body length-dry weight relationship. Method validation for both the dry and the wet preparation method in combination with TXRF spectrometry for the element determination in small single freshwater crustaceans showed that both methods can be used for routine investigations. There were no significant differences between the dry and the wet methods concerning the elements Ca, K, Fe, Zn, Br, P, Cu, but the determination of Mn, S and Sr revealed significant differences between the two methods. It seems that the dry method yields more precise results, but the wet method is easier to handle in the field when samples cannot be fixed with liquid nitrogen.

  10. An improved method for determination of refractive index of absorbing films: A simulation study

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Özcan, Seçkin; Coşkun, Emre; Kocahan, Özlem; Özder, Serhat

    2017-02-01

    In this work an improved version of the method presented by Gandhi was presented for determination of refractive index of absorbing films. In this method local maxima of consecutive interference order in transmittance spectrum are used. The method is based on the minimizing procedure leading to the determination of interference order accurately by using reasonable Cauchy parameters. It was tested on theoretically generated transmittance spectrum of absorbing film and the details of the minimization procedure were discussed.

  11. Dog cloning with in vivo matured oocytes obtained using electric chemiluminescence immunoassay-predicted ovulation method.

    PubMed

    Lee, Seunghoon; Zhao, Minghui; No, Jingu; Nam, Yoonseok; Im, Gi-Sun; Hur, Tai-Young

    2017-01-01

    Radioactive immunoassay (RIA) is a traditional serum hormone assay method, but the application of the method in reproductive studies is limited by the associated radioactivity. The aim of present study was to evaluate the reliability of RIA and to compare its canine serum progesterone concentration determination accuracy to that of the electric chemiluminescence immunoassay (ECLI). In vivo matured oocytes were utilized for canine somatic cell nuclear transfer (SCNT), and serum progesterone levels were assessed to accurately determine ovulation and oocyte maturation. Canine serum progesterone concentrations during both proestrus and estrus were analyzed by RIA and ECLI to determine the ovulation day. Although both methods detected similar progesterone levels before ovulation, the mean progesterone concentration determined using ECLI was significantly higher than of RIA three days before ovulation. Following ovulation, oocytes were collected by surgery, and a lower percentage of mature oocytes were observed using ECLI (39%) as compared to RIA (67%) if 4-8ng/ml of progesterone were used for determination of ovulation. A high percentage of mature oocytes was observed using ECLI when 6-15 ng/mL of progesterone was used for ovulation determination. To determine whether ECLI could be used for canine cloning, six canines were selected as oocyte donors, and two puppies were obtained after SCNT and embryo transfer. In conclusion, compared to the traditional RIA method, the ECLI method is a safe and reliable method for canine cloning.

  12. Dog cloning with in vivo matured oocytes obtained using electric chemiluminescence immunoassay-predicted ovulation method

    PubMed Central

    No, Jingu; Nam, Yoonseok; Im, Gi-Sun; Hur, Tai-Young

    2017-01-01

    Radioactive immunoassay (RIA) is a traditional serum hormone assay method, but the application of the method in reproductive studies is limited by the associated radioactivity. The aim of present study was to evaluate the reliability of RIA and to compare its canine serum progesterone concentration determination accuracy to that of the electric chemiluminescence immunoassay (ECLI). In vivo matured oocytes were utilized for canine somatic cell nuclear transfer (SCNT), and serum progesterone levels were assessed to accurately determine ovulation and oocyte maturation. Canine serum progesterone concentrations during both proestrus and estrus were analyzed by RIA and ECLI to determine the ovulation day. Although both methods detected similar progesterone levels before ovulation, the mean progesterone concentration determined using ECLI was significantly higher than of RIA three days before ovulation. Following ovulation, oocytes were collected by surgery, and a lower percentage of mature oocytes were observed using ECLI (39%) as compared to RIA (67%) if 4-8ng/ml of progesterone were used for determination of ovulation. A high percentage of mature oocytes was observed using ECLI when 6–15 ng/mL of progesterone was used for ovulation determination. To determine whether ECLI could be used for canine cloning, six canines were selected as oocyte donors, and two puppies were obtained after SCNT and embryo transfer. In conclusion, compared to the traditional RIA method, the ECLI method is a safe and reliable method for canine cloning. PMID:28288197

  13. Determination of thiourea in fruit juice by a kinetic spectrophotometric method.

    PubMed

    Abbasi, Shahryar; Khani, Hossein; Hosseinzadeh, Laleh; Safari, Zhila

    2010-02-15

    A catalytic kinetic method is described for determination of trace levels of thiourea based on its catalytic effect on the oxidation of Janus green (JG) by potassium iodate in hydrochloric acid media. The reaction was monitored by measuring the decrease in absorbance of the dye at 610 nm after 25 min. The effect of some factors on the reaction speed was investigated. The developed method allowed the determination of thiourea in range of 0.01-12.00 mg L(-1) with good precision, accuracy and the detection limit was 0.008 mg L(-1). Most of foreign species do not interfere with the determination. The method was found to be sensitive, selective and was applied to the determination of thiourea in fruit juices and orange peel.

  14. Method and system for determining the torque required to launch a vehicle having a hybrid drive-train

    DOEpatents

    Hughes, Douglas A.

    2006-04-04

    A method and system are provided for determining the torque required to launch a vehicle having a hybrid drive-train that includes at least two independently operable prime movers. The method includes the steps of determining the value of at least one control parameter indicative of a vehicle operating condition, determining the torque required to launch the vehicle from the at least one determined control parameter, comparing the torque available from the prime movers to the torque required to launch the vehicle, and controlling operation of the prime movers to launch the vehicle in response to the comparing step. The system of the present invention includes a control unit configured to perform the steps of the method outlined above.

  15. [Enzyme kinetic glucose determination by the glucose dehydrogenase method. Enzyme kinetic substrate determination using competitive inhibitors, II (author's transl)].

    PubMed

    Müller-Matthesius, R

    1975-05-01

    The sensitivity of enzyme kinetic substrate determinations can be improved with the aid of competitive inhibitors. As an example, the determination of glucose dehydrogenase in the presence of potassium thiocyanate is described. The method has the advantage of rapid operation with satisfactory precision.

  16. FIBER AND INTEGRATED OPTICS: New method for determination of the parameters of a channel waveguide

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Galechyan, M. G.; Dianov, Evgenii M.; Lyndin, N. M.; Sychugov, V. A.; Tishchenko, A. V.; Usievich, B. A.

    1992-02-01

    A new method for the determination of the parameters of channel integrated optical waveguides is proposed. This method is based on measuring the spectral transmission of a system comprising the investigated waveguide and single-mode fiber waveguides, which are brought into contact with the channel waveguide. The results are reported of an investigation of two channel waveguides formed in glass by a variety of methods and characterized by different refractive index profiles. The proposed method is found to be suitable for determination of the parameters of the refractive index profile of the investigated channel waveguides.

  17. Development of Methodology and Technology for Identifying and Quantifying Emission Products from Open Burning and Open Detonation Thermal Treatment Methods. Field Test Series A, B, and C. Volume 2, Part B. Quality Assurance and Quality Control. Appendices

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1992-01-01

    the uncertainty. The above method can give an estimate of the precision of the * analysis. However, determining the accuracy can not be done as...speciation has been determined from analyzing model samples as well as comparison with other methods and combinations of other methods with this method . 3...laboratory. The output of the sensor is characterized over its working range and an appropriate response factor determined by linear regression of the

  18. Determining the Number of Components from the Matrix of Partial Correlations

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Velicer, Wayne F.

    1976-01-01

    A method is presented for determining the number of components to retain in a principal components or image components analysis which utilizes a matrix of partial correlations. Advantages and uses of the method are discussed and a comparison of the proposed method with existing methods is presented. (JKS)

  19. 77 FR 67282 - Dinotefuran; Pesticide Tolerances for Emergency Exemptions

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-11-09

    ... performance liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC/MS/MS) method is available. For the determination of residues of dinotefuran only, an HPLC/ultraviolet (UV) detection method is available. For the determination of only the metabolites (DN and UF), HPLC/MS and HPLC/MS/MS methods are available. These methods...

  20. A convenient method for determining the concentration of hydrogen in water: use of methylene blue with colloidal platinum

    PubMed Central

    2012-01-01

    A simple titration (oxidimetry) method using a methylene blue-platinum colloid reagent is effective in determining the concentration of hydrogen gas in an aqueous solution. The method performs as effectively as the more complex and expensive electrochemical method. PMID:22273079

  1. Comparison of multiple non-invasive methods of measuring cardiac output during pregnancy reveals marked heterogeneity in the magnitude of cardiac output change between women.

    PubMed

    Petersen, John W; Liu, Jing; Chi, Yueh-Yun; Lingis, Melissa; Williams, R Stan; Rhoton-Vlasak, Alice; Segal, Mark S; Conrad, Kirk P

    2017-04-01

    Various non-invasive methods are available to measure cardiac output (CO) during pregnancy. We compared serial measures of CO using various methods to determine which provided the least variability. Ten patients with spontaneous pregnancy had estimation of CO at baseline prior to becoming pregnant and at the end of the first and third trimesters. Echocardiographic data were used to estimate CO using the Teichholz method, Simpson's biplane method, and the Doppler determined velocity time integral (VTI) method. In addition, a Bioz Dx device was used to estimate CO by impedance cardiography. CO estimated with the VTI method had the lowest beat-to-beat variability. CO estimated with the VTI method was higher than CO estimated with the 2D-Teichholz method and Simpson's method. The percent change in CO during pregnancy was similar for all echo methods (VTI, Teichholz, and Simpson's biplane). Baseline CO determined with impedance cardiography was higher than CO determined with the VTI method. However, change in CO during pregnancy was significantly lower when measured with impedance cardiography. There was marked heterogeneity in the degree of rise in CO during the first trimester (-3 to 55%). The wide variation in the gestational rise in CO was unexpected, and at least in part secondary to variable increase in heart rate. We recommend the use of the Doppler determined VTI method for the estimation of CO in pregnancy. © 2017 The Authors. Physiological Reports published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc. on behalf of The Physiological Society and the American Physiological Society.

  2. Determining geometric error model parameters of a terrestrial laser scanner through Two-face, Length-consistency, and Network methods

    PubMed Central

    Wang, Ling; Muralikrishnan, Bala; Rachakonda, Prem; Sawyer, Daniel

    2017-01-01

    Terrestrial laser scanners (TLS) are increasingly used in large-scale manufacturing and assembly where required measurement uncertainties are on the order of few tenths of a millimeter or smaller. In order to meet these stringent requirements, systematic errors within a TLS are compensated in-situ through self-calibration. In the Network method of self-calibration, numerous targets distributed in the work-volume are measured from multiple locations with the TLS to determine parameters of the TLS error model. In this paper, we propose two new self-calibration methods, the Two-face method and the Length-consistency method. The Length-consistency method is proposed as a more efficient way of realizing the Network method where the length between any pair of targets from multiple TLS positions are compared to determine TLS model parameters. The Two-face method is a two-step process. In the first step, many model parameters are determined directly from the difference between front-face and back-face measurements of targets distributed in the work volume. In the second step, all remaining model parameters are determined through the Length-consistency method. We compare the Two-face method, the Length-consistency method, and the Network method in terms of the uncertainties in the model parameters, and demonstrate the validity of our techniques using a calibrated scale bar and front-face back-face target measurements. The clear advantage of these self-calibration methods is that a reference instrument or calibrated artifacts are not required, thus significantly lowering the cost involved in the calibration process. PMID:28890607

  3. Determination of water-soluble vitamins using a colorimetric microbial viability assay based on the reduction of water-soluble tetrazolium salts.

    PubMed

    Tsukatani, Tadayuki; Suenaga, Hikaru; Ishiyama, Munetaka; Ezoe, Takatoshi; Matsumoto, Kiyoshi

    2011-07-15

    A method for the determination of water-soluble vitamins using a colorimetric microbial viability assay based on the reduction of the tetrazolium salt {2-(2-methoxy-4-nitrophenyl)-3-(4-nitrophenyl)-5-(2,4-disulfophenyl)-2H-tetrazolium, monosodium salt (WST-8)} via 2-methyl-1,4-napthoquinone (NQ) was developed. Measurement conditions were optimized for the microbiological determination of water-soluble vitamins, such as vitamin B(6), biotin, folic acid, niacin, and pantothenic acid, using microorganisms that have a water-soluble vitamin requirement. A linear relationship between absorbance and water-soluble vitamin concentration was obtained. The proposed method was applied to determine the concentration of vitamin B(6) in various foodstuffs. There was good agreement between vitamin B(6) concentrations determined after 24h using the WST-8 colorimetric method and those obtained after 48h using a conventional method. The results suggest that the WST-8 colorimetric assay is a useful method for the rapid determination of water-soluble vitamins in a 96-well microtiter plate. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  4. Computing Determinants by Double-Crossing

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Leggett, Deanna; Perry, John; Torrence, Eve

    2011-01-01

    Dodgson's method of computing determinants is attractive, but fails if an interior entry of an intermediate matrix is zero. This paper reviews Dodgson's method and introduces a generalization, the double-crossing method, that provides a workaround for many interesting cases.

  5. Method for Determining Artillery Position

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Fischer, Johannes; Meuser, Wilfried

    1988-01-01

    A method is described for determinig artillery positions. Two groups of four closely spaced microphones are placed at known positions, and radio bearings are determined by projectile flight time differences of muzzle blasts. The advantages of the method are discussed.

  6. Micelle Enhanced Fluorimetric and Thin Layer Chromatography Densitometric Methods for the Determination of (±) Citalopram and its S – Enantiomer Escitalopram

    PubMed Central

    Taha, Elham A.; Salama, Nahla N.; Wang, Shudong

    2009-01-01

    Two sensitive and validated methods were developed for determination of a racemic mixture citalopram and its enantiomer S-(+) escitalopram. The first method was based on direct measurement of the intrinsic fluorescence of escitalopram using sodium dodecyl sulfate as micelle enhancer. This was further applied to determine escitalopram in spiked human plasma, as well as in the presence of common and co-administerated drugs. The second method was TLC densitometric based on various chiral selectors was investigated. The optimum TLC conditions were found to be sensitive and selective for identification and quantitative determination of enantiomeric purity of escitalopram in drug substance and drug products. The method can be useful to investigate adulteration of pure isomer with the cheap racemic form. PMID:19652757

  7. Micelle enhanced fluorimetric and thin layer chromatography densitometric methods for the determination of (+/-) citalopram and its S-enantiomer escitalopram.

    PubMed

    Taha, Elham A; Salama, Nahla N; Wang, Shudong

    2009-04-07

    Two sensitive and validated methods were developed for determination of a racemic mixture citalopram and its enantiomer S-(+) escitalopram. The first method was based on direct measurement of the intrinsic fluorescence of escitalopram using sodium dodecyl sulfate as micelle enhancer. This was further applied to determine escitalopram in spiked human plasma, as well as in the presence of common and co-administrated drugs. The second method was TLC densitometric based on various chiral selectors was investigated. The optimum TLC conditions were found to be sensitive and selective for identification and quantitative determination of enantiomeric purity of escitalopram in drug substance and drug products. The method can be useful to investigate adulteration of pure isomer with the cheap racemic form.

  8. Simultaneous spectrophotometric determination of paracetamol and salicylamide in human serum and pharmaceutical formulations by a differential kinetic method.

    PubMed

    Zarei, Ali Reza; Afkhami, Abbas; Sarlak, Nahid

    2005-01-01

    A rapid, simple, and sensitive differential kinetic method is presented for the determinations of acetaminophen (also known as paracetamol) and salicylamide. The method is based on their oxidation reaction by Fe3+ ion in the presence of 1, 10-phenanthroline as indicator. The reactions can be monitored spectrophotometrically by measuring the increase in the absorbance of the solution at 510 nm. Two times were selected one in which only paracetamol is oxidized by Fe3+ ion and the other in which both drugs are oxidized by Fe3+ ion. The data were evaluated by the proportional equations method. The method allowed the simultaneous determination of paracetamol and salicylamide at concentrations between 0.5-20 and 1-40 microg/mL with relative standard deviations of 3.47 and 2.58%, respectively. The method was applied to the simultaneous determination of paracetamol and salicylamide in human serum and pharmaceutical formulations.

  9. Space orientation of total hip prosthesis. A method for three-dimensional determination.

    PubMed

    Herrlin, K; Selvik, G; Pettersson, H

    1986-01-01

    A method for in vivo determination of orientation and relation in space of components of total hip prosthesis is described. The method allows for determination of the orientation of the prosthetic components in well defined anatomic planes of the body. Furthermore the range of free motion from neutral position to the point of contact between the edge of the acetabular opening and the neck of the femoral component can be determined in various directions. To assess the accuracy of the calculations a phantom prosthesis was studied in nine different positions and the measurements of the space oriented parameters according to the present method correlated to measurements of the same parameters according to Selvik's stereophotogrammetric method. Good correlation was found. The role of prosthetic malpositioning and component interaction evaluated with the present method in the development of prosthetic loosening and displacement is discussed.

  10. A combined electronegativity equalization and electrostatic potential fit method for the determination of atomic point charges.

    PubMed

    Berente, Imre; Czinki, Eszter; Náray-Szabó, Gábor

    2007-09-01

    We report an approach for the determination of atomic monopoles of macromolecular systems using connectivity and geometry parameters alone. The method is appropriate also for the calculation of charge distributions based on the quantum mechanically determined wave function and does not suffer from the mathematical instability of other electrostatic potential fit methods. Copyright 2007 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  11. 26 CFR 1.482-7T - Methods to determine taxable income in connection with a cost sharing arrangement (temporary).

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... 26 Internal Revenue 6 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false Methods to determine taxable income in connection with a cost sharing arrangement (temporary). 1.482-7T Section 1.482-7T Internal Revenue INTERNAL...) Adjustments § 1.482-7T Methods to determine taxable income in connection with a cost sharing arrangement...

  12. 26 CFR 1.482-7T - Methods to determine taxable income in connection with a cost sharing arrangement (temporary).

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... 26 Internal Revenue 6 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false Methods to determine taxable income in connection with a cost sharing arrangement (temporary). 1.482-7T Section 1.482-7T Internal Revenue INTERNAL...) Adjustments § 1.482-7T Methods to determine taxable income in connection with a cost sharing arrangement...

  13. A comparative study of clock rate and drift estimation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Breakiron, Lee A.

    1994-01-01

    Five different methods of drift determination and four different methods of rate determination were compared using months of hourly phase and frequency data from a sample of cesium clocks and active hydrogen masers. Linear least squares on frequency is selected as the optimal method of determining both drift and rate, more on the basis of parameter parsimony and confidence measures than on random and systematic errors.

  14. Determination of Energy of a Clinical Electron Beam as Part of a Routine Quality Assurance and Audit System

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hernández-Bello, Jimmy; D'Souza, Derek; Rossenberg, Ivan

    2002-08-01

    A method to determine the electron beam energy and an electron audit based on the current IPEM electron Code of Practice has been devised. During the commissioning on the new Varian 2100CD linear accelerator in The Middlesex Hospital, two methods were devised for the determination of electron energy. The first method involves the use of a two-depth method, whereby the ratio of ionisation (presented as a percentage) measured by an ion chamber at two depths in solid water is used to compare against the baseline ionisation depth value for that energy. The second method involves the irradiation of an X-ray film in solid water to obtain a depth dose curve and, hence determine the half value depth and practical range of the electrons. The results showed that the two-depth method has a better accuracy, repeatability, reliability and consistency than the X-ray method. The results for the electron audit showed that electron absolute outputs are obtained from ionisation measurements in solid water, where the energy-range parameters such as practical range and the depth at which ionisation is 50% of that at the maximum for the depth-ionisation curve are determined.

  15. A novel reversed-phase HPLC method for the determination of urinary creatinine by pre-column derivatization with ethyl chloroformate: comparative studies with the standard Jaffé and isotope-dilution mass spectrometric assays.

    PubMed

    Leung, Elvis M K; Chan, Wan

    2014-02-01

    Creatinine is an important biomarker for renal function diagnosis and normalizing variations in urinary drug/metabolites concentration. Quantification of creatinine in biological fluids such as urine and plasma is important for clinical diagnosis as well as in biomonitoring programs and urinary metabolomics/metabonomics research. Current methods for creatinine determination either are nonselective or involve the use of expensive mass spectrometers. In this paper, a novel reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) method for the determination of creatinine of high hydrophilicity by pre-column derivatization with ethyl chloroformate is presented. N-Ethyloxycarbonylation of creatinine significantly enhanced the hydrophobicity of creatinine, facilitating its chromatographic retention as well as quantification by HPLC. Factors governing the derivatization reaction were studied and optimized. The developed method was validated and applied for the determination of creatinine in rat urine samples. Comparative studies with isotope-dilution mass spectrometric method revealed that the two methods do not yield systematic differences in creatinine concentrations, indicating the HPLC method is suitable for the determination of creatinine in urine samples.

  16. Highly sensitive catalytic spectrophotometric determination of ruthenium

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Naik, Radhey M.; Srivastava, Abhishek; Prasad, Surendra

    2008-01-01

    A new and highly sensitive catalytic kinetic method (CKM) for the determination of ruthenium(III) has been established based on its catalytic effect on the oxidation of L-phenylalanine ( L-Pheala) by KMnO 4 in highly alkaline medium. The reaction has been followed spectrophotometrically by measuring the decrease in the absorbance at 526 nm. The proposed CKM is based on the fixed time procedure under optimum reaction conditions. It relies on the linear relationship where the change in the absorbance (Δ At) versus added Ru(III) amounts in the range of 0.101-2.526 ng ml -1 is plotted. Under the optimum conditions, the sensitivity of the proposed method, i.e. the limit of detection corresponding to 5 min is 0.08 ng ml -1, and decreases with increased time of analysis. The method is featured with good accuracy and reproducibility for ruthenium(III) determination. The ruthenium(III) has also been determined in presence of several interfering and non-interfering cations, anions and polyaminocarboxylates. No foreign ions interfered in the determination ruthenium(III) up to 20-fold higher concentration of foreign ions. In addition to standard solutions analysis, this method was successfully applied for the quantitative determination of ruthenium(III) in drinking water samples. The method is highly sensitive, selective and very stable. A review of recently published catalytic spectrophotometric methods for the determination of ruthenium(III) has also been presented for comparison.

  17. Toward a structure determination method for biomineral-associated protein using combined solid- state NMR and computational structure prediction.

    PubMed

    Masica, David L; Ash, Jason T; Ndao, Moise; Drobny, Gary P; Gray, Jeffrey J

    2010-12-08

    Protein-biomineral interactions are paramount to materials production in biology, including the mineral phase of hard tissue. Unfortunately, the structure of biomineral-associated proteins cannot be determined by X-ray crystallography or solution nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR). Here we report a method for determining the structure of biomineral-associated proteins. The method combines solid-state NMR (ssNMR) and ssNMR-biased computational structure prediction. In addition, the algorithm is able to identify lattice geometries most compatible with ssNMR constraints, representing a quantitative, novel method for investigating crystal-face binding specificity. We use this method to determine most of the structure of human salivary statherin interacting with the mineral phase of tooth enamel. Computation and experiment converge on an ensemble of related structures and identify preferential binding at three crystal surfaces. The work represents a significant advance toward determining structure of biomineral-adsorbed protein using experimentally biased structure prediction. This method is generally applicable to proteins that can be chemically synthesized. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  18. A comparison of Probability Of Detection (POD) data determined using different statistical methods

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fahr, A.; Forsyth, D.; Bullock, M.

    1993-12-01

    Different statistical methods have been suggested for determining probability of detection (POD) data for nondestructive inspection (NDI) techniques. A comparative assessment of various methods of determining POD was conducted using results of three NDI methods obtained by inspecting actual aircraft engine compressor disks which contained service induced cracks. The study found that the POD and 95 percent confidence curves as a function of crack size as well as the 90/95 percent crack length vary depending on the statistical method used and the type of data. The distribution function as well as the parameter estimation procedure used for determining POD and the confidence bound must be included when referencing information such as the 90/95 percent crack length. The POD curves and confidence bounds determined using the range interval method are very dependent on information that is not from the inspection data. The maximum likelihood estimators (MLE) method does not require such information and the POD results are more reasonable. The log-logistic function appears to model POD of hit/miss data relatively well and is easy to implement. The log-normal distribution using MLE provides more realistic POD results and is the preferred method. Although it is more complicated and slower to calculate, it can be implemented on a common spreadsheet program.

  19. Multimodal determination of Rayleigh dispersion and attenuation curves using the circle fit method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Verachtert, R.; Lombaert, G.; Degrande, G.

    2018-03-01

    This paper introduces the circle fit method for the determination of multi-modal Rayleigh dispersion and attenuation curves as part of a Multichannel Analysis of Surface Waves (MASW) experiment. The wave field is transformed to the frequency-wavenumber (fk) domain using a discretized Hankel transform. In a Nyquist plot of the fk-spectrum, displaying the imaginary part against the real part, the Rayleigh wave modes correspond to circles. The experimental Rayleigh dispersion and attenuation curves are derived from the angular sweep of the central angle of these circles. The method can also be applied to the analytical fk-spectrum of the Green's function of a layered half-space in order to compute dispersion and attenuation curves, as an alternative to solving an eigenvalue problem. A MASW experiment is subsequently simulated for a site with a regular velocity profile and a site with a soft layer trapped between two stiffer layers. The performance of the circle fit method to determine the dispersion and attenuation curves is compared with the peak picking method and the half-power bandwidth method. The circle fit method is found to be the most accurate and robust method for the determination of the dispersion curves. When determining attenuation curves, the circle fit method and half-power bandwidth method are accurate if the mode exhibits a sharp peak in the fk-spectrum. Furthermore, simulated and theoretical attenuation curves determined with the circle fit method agree very well. A similar correspondence is not obtained when using the half-power bandwidth method. Finally, the circle fit method is applied to measurement data obtained for a MASW experiment at a site in Heverlee, Belgium. In order to validate the soil profile obtained from the inversion procedure, force-velocity transfer functions were computed and found in good correspondence with the experimental transfer functions, especially in the frequency range between 5 and 80 Hz.

  20. Ultrasound biomicroscopy for determining visian implantable contact lens length in phakic IOL implantation.

    PubMed

    Choi, Ki Hwan; Chung, Song Ee; Chung, Tae Young; Chung, Eui Sang

    2007-04-01

    To assess the efficacy of the ultrasound biomicroscopic (UBM) method in estimating the sulcus-to-sulcus horizontal diameter for Visian Implantable Contact Lens (ICL, model V4) length determination to obtain optimal ICL vault. The results of postoperative ICL vaults in 30 eyes of 18 patients were retrospectively analyzed. In 17 eyes, ICL length was determined using the conventional method, and in 13 eyes, ICL length was determined using the UBM method. The UBM method was carried out by measuring the sulcus to limbus distance on each side by 50 MHz UBM and adding the white-to-white diameter by caliper or Orbscan. The ICL vaults were measured using the UBM method at 1 and 6 months postoperatively and the results were compared between the two groups. Ideal ICL vault was defined as vault between 250 and 750 microm. The relation between the ICL vault, footplate location, and ICL power was also investigated. In the UBM method group, ICL vault was within the ideal range in all 13 (100%) eyes at 1 and 6 months postoperatively, whereas in the conventional method group, 10 (58.8%) eyes showed ideal vault at 1 month postoperatively (P = .01) and 9 (52.9%) eyes showed ideal vault at 6 months postoperatively (P < .01). The ideal ICL footplate location was achieved in the ciliary sulcus in 11 (84.6%) eyes of the UBM method group and 10 (64.7%) eyes of the conventional method group. However, the differences between the two groups were not statistically significant. The ICL vault was not significantly affected by the ICL power. Implantable Contact Lens length determined by the UBM method achieved significantly more ideal ICL vault than that of the conventional white-to-white method. The UBM method is superior to the conventional method in terms of predicting the sulcus-to-sulcus horizontal diameter for ICL length determination.

  1. A universal laboratory method for determining physical parameters of radon migration in dry granulated porous media.

    PubMed

    Ye, Yong-Jun; Zhang, Yun-Feng; Dai, Xin-Tao; Ding, De-Xin

    2017-10-01

    The particle size and heaped methods of exhalation media have important effects on physical parameters, such as the free radon production rate, porosity, permeability, and radon diffusion coefficient. However, existing methods for determining those parameters are too complex, and time-consuming. In this study, a novel, systematic determining method was proposed based on nuclide decay, radon diffusion migration theory, and the mass conservation law, and an associated experimental device was designed and manufactured. The parameters of uranium ore heap and sandy soil of radon diffusion coefficient (D), free radon production rate (α), media permeability (k), and porosity (ε) were obtained. At the same time, the practicality of the novel determining method was improved over other methods, with the results showing that accuracy was within the acceptable range of experimental error. This novel method will be of significance for the study of radon migration and exhalation in granulated porous media. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  2. Quantitative analysis of γ-oryzanol content in cold pressed rice bran oil by TLC-image analysis method.

    PubMed

    Sakunpak, Apirak; Suksaeree, Jirapornchai; Monton, Chaowalit; Pathompak, Pathamaporn; Kraisintu, Krisana

    2014-02-01

    To develop and validate an image analysis method for quantitative analysis of γ-oryzanol in cold pressed rice bran oil. TLC-densitometric and TLC-image analysis methods were developed, validated, and used for quantitative analysis of γ-oryzanol in cold pressed rice bran oil. The results obtained by these two different quantification methods were compared by paired t-test. Both assays provided good linearity, accuracy, reproducibility and selectivity for determination of γ-oryzanol. The TLC-densitometric and TLC-image analysis methods provided a similar reproducibility, accuracy and selectivity for the quantitative determination of γ-oryzanol in cold pressed rice bran oil. A statistical comparison of the quantitative determinations of γ-oryzanol in samples did not show any statistically significant difference between TLC-densitometric and TLC-image analysis methods. As both methods were found to be equal, they therefore can be used for the determination of γ-oryzanol in cold pressed rice bran oil.

  3. HUMAN EYE OPTICS: Determination of positions of optical elements of the human eye

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Galetskii, S. O.; Cherezova, T. Yu

    2009-02-01

    An original method for noninvasive determining the positions of elements of intraocular optics is proposed. The analytic dependence of the measurement error on the optical-scheme parameters and the restriction in distance from the element being measured are determined within the framework of the method proposed. It is shown that the method can be efficiently used for determining the position of elements in the classical Gullstrand eye model and personalised eye models. The positions of six optical surfaces of the Gullstrand eye model and four optical surfaces of the personalised eye model can be determined with an error of less than 0.25 mm.

  4. Jointly determining significance levels of primary and replication studies by controlling the false discovery rate in two-stage genome-wide association studies.

    PubMed

    Jiang, Wei; Yu, Weichuan

    2017-01-01

    In genome-wide association studies, we normally discover associations between genetic variants and diseases/traits in primary studies, and validate the findings in replication studies. We consider the associations identified in both primary and replication studies as true findings. An important question under this two-stage setting is how to determine significance levels in both studies. In traditional methods, significance levels of the primary and replication studies are determined separately. We argue that the separate determination strategy reduces the power in the overall two-stage study. Therefore, we propose a novel method to determine significance levels jointly. Our method is a reanalysis method that needs summary statistics from both studies. We find the most powerful significance levels when controlling the false discovery rate in the two-stage study. To enjoy the power improvement from the joint determination method, we need to select single nucleotide polymorphisms for replication at a less stringent significance level. This is a common practice in studies designed for discovery purpose. We suggest this practice is also suitable in studies with validation purpose in order to identify more true findings. Simulation experiments show that our method can provide more power than traditional methods and that the false discovery rate is well-controlled. Empirical experiments on datasets of five diseases/traits demonstrate that our method can help identify more associations. The R-package is available at: http://bioinformatics.ust.hk/RFdr.html .

  5. DETERMINATION OF GOLD, PLATINUM AND PALLADIUM IN BELGIAN CONGO ORES

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Crowther, A.B. et al.

    1955-01-31

    A survey of analytical methods for determination of gold, platinum, and palladium in urauium ore is presented. A fire assay method to obtain a silver load in which the other elements are determined appears feasible. (J.R.D.)

  6. Robot Position Sensor Fault Tolerance

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Aldridge, Hal A.

    1997-01-01

    Robot systems in critical applications, such as those in space and nuclear environments, must be able to operate during component failure to complete important tasks. One failure mode that has received little attention is the failure of joint position sensors. Current fault tolerant designs require the addition of directly redundant position sensors which can affect joint design. A new method is proposed that utilizes analytical redundancy to allow for continued operation during joint position sensor failure. Joint torque sensors are used with a virtual passive torque controller to make the robot joint stable without position feedback and improve position tracking performance in the presence of unknown link dynamics and end-effector loading. Two Cartesian accelerometer based methods are proposed to determine the position of the joint. The joint specific position determination method utilizes two triaxial accelerometers attached to the link driven by the joint with the failed position sensor. The joint specific method is not computationally complex and the position error is bounded. The system wide position determination method utilizes accelerometers distributed on different robot links and the end-effector to determine the position of sets of multiple joints. The system wide method requires fewer accelerometers than the joint specific method to make all joint position sensors fault tolerant but is more computationally complex and has lower convergence properties. Experiments were conducted on a laboratory manipulator. Both position determination methods were shown to track the actual position satisfactorily. A controller using the position determination methods and the virtual passive torque controller was able to servo the joints to a desired position during position sensor failure.

  7. The experimental determination of the moments of inertia of airplanes by a simplified compound-pendulum method

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gracey, William

    1948-01-01

    A simplified compound-pendulum method for the experimental determination of the moments of inertia of airplanes about the x and y axes is described. The method is developed as a modification of the standard pendulum method reported previously in NACA report, NACA-467. A brief review of the older method is included to form a basis for discussion of the simplified method. (author)

  8. Verification on the use of the Inoue method for precisely determining glomerular filtration rate in Philippine pediatrics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Magcase, M. J. D. J.; Duyan, A. Q.; Carpio, J.; Carbonell, C. A.; Trono, J. D.

    2015-06-01

    The objective of this study is to validate the Inoue method so that it would be the preferential choice in determining glomerular filtration rate (GFR) in Philippine pediatrics. The study consisted of 36 patients ranging from ages 2 months to 19 years old. The subjects used were those who were previously subjected to in-vitro method. The scintigrams of the invitro method was obtained and processed for split percentage uptake and for parameters needed to obtain Inoue GFR. The result of this paper correlates the Inoue GFR and In-vitro method (r = 0.926). Thus, Inoue method is a viable, simple, and practical technique in determining GFR in pediatric patients.

  9. Determination of glucosinolates in rapeseed and Thlaspi caerulescens plants by liquid chromatography-atmospheric pressure chemical ionization mass spectrometry.

    PubMed

    Tolrà, R P; Alonso, R; Poschenrieder, C; Barceló, D; Barceló, J

    2000-08-11

    Liquid chromatography-atmospheric pressure chemical ionization mass spectrometry was used to identify glucosinolates in plant extracts. Optimization of the analytical conditions and the determination of the method detection limit was performed using commercial 2-propenylglucosinolate (sinigrin). Optimal values for the following parameters were determined: nebulization pressure, gas temperature, flux of drying gas, capillar voltage, corona current and fragmentor conditions. The method detection limit for sinigrin was 2.85 ng. For validation of the method the glucosinolates in reference material (rapeseed) from the Community Bureau of Reference Materials (BCR) were analyzed. The method was applied for the determination of glucosinolates in Thlaspi caerulescens plants.

  10. Development of Control System for Hydrolysis Crystallization Process

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wan, Feng; Shi, Xiao-Ming; Feng, Fang-Fang

    2016-05-01

    Sulfate method for producing titanium dioxide is commonly used in China, but the determination of crystallization time is artificially which leads to a big error and is harmful to the operators. In this paper a new method for determining crystallization time is proposed. The method adopts the red laser as the light source, uses the silicon photocell as reflection light receiving component, using optical fiber as the light transmission element, differential algorithm is adopted in the software to realize the determination of the crystallizing time. The experimental results show that the method can realize the determination of crystallization point automatically and accurately, can replace manual labor and protect the health of workers, can be applied to practice completely.

  11. The use of portable equipment for the activity concentration index determination of building materials: method validation and survey of building materials on the Belgian market.

    PubMed

    Stals, M; Verhoeven, S; Bruggeman, M; Pellens, V; Schroeyers, W; Schreurs, S

    2014-01-01

    The Euratom BSS requires that in the near future (2015) the building materials for application in dwellings or buildings such as offices or workshops are screened for NORM nuclides. The screening tool is the activity concentration index (ACI). Therefore it is expected that a large number of building materials will be screened for NORM and thus require ACI determination. Nowadays, the proposed standard for determination of building material ACI is a laboratory analyses technique with high purity germanium spectrometry and 21 days equilibrium delay. In this paper, the B-NORM method for determination of building material ACI is assessed as a faster method that can be performed on-site, alternative to the aforementioned standard method. The B-NORM method utilizes a LaBr3(Ce) scintillation probe to obtain the spectral data. Commercially available software was applied to comprehensively take into account the factors determining the counting efficiency. The ACI was determined by interpreting the gamma spectrum from (226)Ra and its progeny; (232)Th progeny and (40)K. In order to assess the accuracy of the B-NORM method, a large selection of samples was analyzed by a certified laboratory and the results were compared with the B-NORM results. The results obtained with the B-NORM method were in good correlation with the results obtained by the certified laboratory, indicating that the B-NORM method is an appropriate screening method to assess building material ACI. The B-NORM method was applied to analyze more than 120 building materials on the Belgian market. No building materials that exceed the proposed reference level of 1 mSv/year were encountered. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  12. Surface Tension of Solids in the Absence of Adsorption

    PubMed Central

    2009-01-01

    A method has been recently proposed for determining the value of the surface tension of a solid in the absence of adsorption, γS0, using material properties determined from vapor adsorption experiments. If valid, the value obtained for γS0 must be independent of the vapor used. We apply the proposed method to determine the value of γS0 for four solids using at least two vapors for each solid and find results that support the proposed method for determining γS0. PMID:19719092

  13. Method and apparatus for determining the coordinates of an object

    DOEpatents

    Pedersen, Paul S.

    2002-01-01

    A simplified method and related apparatus are described for determining the location of points on the surface of an object by varying, in accordance with a unique sequence, the intensity of each illuminated pixel directed to the object surface, and detecting at known detector pixel locations the intensity sequence of reflected illumination from the surface of the object whereby the identity and location of the originating illuminated pixel can be determined. The coordinates of points on the surface of the object are then determined by conventional triangulation methods.

  14. Centaur feedline dynamics study using power spectral methods. [fundamental mode resonant frequencies of RL-10 oxygen and hydrogen feed lines

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lorenzo, C. F.

    1974-01-01

    Tests were conducted to determine the dynamic characteristics of the Centaur/RL-10 oxygen and hydrogen feedlines. The fundamental-mode resonant frequencies were determined by applying power spectral methods to noise-generated data from hot firings of the RL-10 engine. The effect of net positive suction pressure of the main feed pumps on resonant frequency characteristics was determined to be a straight-line relation. Power spectral methods were also used to determine the dynamic characteristics of the boost pumps.

  15. Bivariate versus multivariate smart spectrophotometric calibration methods for the simultaneous determination of a quaternary mixture of mosapride, pantoprazole and their degradation products.

    PubMed

    Hegazy, M A; Yehia, A M; Moustafa, A A

    2013-05-01

    The ability of bivariate and multivariate spectrophotometric methods was demonstrated in the resolution of a quaternary mixture of mosapride, pantoprazole and their degradation products. The bivariate calibrations include bivariate spectrophotometric method (BSM) and H-point standard addition method (HPSAM), which were able to determine the two drugs, simultaneously, but not in the presence of their degradation products, the results showed that simultaneous determinations could be performed in the concentration ranges of 5.0-50.0 microg/ml for mosapride and 10.0-40.0 microg/ml for pantoprazole by bivariate spectrophotometric method and in the concentration ranges of 5.0-45.0 microg/ml for both drugs by H-point standard addition method. Moreover, the applied multivariate calibration methods were able for the determination of mosapride, pantoprazole and their degradation products using concentration residuals augmented classical least squares (CRACLS) and partial least squares (PLS). The proposed multivariate methods were applied to 17 synthetic samples in the concentration ranges of 3.0-12.0 microg/ml mosapride, 8.0-32.0 microg/ml pantoprazole, 1.5-6.0 microg/ml mosapride degradation products and 2.0-8.0 microg/ml pantoprazole degradation products. The proposed bivariate and multivariate calibration methods were successfully applied to the determination of mosapride and pantoprazole in their pharmaceutical preparations.

  16. Four Derivative Spectrophotometric Methods for the Simultaneous Determination of Carmoisine and Ponceau 4R in Drinks and Comparison with High Performance Liquid Chromatography

    PubMed Central

    Turak, Fatma; Dinç, Mithat; Dülger, Öznur; Özgür, Mahmure Ustun

    2014-01-01

    Four simple, rapid, and accurate spectrophotometric methods were developed for the simultaneous determination of two food colorants, Carmoisine (E122) and Ponceau 4R (E124), in their binary mixtures and soft drinks. The first method is based on recording the first derivative curves and determining each component using the zero-crossing technique. The second method uses the first derivative of ratio spectra. The ratio spectra are obtained by dividing the absorption spectra of the binary mixture by that of one of the components. The third method, derivative differential procedure, is based on the measurement of difference absorptivities derivatized in first order of solution of drink samples in 0,1 N NaOH relative to that of an equimolar solution in 0,1 N HCl at wavelengths of 366 and 451 nm for Carmoisine and Ponceau 4R, respectively. The last method, based on the compensation method is presented for derivative spectrophotometric determination of E122 and E124 mixtures with overlapping spectra. By using ratios of the derivative maxima, the exact compensation of either component in the mixture can be achieved, followed by its determination. These proposed methods have been successfully applied to the binary mixtures and soft drinks and the results were statistically compared with the reference HPLC method (NMKL 130). PMID:24672549

  17. Determination of low methylmercury concentrations in peat soil samples by isotope dilution GC-ICP-MS using distillation and solvent extraction methods.

    PubMed

    Pietilä, Heidi; Perämäki, Paavo; Piispanen, Juha; Starr, Mike; Nieminen, Tiina; Kantola, Marjatta; Ukonmaanaho, Liisa

    2015-04-01

    Most often, only total mercury concentrations in soil samples are determined in environmental studies. However, the determination of extremely toxic methylmercury (MeHg) in addition to the total mercury is critical to understand the biogeochemistry of mercury in the environment. In this study, N2-assisted distillation and acidic KBr/CuSO4 solvent extraction methods were applied to isolate MeHg from wet peat soil samples collected from boreal forest catchments. Determination of MeHg was performed using a purge and trap GC-ICP-MS technique with a species-specific isotope dilution quantification. Distillation is known to be more prone to artificial MeHg formation compared to solvent extraction which may result in the erroneous MeHg results, especially with samples containing high amounts of inorganic mercury. However, methylation of inorganic mercury during the distillation step had no effect on the reliability of the final MeHg results when natural peat soil samples were distilled. MeHg concentrations determined in peat soil samples after distillation were compared to those determined after the solvent extraction method. MeHg concentrations in peat soil samples varied from 0.8 to 18 μg kg(-1) (dry weight) and the results obtained with the two different methods did not differ significantly (p=0.05). The distillation method with an isotope dilution GC-ICP-MS was shown to be a reliable method for the determination of low MeHg concentrations in unpolluted soil samples. Furthermore, the distillation method is solvent-free and less time-consuming and labor-intensive when compared to the solvent extraction method. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  18. Accurately determining direction of arrival by seismic array based on compressive sensing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hu, J.; Zhang, H.; Yu, H.

    2016-12-01

    Seismic array analysis method plays an important role in detecting weak signals and determining their locations and rupturing process. In these applications, reliably estimating direction of arrival (DOA) for the seismic wave is very important. DOA is generally determined by the conventional beamforming method (CBM) [Rost et al, 2000]. However, for a fixed seismic array generally the resolution of CBM is poor in the case of low-frequency seismic signals, and in the case of high frequency seismic signals the CBM may produce many local peaks, making it difficult to pick the one corresponding to true DOA. In this study, we develop a new seismic array method based on compressive sensing (CS) to determine the DOA with high resolution for both low- and high-frequency seismic signals. The new method takes advantage of the space sparsity of the incoming wavefronts. The CS method has been successfully used to determine spatial and temporal earthquake rupturing distributions with seismic array [Yao et al, 2011;Yao et al, 2013;Yin 2016]. In this method, we first form the problem of solving the DOA as a L1-norm minimization problem. The measurement matrix for CS is constructed by dividing the slowness-angle domain into many grid nodes, which needs to satisfy restricted isometry property (RIP) for optimized reconstruction of the image. The L1-norm minimization is solved by the interior point method. We first test the CS-based DOA array determination method on synthetic data constructed based on Shanghai seismic array. Compared to the CBM, synthetic test for data without noise shows that the new method can determine the true DOA with a super-high resolution. In the case of multiple sources, the new method can easily separate multiple DOAs. When data are contaminated by noise at various levels, the CS method is stable when the noise amplitude is lower than the signal amplitude. We also test the CS method for the Wenchuan earthquake. For different arrays with different apertures, we are able to obtain reliable DOAs with uncertainties lower than 10 degrees.

  19. Determination of glucose in human urine by cyclic voltammetry method using gold electrode

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Riyanto; Supwatul Hakim, Muh.

    2018-01-01

    This study has been the determination of glucose in human urine by cyclic voltammetry method using gold electrode. The gold electrode was prepared using gold wire with purity 99.99%, size 1.0 mm by length and wide respectively, connected with silver wire using silver conductive paint. The effect of electrolyte, pH and glucose concentration has been determined to produce the optimum method. The research showed the KNO3 is a good electrolyte for determination of glucose in human urine using gold electrode. The effect of glucose concentration have the coefficient correlation is R2 = 0.994. The results of the recovery using addition method showed at range95-105%. As a conclusion isa gold electrode is a good electrode for electrochemical sensors to the determination of glucose in human urine.

  20. Performance Analysis of Combined Methods of Genetic Algorithm and K-Means Clustering in Determining the Value of Centroid

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Adya Zizwan, Putra; Zarlis, Muhammad; Budhiarti Nababan, Erna

    2017-12-01

    The determination of Centroid on K-Means Algorithm directly affects the quality of the clustering results. Determination of centroid by using random numbers has many weaknesses. The GenClust algorithm that combines the use of Genetic Algorithms and K-Means uses a genetic algorithm to determine the centroid of each cluster. The use of the GenClust algorithm uses 50% chromosomes obtained through deterministic calculations and 50% is obtained from the generation of random numbers. This study will modify the use of the GenClust algorithm in which the chromosomes used are 100% obtained through deterministic calculations. The results of this study resulted in performance comparisons expressed in Mean Square Error influenced by centroid determination on K-Means method by using GenClust method, modified GenClust method and also classic K-Means.

  1. CHEMICAL METHODS FOR THE DETERMINATION OF BORON IN REACTOR MATERIALS. PART I. ION-EXCHANGE SEPARATION OF BORON FROM COKES, PITCHES AND GRAPHITES AND ITS COLORIMETRIC DETERMINATION BY THE CURCUMIN-TRI-CHLORACETIC ACID METHOD

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Desai, H.B.; Desai, S.R.; Nadkarni, M.N.

    1961-01-01

    A procedure has been standardized for the determination of boron in cokes, pitches, and graphites. The method consists of fixing the boron present in the sample as calcium borate, ion-exchange separation of boric acid from the associated cations, and the colorimetric determination of boron using the curcumin-trichloracetic acid method. Sulfur which is usually present in pitches and cokes is expected to be oxidized to sulfate during the fixation of boron and hence its effect on the colorimetry has been studied. Application of the procedure to the determination of 0.50 and 1.00 microgram amounts of boron, has given coefficients of variationmore » of l0.0 and 6.7% respectively. (auth)« less

  2. A method which can enhance the optical-centering accuracy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Xue-min; Zhang, Xue-jun; Dai, Yi-dan; Yu, Tao; Duan, Jia-you; Li, Hua

    2014-09-01

    Optical alignment machining is an effective method to ensure the co-axiality of optical system. The co-axiality accuracy is determined by optical-centering accuracy of single optical unit, which is determined by the rotating accuracy of lathe and the optical-centering judgment accuracy. When the rotating accuracy of 0.2um can be achieved, the leading error can be ignored. An axis-determination tool which is based on the principle of auto-collimation can be used to determine the only position of centerscope is designed. The only position is the position where the optical axis of centerscope is coincided with the rotating axis of the lathe. Also a new optical-centering judgment method is presented. A system which includes the axis-determination tool and the new optical-centering judgment method can enhance the optical-centering accuracy to 0.003mm.

  3. Evaluation on determination of iodine in coal by energy dispersive X-ray fluorescence

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Wang, B.; Jackson, J.C.; Palmer, C.; Zheng, B.; Finkelman, R.B.

    2005-01-01

    A quick and inexpensive method of relative high iodine determination from coal samples was evaluated. Energy dispersive X-ray fluorescence (EDXRF) provided a detection limit of about 14 ppm (3 times of standard deviations of the blank sample), without any complex sample preparation. An analytical relative standard deviation of 16% was readily attainable for coal samples. Under optimum conditions, coal samples with iodine concentrations higher than 5 ppm can be determined using this EDXRF method. For the time being, due to the general iodine concentrations of coal samples lower than 5 ppm, except for some high iodine content coal, this method can not effectively been used for iodine determination. More work needed to meet the requirement of determination of iodine from coal samples for this method. Copyright ?? 2005 by The Geochemical Society of Japan.

  4. K-Means Algorithm Performance Analysis With Determining The Value Of Starting Centroid With Random And KD-Tree Method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sirait, Kamson; Tulus; Budhiarti Nababan, Erna

    2017-12-01

    Clustering methods that have high accuracy and time efficiency are necessary for the filtering process. One method that has been known and applied in clustering is K-Means Clustering. In its application, the determination of the begining value of the cluster center greatly affects the results of the K-Means algorithm. This research discusses the results of K-Means Clustering with starting centroid determination with a random and KD-Tree method. The initial determination of random centroid on the data set of 1000 student academic data to classify the potentially dropout has a sse value of 952972 for the quality variable and 232.48 for the GPA, whereas the initial centroid determination by KD-Tree has a sse value of 504302 for the quality variable and 214,37 for the GPA variable. The smaller sse values indicate that the result of K-Means Clustering with initial KD-Tree centroid selection have better accuracy than K-Means Clustering method with random initial centorid selection.

  5. A general method to determine sampling windows for nonlinear mixed effects models with an application to population pharmacokinetic studies.

    PubMed

    Foo, Lee Kien; McGree, James; Duffull, Stephen

    2012-01-01

    Optimal design methods have been proposed to determine the best sampling times when sparse blood sampling is required in clinical pharmacokinetic studies. However, the optimal blood sampling time points may not be feasible in clinical practice. Sampling windows, a time interval for blood sample collection, have been proposed to provide flexibility in blood sampling times while preserving efficient parameter estimation. Because of the complexity of the population pharmacokinetic models, which are generally nonlinear mixed effects models, there is no analytical solution available to determine sampling windows. We propose a method for determination of sampling windows based on MCMC sampling techniques. The proposed method attains a stationary distribution rapidly and provides time-sensitive windows around the optimal design points. The proposed method is applicable to determine sampling windows for any nonlinear mixed effects model although our work focuses on an application to population pharmacokinetic models. Copyright © 2012 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  6. Spectrophotometric Determination of Nitrogen Oxides in the Air with 2-N-Ethyl-5-Naphthol-7-Sulfonic Acid

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Huang, Y.; Shi, W.; Zhang, C.; Wen, H.

    2017-09-01

    For the determination of nitrogen oxides in the air, the structure of diazo and coupling compounds was studied and tested by experiments. The conditions and methods of diazo and coupling reactions were investigated. Furthermore, a spectrophotometric method using sulfanilamide as a diazo compound and 2-N-ethyl-5-naphthol-7-sulfonic acid (N-ethyl J acid) as a coupling compound was proposed. The maximum absorption wavelength of sulfanilamide-Nethyl J acid azo compound was at 478 nm. The molar absorptivity was 4.31 × 104 L/(mol × cm) with a recovery of 98.7-100.9% and RSD of 1.85%. For nitrogen oxides, the determinate limit of this measurement was 0.015 mg/m3 and the determinate range 0.024-2.0 mg/m3. Moreover, a high degree of correlation was observed between the results obtained by the proposed method and the standard methods. The proposed method can be easily applied to determine nitrogen oxides in the air.

  7. 77 FR 44488 - Method 16C for the Determination of Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Stationary Sources

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-07-30

    ... Method 16C for the Determination of Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From Stationary Sources AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). ACTION: Final rule. SUMMARY: This action promulgates Method 16C for measuring total reduced sulfur (TRS) emissions from stationary sources. Method 16C offers the advantages of...

  8. Evaluation of a QuECHERS-like extraction approach for the determination of PBDEs in mussels by immuno-assay-based screening methods

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    A sample preparation method was evaluated for the determination of polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in mussel samples, by using colorimetric and electrochemical immunoassay-based screening methods. A simple sample preparation in conjunction with a rapid screening method possesses the desired c...

  9. Environmental Asbestos Assessment Manual: Superfund Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Ambient Air, Part 1: Method

    EPA Science Inventory

    This is a sampling and analysis method for the determination of asbestos in air. Samples are analyzed by transmission electron microscopy (TEM). Although a small subset of samples are to be prepared using a direct procedure, the majority of samples analyzed using this method wil...

  10. 40 CFR 52.126 - Control strategy and regulations: Particulate matter.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... be determined by using method 2 and traversing according to method 1. Gas analysis shall be performed using the integrated sample technique of method 3, and moisture content shall be determined by the condenser technique of method 4. (iii) All tests shall be conducted while the source is operating at the...

  11. Improving the accuracy of the gradient method for determining soil carbon dioxide efflux

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    Continuous soil CO2 efflux (Fsoil) estimates can be obtained by the gradient method (GM), but the utility of the method is hindered by uncertainties in the application of published models for the diffusion coefficient (Ds). We compared two in-situ methods for determining Ds, one based calibrating th...

  12. Endoscopical determination of gastric mucosal blood flow by the crossed thermocouple method.

    PubMed

    Hiramatsu, A; Watanabe, T; Okuhira, M; Uchiyama, S; Mizuno, T; Sameshima, Y

    1984-06-01

    A crossed thermocouple method in combination with endoscopy was applied to determine the blood flow rate of the human gastric mucosa. Determination was carried out with 11 healthy control subjects at 8 sites of the stomach. The blood flow rates at all sites in the corpus were found to be higher than those at the antrum. In subjects less than 50 years old the blood flow rate in the corpus was higher than in older subjects. These results were in agreed well with those obtained by the hydrogen gas clearance method, which is widely adopted clinically. The crossed thermocouple method is easily applicable to all sites in the gastric mucosa and the time required for the assay is very short. This method dose not require the inhalation of hydrogen gas which is necessary for the hydrogen gas clearance method and which is possibly harmful to humans. Although the values obtained by the crossed thermocouple method are relative to the value at a certain fixed site, this method will holds great potential for the determination of gastric mucosal blood flow rate.

  13. Evaluation of the pulse-contour method of determining stroke volume in man.

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Alderman, E. L.; Branzi, A.; Sanders, W.; Brown, B. W.; Harrison, D. C.

    1972-01-01

    The pulse-contour method for determining stroke volume has been employed as a continuous rapid method of monitoring the cardiovascular status of patients. Twenty-one patients with ischemic heart disease and 21 patients with mitral valve disease were subjected to a variety of hemodynamic interventions. The pulse-contour estimations, using three different formulas derived by Warner, Kouchoukos, and Herd, were compared with indicator-dilution outputs. A comparison of the results of the two methods for determining stroke volume yielded correlation coefficients ranging from 0.59 to 0.84. The better performing Warner formula yielded a coefficient of variation of about 20%. The type of hemodynamic interventions employed did not significantly affect the results using the pulse-contour method. Although the correlation of the pulse-contour and indicator-dilution stroke volumes is high, the coefficient of variation is such that small changes in stroke volume cannot be accurately assessed by the pulse-contour method. However, the simplicity and rapidity of this method compared to determination of cardiac output by Fick or indicator-dilution methods makes it a potentially useful adjunct for monitoring critically ill patients.

  14. System and method for determining stability of a neural system

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Curtis, Steven A. (Inventor)

    2011-01-01

    Disclosed are methods, systems, and computer-readable media for determining stability of a neural system. The method includes tracking a function world line of an N element neural system within at least one behavioral space, determining whether the tracking function world line is approaching a psychological stability surface, and implementing a quantitative solution that corrects instability if the tracked function world line is approaching the psychological stability surface.

  15. Comparison of automatic and visual methods used for image segmentation in Endodontics: a microCT study.

    PubMed

    Queiroz, Polyane Mazucatto; Rovaris, Karla; Santaella, Gustavo Machado; Haiter-Neto, Francisco; Freitas, Deborah Queiroz

    2017-01-01

    To calculate root canal volume and surface area in microCT images, an image segmentation by selecting threshold values is required, which can be determined by visual or automatic methods. Visual determination is influenced by the operator's visual acuity, while the automatic method is done entirely by computer algorithms. To compare between visual and automatic segmentation, and to determine the influence of the operator's visual acuity on the reproducibility of root canal volume and area measurements. Images from 31 extracted human anterior teeth were scanned with a μCT scanner. Three experienced examiners performed visual image segmentation, and threshold values were recorded. Automatic segmentation was done using the "Automatic Threshold Tool" available in the dedicated software provided by the scanner's manufacturer. Volume and area measurements were performed using the threshold values determined both visually and automatically. The paired Student's t-test showed no significant difference between visual and automatic segmentation methods regarding root canal volume measurements (p=0.93) and root canal surface (p=0.79). Although visual and automatic segmentation methods can be used to determine the threshold and calculate root canal volume and surface, the automatic method may be the most suitable for ensuring the reproducibility of threshold determination.

  16. System and method to determine electric motor efficiency using an equivalent circuit

    DOEpatents

    Lu, Bin; Habetler, Thomas G.

    2015-10-27

    A system and method for determining electric motor efficiency includes a monitoring system having a processor programmed to determine efficiency of an electric motor under load while the electric motor is online. The determination of motor efficiency is independent of a rotor speed measurement. Further, the efficiency is based on a determination of stator winding resistance, an input voltage, and an input current. The determination of the stator winding resistance occurs while the electric motor under load is online.

  17. System and method to determine electric motor efficiency using an equivalent circuit

    DOEpatents

    Lu, Bin [Kenosha, WI; Habetler, Thomas G [Snellville, GA

    2011-06-07

    A system and method for determining electric motor efficiency includes a monitoring system having a processor programmed to determine efficiency of an electric motor under load while the electric motor is online. The determination of motor efficiency is independent of a rotor speed measurement. Further, the efficiency is based on a determination of stator winding resistance, an input voltage, and an input current. The determination of the stator winding resistance occurs while the electric motor under load is online.

  18. Method and System for Determining Relative Displacement and Heading for Navigation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sheikh, Suneel Ismail (Inventor); Pines, Darryll J. (Inventor); Conroy, Joseph Kim (Inventor); Spiridonov, Timofey N. (Inventor)

    2015-01-01

    A system and method for determining a location of a mobile object is provided. The system determines the location of the mobile object by determining distances between a plurality of sensors provided on a first and second movable parts of the mobile object. A stride length, heading, and separation distance between the first and second movable parts are computed based on the determined distances and the location of the mobile object is determined based on the computed stride length, heading, and separation distance.

  19. Comparison of direct boiling method with commercial kits for extracting fecal microbiome DNA by Illumina sequencing of 16S rRNA tags.

    PubMed

    Peng, Xin; Yu, Ke-Qiang; Deng, Guan-Hua; Jiang, Yun-Xia; Wang, Yu; Zhang, Guo-Xia; Zhou, Hong-Wei

    2013-12-01

    Low cost and high throughput capacity are major advantages of using next generation sequencing (NGS) techniques to determine metagenomic 16S rRNA tag sequences. These methods have significantly changed our view of microorganisms in the fields of human health and environmental science. However, DNA extraction using commercial kits has shortcomings of high cost and time constraint. In the present study, we evaluated the determination of fecal microbiomes using a direct boiling method compared with 5 different commercial extraction methods, e.g., Qiagen and MO BIO kits. Principal coordinate analysis (PCoA) using UniFrac distances and clustering showed that direct boiling of a wide range of feces concentrations gave a similar pattern of bacterial communities as those obtained from most of the commercial kits, with the exception of the MO BIO method. Fecal concentration by boiling method affected the estimation of α-diversity indices, otherwise results were generally comparable between boiling and commercial methods. The operational taxonomic units (OTUs) determined through direct boiling showed highly consistent frequencies with those determined through most of the commercial methods. Even those for the MO BIO kit were also obtained by the direct boiling method with high confidence. The present study suggested that direct boiling could be used to determine the fecal microbiome and using this method would significantly reduce the cost and improve the efficiency of the sample preparation for studying gut microbiome diversity. © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  20. Influence of the weighing bar size to determine optimal time of biodiesel-glycerol separation by using the buoyancy weighing-bar method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tambun, R.; Sibagariang, Y.; Manurung, J.

    2018-02-01

    The buoyancy weighing-bar method is a novel method in the particle size distribution measurement. This method can measure particle size distributions of the settling particles and floating particles. In this study, the buoyancy weighing-bar method is applied to determine optimal time of biodiesel-glycerol separation. The buoyancy weighing-bar method can be applied to determine the separation time because biodiesel and glycerol have the different densities. The influences of diameter of weighing-bar by using the buoyancy weighing-bar method would be experimentally investigated. The diameters of weighing-bar in this experiment are 8 mm, 10 mm, 15 mm and 20 mm, while the graduated cylinder (diameter : 65 mm) is used as vessel. The samples used in this experiment are the mixture of 95 % of biodiesel and 5 % of glycerol. The data obtained by the buoyancy weighing-bar method are analized by using the gas chromatography to determine the purity of biodiesel. Based on the data obtained, the buoyancy weighing-bar method can be used to detect the separation time of biodiesel-glycerol by using the weighing-bar diameter of 8 mm, 10 mm, 15 mm and 20 mm, but the most accuracy in determination the biodiesel-glycerol separation time is obtained by using the weighing-bar diameter of 20 mm. The biodiesel purity of 97.97 % could be detected at 64 minutes by using the buoyancy weighing-bar method when the weighing-bar diameter of 20 mm is used.

  1. Determination of optimum "multi-channel surface wave method" field parameters.

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    2012-12-01

    Multi-channel surface wave methods (especially the multi-channel analyses of surface wave method; MASW) are routinely used to : determine the shear-wave velocity of the subsurface to depths of 100 feet for site classification purposes. Users are awar...

  2. Methods for determining the physiological state of a plant

    DOEpatents

    Kramer, David M.; Sacksteder, Colette

    2003-09-23

    The present invention provides methods for measuring a photosynthetic parameter. The methods of the invention include the steps of: (a) illuminating a plant leaf until steady-state photosynthesis is achieved; (b) subjecting the illuminated plant leaf to a period of darkness; (c) using a kinetic spectrophotometer or kinetic spectrophotometer/fluorimeter to collect spectral data from the plant leaf treated in accordance with steps (a) and (b); and (d) determining a photosynthetic parameter from the spectral data. In another aspect, the invention provides methods for determining the physiological state of a plant.

  3. An improved transmutation method for quantitative determination of the components in multicomponent overlapping chromatograms.

    PubMed

    Shao, Xueguang; Yu, Zhengliang; Ma, Chaoxiong

    2004-06-01

    An improved method is proposed for the quantitative determination of multicomponent overlapping chromatograms based on a known transmutation method. To overcome the main limitation of the transmutation method caused by the oscillation generated in the transmutation process, two techniques--wavelet transform smoothing and the cubic spline interpolation for reducing data points--were adopted, and a new criterion was also developed. By using the proposed algorithm, the oscillation can be suppressed effectively, and quantitative determination of the components in both the simulated and experimental overlapping chromatograms is successfully obtained.

  4. Method for Non-Invasive Determination of Chemical Properties of Aqueous Solutions

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jones, Alan (Inventor); Thomas, Nathan A. (Inventor); Todd, Paul W. (Inventor)

    2016-01-01

    A method for non-invasively determining a chemical property of an aqueous solution is provided. The method provides the steps of providing a colored solute having a light absorbance spectrum and transmitting light through the colored solute at two different wavelengths. The method further provides the steps of measuring light absorbance of the colored solute at the two different transmitted light wavelengths, and comparing the light absorbance of the colored solute at the two different wavelengths to determine a chemical property of an aqueous solution.

  5. The determination of antipyrine elimination in saliva by liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Gartzke, J; Jäger, H

    1991-01-01

    A simple, fast and reliable liquid chromatographic method for the determination of antipyrine in saliva is described. The elimination of antipyrine is a good indicator for general evaluation of the liver function for dispositional purposes for example in occupational and environmental medicine. The described LC method was compared with a more extensive photometric procedure. The results obtained from both methods show very good correlation. Only one measurement is necessary to determine the antipyrine clearance. Furthermore the antipyrine dosage can be minimized, because of the sensitivity of the HPLC-method.

  6. An Evaluation of the Method of Determining Parallax from Measured Phase Differences.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1977-12-01

    5bOOé ~ETL—0 145 . ; ‘ , ~ ~“ (L2~I_ _ _ _~l: !~~~flI~~~ I— — — — — _ — — An evaluation of the method of determining parallax from measured phase...using a digi tized aerial image. The method was found to be not as accurate ~nd not as efficier,as conventiona l image ma tching techniques...EVALUATION OF THE METHOD OF DETERMINING PARALLAX FROM MEASURED PHASE DWFERENCES INTRODUCTION The purpose of the report is to describe an evaluation of

  7. Validated spectrophotometric methods for determination of Alendronate sodium in tablets through nucleophilic aromatic substitution reactions

    PubMed Central

    2012-01-01

    Background Alendronate (ALD) is a member of the bisphosphonate family which is used for the treatment of osteoporosis, bone metastasis, Paget's disease, hypocalcaemia associated with malignancy and other conditions that feature bone fragility. ALD is a non-chromophoric compound so its determination by conventional spectrophotometric methods is not possible. So two derivatization reactions were proposed for determination of ALD through the reaction with 4-chloro-7-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-diazole (NBD-Cl) and 2,4-dinitrofluorobenzene (DNFB) as chromogenic derivatizing reagents. Results Three simple and sensitive spectrophotometric methods are described for the determination of ALD. Method I is based on the reaction of ALD with NBD-Cl. Method II involved heat-catalyzed derivatization of ALD with DNFB, while, Method III is based on micellar-catalyzed reaction of the studied drug with DNFB at room temperature. The reactions products were measured at 472, 378 and 374 nm, for methods I, II and III, respectively. Beer's law was obeyed over the concentration ranges of 1.0-20.0, 4.0-40.0 and 1.5-30.0 μg/mL with lower limits of detection of 0.09, 1.06 and 0.06 μg/mL for Methods I, II and III, respectively. The proposed methods were applied for quantitation of the studied drug in its pure form with mean percentage recoveries of 100.47 ± 1.12, 100.17 ± 1.21 and 99.23 ± 1.26 for Methods I, II and III, respectively. Moreover the proposed methods were successfully applied for determination of ALD in different tablets. Proposals of the reactions pathways have been postulated. Conclusion The proposed spectrophotometric methods provided sensitive, specific and inexpensive analytical procedures for determination of the non-chromophoric drug alendronate either per se or in its tablet dosage forms without interference from common excipients. Graphical abstract PMID:22472190

  8. Validated spectrophotometric methods for determination of Alendronate sodium in tablets through nucleophilic aromatic substitution reactions.

    PubMed

    Walash, Mohamed I; Metwally, Mohamed E-S; Eid, Manal; El-Shaheny, Rania N

    2012-04-02

    Alendronate (ALD) is a member of the bisphosphonate family which is used for the treatment of osteoporosis, bone metastasis, Paget's disease, hypocalcaemia associated with malignancy and other conditions that feature bone fragility. ALD is a non-chromophoric compound so its determination by conventional spectrophotometric methods is not possible. So two derivatization reactions were proposed for determination of ALD through the reaction with 4-chloro-7-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-diazole (NBD-Cl) and 2,4-dinitrofluorobenzene (DNFB) as chromogenic derivatizing reagents. Three simple and sensitive spectrophotometric methods are described for the determination of ALD. Method I is based on the reaction of ALD with NBD-Cl. Method II involved heat-catalyzed derivatization of ALD with DNFB, while, Method III is based on micellar-catalyzed reaction of the studied drug with DNFB at room temperature. The reactions products were measured at 472, 378 and 374 nm, for methods I, II and III, respectively. Beer's law was obeyed over the concentration ranges of 1.0-20.0, 4.0-40.0 and 1.5-30.0 μg/mL with lower limits of detection of 0.09, 1.06 and 0.06 μg/mL for Methods I, II and III, respectively. The proposed methods were applied for quantitation of the studied drug in its pure form with mean percentage recoveries of 100.47 ± 1.12, 100.17 ± 1.21 and 99.23 ± 1.26 for Methods I, II and III, respectively. Moreover the proposed methods were successfully applied for determination of ALD in different tablets. Proposals of the reactions pathways have been postulated. The proposed spectrophotometric methods provided sensitive, specific and inexpensive analytical procedures for determination of the non-chromophoric drug alendronate either per se or in its tablet dosage forms without interference from common excipients. GRAPHICAL

  9. A hierarchical Bayesian method for vibration-based time domain force reconstruction problems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Qiaofeng; Lu, Qiuhai

    2018-05-01

    Traditional force reconstruction techniques require prior knowledge on the force nature to determine the regularization term. When such information is unavailable, the inappropriate term is easily chosen and the reconstruction result becomes unsatisfactory. In this paper, we propose a novel method to automatically determine the appropriate q as in ℓq regularization and reconstruct the force history. The method incorporates all to-be-determined variables such as the force history, precision parameters and q into a hierarchical Bayesian formulation. The posterior distributions of variables are evaluated by a Metropolis-within-Gibbs sampler. The point estimates of variables and their uncertainties are given. Simulations of a cantilever beam and a space truss under various loading conditions validate the proposed method in providing adaptive determination of q and better reconstruction performance than existing Bayesian methods.

  10. Measurement of residual solvents in a drug substance by a purge-and-trap method.

    PubMed

    Lakatos, Miklós

    2008-08-05

    The purge-and-trap (P&T) gas extraction method combined with gas chromatography was studied for its suitability for quantitative residual solvents determination in a water-soluble active pharmaceutical ingredient (API). Some analytical method performance characteristics were investigated, namely, the repeatability, the accuracy and the detection limit of determination. The results show that the P&T technique is--as expected--more sensitive than the static headspace, thus it can be used for the determination of residual solvents pertaining to the ICH Class 1 group. It was found that it could be an alternative sample preparation method besides the static headspace (HS) method.

  11. Spectrophotometric methods for the determination of benazepril hydrochloride in its single and multi-component dosage forms.

    PubMed

    El-Yazbi, F A; Abdine, H H; Shaalan, R A

    1999-06-01

    Three sensitive and accurate methods are presented for the determination of benazepril in its dosage forms. The first method uses derivative spectrophotometry to resolve the interference due to formulation matrix. The second method depends on the color formed by the reaction of the drug with bromocresol green (BCG). The third one utilizes the reaction of benazepril, after alkaline hydrolysis, with 3-methylbenzothialozone (MBTH) hydrazone where the produced color is measured at 593 nm. The latter method was extended to develop a stability-indicating method for this drug. Moreover, the derivative method was applied for the determination of benazepril in its combination with hydrochlorothiazide. The proposed methods were applied for the analysis of benazepril in the pure form and in tablets. The coefficient of variation was less than 2%.

  12. Comparison of step-down and binary search algorithms for determination of defibrillation threshold in humans.

    PubMed

    Shorofsky, Stephen R; Peters, Robert W; Rashba, Eric J; Gold, Michael R

    2004-02-01

    Determination of DFT is an integral part of ICD implantation. Two commonly used methods of DFT determination, the step-down method and the binary search method, were compared in 44 patients undergoing ICD testing for standard clinical indications. The step-down protocol used an initial shock of 18 J. The binary search method began with a shock energy of 9 J and successive shock energies were increased or decreased depending on the success of the previous shock. The DFT was defined as the lowest energy that successfully terminated ventricular fibrillation. The binary search method has the advantage of requiring a predetermined number of shocks, but some have questioned its accuracy. The study found that (mean) DFT obtained by the step-down method was 8.2 +/- 5.0, whereas by the binary search method DFT was 8.1 +/- 0.7 J, P = NS. DFT differed by no more than one step between methods in 32 (71%) of patients. The number of shocks required to determine DFT by the step-down method was 4.6 +/- 1.4, whereas by definition, the binary search method always required three shocks. In conclusion, the binary search method is preferable because it is of comparable efficacy and requires fewer shocks.

  13. Over/Undervoltage and undervoltage shift of hybrid islanding detection method of distributed generation.

    PubMed

    Yingram, Manop; Premrudeepreechacharn, Suttichai

    2015-01-01

    The mainly used local islanding detection methods may be classified as active and passive methods. Passive methods do not perturb the system but they have larger nondetection zones, whereas active methods have smaller nondetection zones but they perturb the system. In this paper, a new hybrid method is proposed to solve this problem. An over/undervoltage (passive method) has been used to initiate an undervoltage shift (active method), which changes the undervoltage shift of inverter, when the passive method cannot have a clear discrimination between islanding and other events in the system. Simulation results on MATLAB/SIMULINK show that over/undervoltage and undervoltage shifts of hybrid islanding detection method are very effective because they can determine anti-islanding condition very fast. ΔP/P > 38.41% could determine anti-islanding condition within 0.04 s; ΔP/P < -24.39% could determine anti-islanding condition within 0.04 s; -24.39% ≤ ΔP/P ≤ 38.41% could determine anti-islanding condition within 0.08 s. This method perturbed the system, only in the case of -24.39% ≤ ΔP/P ≤ 38.41% at which the control system of inverter injected a signal of undervoltage shift as necessary to check if the occurrence condition was an islanding condition or not.

  14. Determination of Carbonyl Groups in Pyrolysis Bio-oils Using Potentiometric Titration: Review and Comparison of Methods

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Black, Stuart; Ferrell, Jack R.

    Carbonyl compounds present in bio-oils are known to be responsible for bio-oil property changes upon storage and during upgrading. As such, carbonyl content has previously been used as a method of tracking bio-oil aging and condensation reactions with less variability than viscosity measurements. Given the importance of carbonyls in bio-oils, accurate analytical methods for their quantification are very important for the bio-oil community. Potentiometric titration methods based on carbonyl oximation have long been used for the determination of carbonyl content in pyrolysis bio-oils. Here in this study, we present a modification of the traditional carbonyl oximation procedures that results inmore » less reaction time, smaller sample size, higher precision, and more accurate carbonyl determinations. Some compounds such as carbohydrates are not measured by the traditional method (modified Nicolaides method), resulting in low estimations of the carbonyl content. Furthermore, we have shown that reaction completion for the traditional method can take up to 300 hours. The new method presented here (the modified Faix method) reduces the reaction time to 2 hours, uses triethanolamine (TEA) in the place of pyridine, and requires a smaller sample size for the analysis. Carbonyl contents determined using this new method are consistently higher than when using the traditional titration methods.« less

  15. [Determination of ethylene glycol in biological fluids--propylene glycol interferences].

    PubMed

    Gomółka, Ewa; Cudzich-Czop, Sylwia; Sulka, Adrianna

    2013-01-01

    Many laboratories in Poland do not use gas chromatography (GC) method for determination of ethylene glycol (EG) and methanol in blood of poisoned patients, they use non specific spectrophotometry methods. One of the interfering substances is propylene glycol (PG)--compound present in many medical and cosmetic products: drops, air freshens, disinfectants, electronic cigarettes and others. In Laboratory of Analytical Toxicology and Drug Monitoring in Krakow determination of EG is made by GC method. The method enables to distinguish and make resolution of (EG) and (PG) in biological samples. In the years 2011-2012 in several serum samples from diagnosed patients PG was present in concentration from several to higher than 100 mg/dL. The aim of the study was to estimate PG interferences of serum EG determination by spectrophotometry method. Serum samples containing PG and EG were used in the study. The samples were analyzed by two methods: GC and spectrophotometry. Results of serum samples spiked with PG with no EG analysed by spectrophotometry method were improper ("false positive"). The results were correlated to PG concentration in samples. Calculated cross-reactivity of PG in the method was 42%. Positive results of EG measured by spectrophotometry method must be confirmed by reference GC method. Spectrophotometry method shouldn't be used for diagnostics and monitoring of patients poisoned by EG.

  16. Determination of Carbonyl Groups in Pyrolysis Bio-oils Using Potentiometric Titration: Review and Comparison of Methods

    DOE PAGES

    Black, Stuart; Ferrell, Jack R.

    2016-01-06

    Carbonyl compounds present in bio-oils are known to be responsible for bio-oil property changes upon storage and during upgrading. As such, carbonyl content has previously been used as a method of tracking bio-oil aging and condensation reactions with less variability than viscosity measurements. Given the importance of carbonyls in bio-oils, accurate analytical methods for their quantification are very important for the bio-oil community. Potentiometric titration methods based on carbonyl oximation have long been used for the determination of carbonyl content in pyrolysis bio-oils. Here in this study, we present a modification of the traditional carbonyl oximation procedures that results inmore » less reaction time, smaller sample size, higher precision, and more accurate carbonyl determinations. Some compounds such as carbohydrates are not measured by the traditional method (modified Nicolaides method), resulting in low estimations of the carbonyl content. Furthermore, we have shown that reaction completion for the traditional method can take up to 300 hours. The new method presented here (the modified Faix method) reduces the reaction time to 2 hours, uses triethanolamine (TEA) in the place of pyridine, and requires a smaller sample size for the analysis. Carbonyl contents determined using this new method are consistently higher than when using the traditional titration methods.« less

  17. Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations of the United States Geological Survey. Book 5, Laboratory Analysis. Chapter A5, Methods for Determination of Radioactive Substances in Water and Fluvial Sediments.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Thatcher, L. L.; And Others

    Analytical methods for determining important components of fission and natural radioactivity found in water are reported. The discussion of each method includes conditions for application of the method, a summary of the method, interferences, required apparatus, procedures, calculations and estimation of precision. Isotopes considered are…

  18. Comparison study of two procedures for the determination of emamectin benzoate in medicated fish feed.

    PubMed

    Farer, Leslie J; Hayes, John M

    2005-01-01

    A new method has been developed for the determination of emamectin benzoate in fish feed. The method uses a wet extraction, cleanup by solid-phase extraction, and quantitation and separation by liquid chromatography (LC). In this paper, we compare the performance of this method with that of a previously reported LC assay for the determination of emamectin benzoate in fish feed. Although similar to the previous method, the new procedure uses a different sample pretreatment, wet extraction, and quantitation method. The performance of the new method was compared with that of the previously reported method by analyses of 22 medicated feed samples from various commercial sources. A comparison of the results presented here reveals slightly lower assay values obtained with the new method. Although a paired sample t-test indicates the difference in results is significant, this difference is within the method precision of either procedure.

  19. METHOD 544. DETERMINATION OF MICROCYSTINS AND ...

    EPA Pesticide Factsheets

    Method 544 is an accurate and precise analytical method to determine six microcystins (including MC-LR) and nodularin in drinking water using solid phase extraction and liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (SPE-LC/MS/MS). The advantage of this SPE-LC/MS/MS is its sensitivity and ability to speciate the microcystins. This method development task establishes sample preservation techniques, sample concentration and analytical procedures, aqueous and extract holding time criteria and quality control procedures. Draft Method 544 undergone a multi-laboratory verification to ensure other laboratories can implement the method and achieve the quality control measures specified in the method. It is anticipated that Method 544 may be used in UCMR 4 to collect nationwide occurrence data for selected microcystins in drinking water. The purpose of this research project is to develop an accurate and precise analytical method to concentrate and determine selected MCs and nodularin in drinking water.

  20. Titrimetric and photometric methods for determination of hypochlorite in commercial bleaches.

    PubMed

    Jonnalagadda, Sreekanth B; Gengan, Prabhashini

    2010-01-01

    Two methods, simple titration and photometric methods for determination of hypochlorite are developed, based its reaction with hydrogen peroxide and titration of the residual peroxide by acidic permanganate. In the titration method, the residual hydrogen peroxide is estimated by titration with standard permanganate solution to estimate the hypochlorite concentration. The photometric method is devised to measure the concentration of remaining permanganate, after the reaction with residual hydrogen peroxide. It employs 4 ranges of calibration curves to enable the determination of hypochlorite accurately. The new photometric method measures hypochlorite in the range 1.90 x 10(-3) to 1.90 x 10(-2) M, with high accuracy and with low variance. The concentrations of hypochlorite in diverse commercial bleach samples and in seawater which is enriched with hypochlorite were estimated using the proposed method and compared with the arsenite method. The statistical analysis validates the superiority of the proposed method.

  1. Method to determine 226Ra in small sediment samples by ultralow background liquid scintillation.

    PubMed

    Sanchez-Cabeza, Joan-Albert; Kwong, Laval Liong Wee; Betti, Maria

    2010-08-15

    (210)Pb dating of sediment cores is a widely used tool to reconstruct ecosystem evolution and historical pollution during the last century. Although (226)Ra can be determined by gamma spectrometry, this method shows severe limitations which are, among others, sample size requirements and counting times. In this work, we propose a new strategy based on the analysis of (210)Pb through (210)Po in equilibrium by alpha spectrometry, followed by the determination of (226)Ra (base or supported (210)Pb) without any further chemical purification by liquid scintillation and with a higher sample throughput. Although gamma spectrometry might still be required to determine (137)Cs as an independent tracer, the effort can then be focused only on those sections dated around 1963, when maximum activities are expected. In this work, we optimized the counting conditions, calibrated the system for changing quenching, and described the new method to determine (226)Ra in small sediment samples, after (210)Po determination, allowing a more precise determination of excess (210)Pb ((210)Pb(ex)). The method was validated with reference materials IAEA-384, IAEA-385, and IAEA-313.

  2. THE DETERMINATION OF THE MAJOR CONSTITUENTS OTHER THAN URANIUM IN BELGIAN CONGO ORE

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Crowther, A.B.; Wright, J.S.; Bradfield, E.G.

    1953-12-22

    Methods for determining the major constituents of Belgian Congo ore other than uranium are reviewed. A method is given for the determination of cobalt by precipitation with potassium ethyl xanthate from a nitric acid solution of the ore. After wet oxidation of the precipitate, it is titrated potentiometrically in ammoniacal citrate solution with potassium ferricyanide. A method for the determination of silicon is given in which the silica is dehydrated by fuming with perchloric acid. After filtration and ignition, it is volatized as the fluoride, and the silica is deternfined from weight loss. Nickel is determined from a solution ofmore » the ore in nitric acid by double precipitation with dimethyl glyoxime after addition of citrate ion, hydroxylamine, and ammonia. Molybdenum is determined by precipitation as lead molybdate after preliminary separation with benzoin oxime. Aluminum is determined by precipitation as the benzoate, thioglycolic acid being used to complex the iron. The aluminum is then estimated gravimetrically with oxime. A composite method is presented for the deterndnation of lead, iron, alununum, calciuna, and magnesium. (C.J.G.)« less

  3. Dispersed and piled woody residues volumes in coastal Douglas-fir cutblocks determined using high-resolution imagery from a UAV and from ground-based surveys.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Trofymow, J. A.; Gougeon, F.

    2015-12-01

    After forest harvest significant amounts of woody residues are left dispersed on site and some subsequently piled and burned. Quantification of residues is required for estimating C budgets, billable waste, harvest efficiency, bioenergy potential and smoke emissions. Trofymow (et al 2014 CJFR) compared remote sensing methods to ground-based waste and residue survey (WRS) methods for residue piles in 4 cutblocks in the Oyster River (OR) area in coastal BC. Compared to geospatial methods using 15cm orthophotos and LiDAR acquired in 2011 by helicopter, the WRS method underestimated pile wood by 30% to 50% while a USFS volume method overestimated pile wood by 50% if site specific packing ratios were not used. A geospatial method was developed in PCI Geomatica to analyze 2-bit images of logs >15cm diameters to determine dispersed wood residues in OR and compare to WRS methods. Across blocks, geospatial and WRS method wood volumes were correlated (R2=0.69), however volumes were 2.5 times larger for the geospatial vs WRS method. Methods for dispersed residues could not be properly compared as individual WRS plots were not georeferenced, only 12 plots were sampled in total, and low-resolution images poorly resolved logs. Thus, a new study in 2 cutblocks in the Northwest Bay (NWB) area acquired 2cm resolution RGB air-photography in 2014-15 using an Aeryon Sky Ranger UAV prior to and after burn pile construction. A total of 57 dispersed WRS plots and 24 WRS pile or accumulation plots were georeferenced and measured. Stero-pairs were used to generate point-clouds for pile bulk volumes. Images processed to 8-bit grey scale are being analyzed with a revised PCI method that better accounts for log overlaps. WRS methods depend on a good sample of plots and accurate determination of stratum (dispersed, roadside, piles, accumulations) areas. Analysis of NWB blocks shows WRS field methods for stratum area differ by 5-20% from that determined using orthophotos. Plot-level wood volumes in each plot and stratum determined by geospatial and WRS methods will be compared. While geospatial methods for residue determination is a 100% sample, compared to sample-based WRS method, difficulties in resolving logs in the images may mean the best method for determining residues requires a combination of geospatial and ground plot measurements. .

  4. A review of available analytical technologies for qualitative and quantitative determination of nitramines.

    PubMed

    Lindahl, Sofia; Gundersen, Cathrine Brecke; Lundanes, Elsa

    2014-08-01

    This review aims to summarize the available analytical methods in the open literature for the determination of some aliphatic and cyclic nitramines. Nitramines covered in this review are the ones that can be formed from the use of amines in post-combustion CO2 capture (PCC) plants and end up in the environment. Since the literature is quite scarce regarding the determination of nitramines in aqueous and soil samples, methods for determination of nitramines in other matrices have also been included. Since the nitramines are found in complex matrices and/or in very low concentration, an extraction step is often necessary before their determination. Liquid-liquid extraction (LLE) using dichloromethane and solid phase extraction (SPE) with an activated carbon based material have been the two most common extraction methods. Gas chromatography (GC) or reversed phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) has been used often combined with mass spectrometry (MS) in the final determination step. Presently there is no comprehensive method available that can be used for determination of all nitramines included in this review. The lowest concentration limit of quantification (cLOQ) is in the ng L(-1) range, however, most methods appear to have a cLOQ in the μg L(-1) range, if the cLOQ has been given.

  5. Simultaneous Spectrophotometric Estimation of Nitazoxanide and Ofloxacin in Tablets

    PubMed Central

    Game, Madhuri D.; Sakarkar, D. M.

    2011-01-01

    Two simple, accurate and precise spectrophotometric methods have been developed for simultaneous determination of nitazoxanide and ofloxacin in tablets. Method I is Q-absorbance ratio method which involves Q-absorbance at isobestic point (306.25 nm) and max (347.5 nm) of nitazoxanide, while method II is two wavelength method, where 244.6 nm and 273.0 nm were selected as 1 and 2 for determination of nitazoxanide and 294.3 nm and 388.1 nm were selected as 3 and 4 for determination of ofloxacin. Both drugs obeyed the Beer's law in the concentration range 2-30 μg/ml,correlation coefficient (r2<1). Both methods were validated statistically and recovery studies were carried out to confirm the accuracy. Commercial tablet formulation was successfully analyzed using the developed methods. PMID:22131624

  6. A Novel Method for Moisture Determination in Peanuts

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    Accurate determination of moisture content of the peanuts is an important factor for preserving the quality and prevention of spoilage in peanuts. Hence, it is very important to devise rapid methods for determining moisture during harvesting, storage, marketing, and processing of peanuts. This paper...

  7. Flow injection spectrophotometric method for chloride determination in natural waters using Hg(SCN)(2) immobilized in epoxy resin.

    PubMed

    Silva, Claudineia R; Vieira, Heberth J; Canaes, Larissa S; Nóbrega, Joaquim A; Fatibello-Filho, Orlando

    2005-02-28

    A flow injection (FI) spectrophotometric method was proposed for the determination of chloride ion in natural waters. The determination of chloride was carried out by reaction with Hg(SCN)(2) immobilized in an epoxy resin bead in a solid-phase reactor (SPR) and the thiocyanate ions released were determined spectrophotometrically at 480nm after complexing reaction with Fe(III). The analytical curve for chloride was linear in the concentration range from 5.6 x 10(-5) to 2.2 x 10(-4)moll(-1) with a detection limit of 1.4 x 10(-5)moll(-1). The relative standard deviation (R.S.D.) was 2.2% for a solution containing 2.2 x 10(-4)moll(-1) (n = 10). The simple manifold allows a routine analytical frequency of 100 determinations per hour. The main advantage of the developed method is the 400% reduction of the Hg waste solution generated when compared to conventional methods for chloride determination based on the same spectrophotometric reaction.

  8. Method for Determining the Coalbed Methane Content with Determination the Uncertainty of Measurements

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Szlązak, Nikodem; Korzec, Marek

    2016-06-01

    Methane has a bad influence on safety in underground mines as it is emitted to the air during mining works. Appropriate identification of methane hazard is essential to determining methane hazard prevention methods, ventilation systems and methane drainage systems. Methane hazard is identified while roadways are driven and boreholes are drilled. Coalbed methane content is one of the parameters which is used to assess this threat. This is a requirement according to the Decree of the Minister of Economy dated 28 June 2002 on work safety and hygiene, operation and special firefighting protection in underground mines. For this purpose a new method for determining coalbed methane content in underground coal mines has been developed. This method consists of two stages - collecting samples in a mine and testing the sample in the laboratory. The stage of determining methane content in a coal sample in a laboratory is essential. This article presents the estimation of measurement uncertainty of determining methane content in a coal sample according to this methodology.

  9. Comparison of gamma-oryzanol contents in crude rice bran oils from different sources by various determination methods.

    PubMed

    Yoshie, Ayano; Kanda, Ayato; Nakamura, Takahiro; Igusa, Hisao; Hara, Setsuko

    2009-01-01

    Although there are various determination methods for gamma -oryzanol contained in rice bran oil by absorptiometry, normal-phase HPLC, and reversed-phase HPLC, their accuracies and the correlations among them have not been revealed yet. Chloroform-containing mixed solvents are widely used as mobile phases in some HPLC methods, but researchers have been apprehensive about its use in terms of safety for the human body and the environment.In the present study, a simple and accurate determination method was developed by improving the reversed-phase HPLC method. This novel HPLC method uses methanol/acetonitrile/acetic acid (52/45/3 v/v/v), a non-chlorinated solvent, as the mobile phase, and shows an excellent linearity (y = 0.9527x + 0.1241, R(2) = 0.9974) with absorptiometry. The mean relative errors among the existing 3 methods and the novel method, determined by adding fixed amounts of gamma-oryzanol into refined rice salad oil, were -4.7% for the absorptiometry, -6.8% for the existing normal-phase HPLC, +4.6% for the existing reversed-phase HPLC, and -1.6% for the novel reversed-phase HPLC method. gamma -Oryzanol content in 12 kinds of crude rice bran oils obtained from different sources were determined by the four methods. The mean content of those oils were 1.75+/-0.18% for the absorptiometry, 1.29+/-0.11% for the existing normal-phase HPLC, 1.51+/-0.10% for the existing reversed-phase HPLC, and 1.54+/-0.19% for the novel reversed-phase HPLC method.

  10. A sensitive method for the determination of Sulfonamides in seawater samples by Solid Phase Extraction and UV-Visible spectrophotometry

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Errayess, Sophia Ait; Lahcen, Abdellatif Ait; Idrissi, Laila; Marcoaldi, Caterina; Chiavarini, Salvatore; Amine, Aziz

    2017-06-01

    The authors have developed a sensitive spectrophotometric method for determination of sulfonamide derivatives such as sulfanilamide (SAA), sulfadiazine (SDZ), sulfacetamide (SCT) sulfamethoxazole (SMX), sulfamerazine (SMR), sulfadimethoxine (SDX), sulfamethiazole (SMT) and Sulfathiazole (STZ). This method is based on the Bratton-Marshall reaction, which involves the diazotization of sulfonamides with sodium nitrite under acidic conditions, followed by coupling with N-(1-naphtyl) ethylenediamine dihydrochloride (NED) to form a pink colored compound. Therefore, the Bratton-Marshall method was modified by optimizing the reaction conditions, which allows us to determine a low concentration range of sulfonamides compared to the reported methods. The limits of detection and quantification obtained were 0.019-0.05 and 0.06-0.16 μg mL- 1, respectively. In comparison with other reported methods using different coupling agents, the proposed method was found to be the most simple and sensitive for sulfonamides determination. In this paper, the modified method was successfully employed for the determination of sulfonamides in drinking water, seawater and pharmaceutical and veterinary formulations. The purpose of this work is to optimize and develop a simple method for extraction and concentration of sulfonamides present as residues in seawater and their quantification with the recommended spectrophotometric method. Solid phase extraction (SPE) of sulfonamides from seawater samples was evaluated using Oasis HLB cartridges (3 mL, 540 mg). The recovery efficiency was investigated in the sulfonamides concentration range comprised between 0.19 and 126 ng mL- 1. The ease of use of this extraction method makes it very useful for routine laboratory work.

  11. METHOD DEVELOPMENT FOR THE DETERMINATION OF FORMALDEHYDE IN SAMPLES OF ENVIRONMENTAL ORIGIN

    EPA Science Inventory

    An analytical method was developed for the determination of formaldehyde in samples of environmental origin. After a review of the current literature, five candidate methods involving chemical derivatization were chosen for evaluation. The five derivatization reagents studied wer...

  12. 76 FR 71934 - Tobacco Transition Payment Program; Availability of Current Assessment Methods Determination...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-11-21

    ... DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE Farm Service Agency Tobacco Transition Payment Program; Availability of Current Assessment Methods Determination Document AGENCY: Commodity Credit Corporation and Farm Service... current methods used to calculate manufacturer and importer assessments that fund the Tobacco Transition...

  13. Evaluating an alternative method for rapid urinary creatinine determination

    EPA Science Inventory

    Creatinine (CR) is an endogenously-produced chemical routinely assayed in urine specimens to assess kidney function, sample dilution. The industry-standard method for CR determination, known as the kinetic Jaffe (KJ) method, relies on an exponential rate of a colorimetric change,...

  14. A METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE COMPATIBILITY OF HAZARDOUS WASTES

    EPA Science Inventory

    This report describes a method for determining the compatibility of the binary combinations of hazardous wastes. The method consists of two main parts, namely: (1) the step-by-step compatibility analysis procedures, and (2) the hazardous wastes compatibility chart. The key elemen...

  15. 10 CFR 431.17 - Determination of efficiency.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... method or methods used; the mathematical model, the engineering or statistical analysis, computer... accordance with § 431.16 of this subpart, or by application of an alternative efficiency determination method... must be: (i) Derived from a mathematical model that represents the mechanical and electrical...

  16. A Simple Accurate Alternative to the Minimum-Deviation Method for the Determination of the Refractive Index of a Prism.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Waldenstrom, S.; Naqvi, K. Razi

    1978-01-01

    Proposes an alternative to the classical minimum-deviation method for determining the refractive index of a prism. This new "fixed angle of incidence method" may find applications in research. (Author/GA)

  17. Electrochemical impedance spectroscopy system and methods for determining spatial locations of defects

    DOEpatents

    Glenn, David F.; Matthern, Gretchen E.; Propp, W. Alan; Glenn, Anne W.; Shaw, Peter G.

    2006-08-08

    A method and apparatus for determining spatial locations of defects in a material are described. The method includes providing a plurality of electrodes in contact with a material, applying a sinusoidal voltage to a select number of the electrodes at a predetermined frequency, determining gain and phase angle measurements at other of the electrodes in response to applying the sinusoidal voltage to the select number of electrodes, determining impedance values from the gain and phase angle measurements, computing an impedance spectrum for an area of the material from the determined impedance values, and comparing the computed impedance spectrum with a known impedance spectrum to identify spatial locations of defects in the material.

  18. A method to determine fault vectors in 4H-SiC from stacking sequences observed on high resolution transmission electron microscopy images

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Wu, Fangzhen; Wang, Huanhuan; Raghothamachar, Balaji

    A new method has been developed to determine the fault vectors associated with stacking faults in 4H-SiC from their stacking sequences observed on high resolution TEM images. This method, analogous to the Burgers circuit technique for determination of dislocation Burgers vector, involves determination of the vectors required in the projection of the perfect lattice to correct the deviated path constructed in the faulted material. Results for several different stacking faults were compared with fault vectors determined from X-ray topographic contrast analysis and were found to be consistent. This technique is expected to applicable to all structures comprising corner shared tetrahedra.

  19. An Improved Method for Determination of Cyanide Content in Bitter Almond Oil.

    PubMed

    Chen, Jia; Liu, Lei; Li, Mengjun; Yu, Xiuzhu; Zhang, Rui

    2018-01-01

    An improved colorimetric method for determination of cyanide content in bitter almond oil was developed. The optimal determination parameters were as follows: volume ratio of hydrochloric acid to bitter almond oil (v/v), 1.5:1; holding time for hydrolysis, 120 min; and volume ratio of distillation solution to bitter almond oil (v/v), 8:1. Analytical results showed that the relative standard deviations (SDs) of determinations were less than 10%, which satisfies the test requirements. The results of high-performance liquid chromatography and measurements exhibited a significant correlation (R = 0.9888, SD = 0.2015). Therefore, the improved colorimetric method can be used to determine cyanide content in bitter almond oil.

  20. Shock melting method to determine melting curve by molecular dynamics: Cu, Pd, and Al.

    PubMed

    Liu, Zhong-Li; Zhang, Xiu-Lu; Cai, Ling-Cang

    2015-09-21

    A melting simulation method, the shock melting (SM) method, is proposed and proved to be able to determine the melting curves of materials accurately and efficiently. The SM method, which is based on the multi-scale shock technique, determines melting curves by preheating and/or prepressurizing materials before shock. This strategy was extensively verified using both classical and ab initio molecular dynamics (MD). First, the SM method yielded the same satisfactory melting curve of Cu with only 360 atoms using classical MD, compared to the results from the Z-method and the two-phase coexistence method. Then, it also produced a satisfactory melting curve of Pd with only 756 atoms. Finally, the SM method combined with ab initio MD cheaply achieved a good melting curve of Al with only 180 atoms, which agrees well with the experimental data and the calculated results from other methods. It turned out that the SM method is an alternative efficient method for calculating the melting curves of materials.

  1. Shock melting method to determine melting curve by molecular dynamics: Cu, Pd, and Al

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Liu, Zhong-Li, E-mail: zl.liu@163.com; Zhang, Xiu-Lu; Cai, Ling-Cang

    A melting simulation method, the shock melting (SM) method, is proposed and proved to be able to determine the melting curves of materials accurately and efficiently. The SM method, which is based on the multi-scale shock technique, determines melting curves by preheating and/or prepressurizing materials before shock. This strategy was extensively verified using both classical and ab initio molecular dynamics (MD). First, the SM method yielded the same satisfactory melting curve of Cu with only 360 atoms using classical MD, compared to the results from the Z-method and the two-phase coexistence method. Then, it also produced a satisfactory melting curvemore » of Pd with only 756 atoms. Finally, the SM method combined with ab initio MD cheaply achieved a good melting curve of Al with only 180 atoms, which agrees well with the experimental data and the calculated results from other methods. It turned out that the SM method is an alternative efficient method for calculating the melting curves of materials.« less

  2. Comparison of Objective and Subjective Methods on Determination of Differential Item Functioning

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sahin, Melek Gülsah

    2017-01-01

    Research objective is comparing the objective methods often used in literature for determination of differential item functioning (DIF) and the subjective method based on the opinions of the experts which are not used so often in literature. Mantel-Haenszel (MH), Logistic Regression (LR) and SIBTEST are chosen as objective methods. While the data…

  3. AAS and spectrophotometric methods for the determination metoprolol tartrate in tablets

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alpdoğan, Güzin; Sungur, Sidika

    1999-11-01

    Sensitive and specific atomic adsorption spectroscopy (AAS) and spectrophotometric methods have been developed for the determination of beta adrenergic blocking drug, metoprolol tartrate.The method is based on the formation of Cu(II) dithiocarbamate complex by derivatization of the secondary amino group of metoprolol with CS 2 and CuCl 2 in the presence of ammonia.The copper-bis(dithiocarbamate) complex was extracted into chloroform and the concentration of metoprolol tartrate was determined directly by spectrophotometric and indirectly by AAS measurement of copper.The two methods developed were applied to the assay of metoprolol tartrate in commercial tablet formulations.The methods were compared statistically with each other and with the high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method of USPXXII using t- and F-tests.

  4. Nontraditional method for determining unperturbed orbits of unknown space objects using incomplete optical observational data

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Perov, N. I.

    1985-02-01

    A physical-geometrical method for computing the orbits of earth satellites on the basis of an inadequate number of angular observations (N3) was developed. Specifically, a new method has been developed for calculating the elements of Keplerian orbits of unidentified artificial satellites using two angular observations (alpha sub k, S sub k, k = 1). The first section gives procedures for determining the topocentric distance to AES on the basis of one optical observation. This is followed by description of a very simple method for determining unperturbed orbits using two satellite position vectors and a time interval which is applicable even in the case of antiparallel AED position vectors, a method designated the R sub 2 iterations method.

  5. Electrospray ionization and time-of-flight mass spectrometric method for simultaneous determination of spermidine and spermine.

    PubMed

    Samejima, Keijiro; Otani, Masahiro; Murakami, Yasuko; Oka, Takami; Kasai, Misao; Tsumoto, Hiroki; Kohda, Kohfuku

    2007-10-01

    A sensitive method for the determination of polyamines in mammalian cells was described using electrospray ionization and time-of-flight mass spectrometer. This method was 50-fold more sensitive than the previous method using ionspray ionization and quadrupole mass spectrometer. The method employed the partial purification and derivatization of polyamines, but allowed a measurement of multiple samples which contained picomol amounts of polyamines. Time required for data acquisition of one sample was approximately 2 min. The method was successfully applied for the determination of reduced spermidine and spermine contents in cultured cells under the inhibition of aminopropyltransferases. In addition, a new proper internal standard was proposed for the tracer experiment using (15)N-labeled polyamines.

  6. How to determine spiral bevel gear tooth geometry for finite element analysis

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Handschuh, Robert F.; Litvin, Faydor L.

    1991-01-01

    An analytical method was developed to determine gear tooth surface coordinates of face milled spiral bevel gears. The method combines the basic gear design parameters with the kinematical aspects for spiral bevel gear manufacturing. A computer program was developed to calculate the surface coordinates. From this data a 3-D model for finite element analysis can be determined. Development of the modeling method and an example case are presented.

  7. Deflocculants for Tape Casting Barium Titanate.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1983-07-01

    the individual components of our system in order to determine the effects of water on dispersion properties. The Karl Fischer reagent method (KFR) was...Determined by Karl Fischer Methods Ambient (%) (Dry) % Methyl Ethyl Ketone 0.0338 0.0068* Ethanol 5.1029 0.0161* REX-ethanol 1.8658 0.0059* Barium Titanate...glass jar prior to use. Residual moisture, as determined by Karl Fischer reagent methods , is indicated in Table 11. The Fisher reagent grade ethanol

  8. Polynomial dual energy inverse functions for bone Calcium/Phosphorus ratio determination and experimental evaluation.

    PubMed

    Sotiropoulou, P; Fountos, G; Martini, N; Koukou, V; Michail, C; Kandarakis, I; Nikiforidis, G

    2016-12-01

    An X-ray dual energy (XRDE) method was examined, using polynomial nonlinear approximation of inverse functions for the determination of the bone Calcium-to-Phosphorus (Ca/P) mass ratio. Inverse fitting functions with the least-squares estimation were used, to determine calcium and phosphate thicknesses. The method was verified by measuring test bone phantoms with a dedicated dual energy system and compared with previously published dual energy data. The accuracy in the determination of the calcium and phosphate thicknesses improved with the polynomial nonlinear inverse function method, introduced in this work, (ranged from 1.4% to 6.2%), compared to the corresponding linear inverse function method (ranged from 1.4% to 19.5%). Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  9. Determination of torque speed current characteristics of a brushless DC motor by utilizing back-EMF of non-energized phase

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jang, G. H.; Yeom, J. H.; Kim, M. G.

    2007-03-01

    This paper presents a method to determine the torque constant and the torque-speed-current characteristics of a brushless DC (BLDC) motor by utilizing back-EMF variation of nonenergized phase. It also develops a BLDC motor controller with a digital signal processor (DSP) to monitor its current, voltage and speed in real time. Torque-speed-current characteristics of a BLDC motor are determined by using the proposed method and the developed controller. They are compared with the torque-speed-current characteristics measured by dynamometer experimentally. This research shows that the proposed method is an effective method to determine the torque constant and the torque-speed-current characteristics of the BLDC motor without using dynamometer.

  10. Simple Modification of Karl-Fischer Titration Method for Determination of Water Content in Colored Samples

    PubMed Central

    Tavčar, Eva; Turk, Erika; Kreft, Samo

    2012-01-01

    The most commonly used technique for water content determination is Karl-Fischer titration with electrometric detection, requiring specialized equipment. When appropriate equipment is not available, the method can be performed through visual detection of a titration endpoint, which does not enable an analysis of colored samples. Here, we developed a method with spectrophotometric detection of a titration endpoint, appropriate for moisture determination of colored samples. The reaction takes place in a sealed 4 ml cuvette. Detection is performed at 520 nm. Titration endpoint is determined from the graph of absorbance plotted against titration volume. The method has appropriate reproducibility (RSD = 4.3%), accuracy, and linearity (R 2 = 0.997). PMID:22567558

  11. An approach for automated analysis of particle holograms

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Stanton, A. C.; Caulfield, H. J.; Stewart, G. W.

    1984-01-01

    A simple method for analyzing droplet holograms is proposed that is readily adaptable to automation using modern image digitizers and analyzers for determination of the number, location, and size distributions of spherical or nearly spherical droplets. The method determines these parameters by finding the spatial location of best focus of the droplet images. With this location known, the particle size may be determined by direct measurement of image area in the focal plane. Particle velocity and trajectory may be determined by comparison of image locations at different instants in time. The method is tested by analyzing digitized images from a reconstructed in-line hologram, and the results show that the method is more accurate than a time-consuming plane-by-plane search for sharpest focus.

  12. Determination of Charge-Carrier Mobility in Disordered Thin-Film Solar Cells as a Function of Current Density

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mäckel, Helmut; MacKenzie, Roderick C. I.

    2018-03-01

    Charge-carrier mobility is a fundamental material parameter, which plays an important role in determining solar-cell efficiency. The higher the mobility, the less time a charge carrier will spend in a device and the less likely it is that it will be lost to recombination. Despite the importance of this physical property, it is notoriously difficult to measure accurately in disordered thin-film solar cells under operating conditions. We, therefore, investigate a method previously proposed in the literature for the determination of mobility as a function of current density. The method is based on a simple analytical model that relates the mobility to carrier density and transport resistance. By revising the theoretical background of the method, we clearly demonstrate what type of mobility can be extracted (constant mobility or effective mobility of electrons and holes). We generalize the method to any combination of measurements that is able to determine the mean electron and hole carrier density, and the transport resistance at a given current density. We explore the robustness of the method by simulating typical organic solar-cell structures with a variety of physical properties, including unbalanced mobilities, unbalanced carrier densities, and for high or low carrier trapping rates. The simulations reveal that near VOC and JSC , the method fails due to the limitation of determining the transport resistance. However, away from these regions (and, importantly, around the maximum power point), the method can accurately determine charge-carrier mobility. In the presence of strong carrier trapping, the method overestimates the effective mobility due to an underestimation of the carrier density.

  13. Determination of molybenum in soils and rocks: A geochemical semimicro field method

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Ward, F.N.

    1951-01-01

    Reconnaissance work in geochemical prospecting requires a simple, rapid, and moderately accurate method for the determination of small amounts of molybdenum in soils and rocks. The useful range of the suggested procedure is from 1 to 32 p.p.m. of molybdenum, but the upper limit can be extended. Duplicate determinations on eight soil samples containing less than 10 p.p.m. of molybdenum agree within 1 p.p.m., and a comparison of field results with those obtained by a conventional laboratory procedure shows that the method is sufficiently accurate for use in geochemical prospecting. The time required for analysis and the quantities of reagents needed have been decreased to provide essentially a "test tube" method for the determination of molybdenum in soils and rocks. With a minimum amount of skill, one analyst can make 30 molybdenum determinations in an 8-hour day.

  14. Dithizone-modified graphene oxide nano-sheet as a sorbent for pre-concentration and determination of cadmium and lead ions in food.

    PubMed

    Moghadam Zadeh, Hamid Reza; Ahmadvand, Parvaneh; Behbahani, Ali; Amini, Mostafa M; Sayar, Omid

    2015-01-01

    Graphene oxide nano-sheet was modified with dithizone as a novel sorbent for selective pre-concentration and determination of Cd(II) and Pb(II) in food. The sorbent was characterised by various analytical methods and the effective parameters for Cd(II) and Pb(II) adsorption were optimised during this work. The high adsorption capacity and selectivity of this sorbent makes the method capable of fast determinations of the Cd(II) and Pb(II) content in complicated matrices even at μg l(-1) levels using commonly available instrumentation. The precision of this method was < 1.9% from 10 duplicate determinations and its accuracy verified using standard reference materials. Finally, this method was applied to the determination of Cd(II) and Pb(II) ions in common food samples and satisfactory results were obtained.

  15. A fast determination method for transverse relaxation of spin-exchange-relaxation-free magnetometer

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lu, Jixi, E-mail: lujixi@buaa.edu.cn; Qian, Zheng; Fang, Jiancheng

    2015-04-15

    We propose a fast and accurate determination method for transverse relaxation of the spin-exchange-relaxation-free (SERF) magnetometer. This method is based on the measurement of magnetic resonance linewidth via a chirped magnetic field excitation and the amplitude spectrum analysis. Compared with the frequency sweeping via separate sinusoidal excitation, our method can realize linewidth determination within only few seconds and meanwhile obtain good frequency resolution. Therefore, it can avoid the drift error in long term measurement and improve the accuracy of the determination. As the magnetic resonance frequency of the SERF magnetometer is very low, we include the effect of the negativemore » resonance frequency caused by the chirp and achieve the coefficient of determination of the fitting results better than 0.998 with 95% confidence bounds to the theoretical equation. The experimental results are in good agreement with our theoretical analysis.« less

  16. Fluorescence polarization immunoassays for rapid, accurate, and sensitive determination of mycotoxins

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    Analytical methods for the determination of mycotoxins in foods are commonly based on chromatographic techniques (GC, HPLC or LC-MS). Although these methods permit a sensitive and accurate determination of the analyte, they require skilled personnel and are time-consuming, expensive, and unsuitable ...

  17. Determination of wall shear stress from mean velocity and Reynolds shear stress profiles

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Volino, Ralph J.; Schultz, Michael P.

    2018-03-01

    An analytical method is presented for determining the Reynolds shear stress profile in steady, two-dimensional wall-bounded flows using the mean streamwise velocity. The method is then utilized with experimental data to determine the local wall shear stress. The procedure is applicable to flows on smooth and rough surfaces with arbitrary pressure gradients. It is based on the streamwise component of the boundary layer momentum equation, which is transformed into inner coordinates. The method requires velocity profiles from at least two streamwise locations, but the formulation of the momentum equation reduces the dependence on streamwise gradients. The method is verified through application to laminar flow solutions and turbulent DNS results from both zero and nonzero pressure gradient boundary layers. With strong favorable pressure gradients, the method is shown to be accurate for finding the wall shear stress in cases where the Clauser fit technique loses accuracy. The method is then applied to experimental data from the literature from zero pressure gradient studies on smooth and rough walls, and favorable and adverse pressure gradient cases on smooth walls. Data from very near the wall are not required for determination of the wall shear stress. Wall friction velocities obtained using the present method agree with those determined in the original studies, typically to within 2%.

  18. Development of normalized spectra manipulating spectrophotometric methods for simultaneous determination of Dimenhydrinate and Cinnarizine binary mixture.

    PubMed

    Lamie, Nesrine T; Yehia, Ali M

    2015-01-01

    Simultaneous determination of Dimenhydrinate (DIM) and Cinnarizine (CIN) binary mixture with simple procedures were applied. Three ratio manipulating spectrophotometric methods were proposed. Normalized spectrum was utilized as a divisor for simultaneous determination of both drugs with minimum manipulation steps. The proposed methods were simultaneous constant center (SCC), simultaneous derivative ratio spectrophotometry (S(1)DD) and ratio H-point standard addition method (RHPSAM). Peak amplitudes at isoabsorptive point in ratio spectra were measured for determination of total concentrations of DIM and CIN. For subsequent determination of DIM concentration, difference between peak amplitudes at 250 nm and 267 nm were used in SCC. While the peak amplitude at 275 nm of the first derivative ratio spectra were used in S(1)DD; then subtraction of DIM concentration from the total one provided the CIN concentration. The last RHPSAM was a dual wavelength method in which two calibrations were plotted at 220 nm and 230 nm. The coordinates of intersection point between the two calibration lines were corresponding to DIM and CIN concentrations. The proposed methods were successfully applied for combined dosage form analysis, Moreover statistical comparison between the proposed and reported spectrophotometric methods was applied. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  19. Technology selection for ballast water treatment by multi-stakeholders: A multi-attribute decision analysis approach based on the combined weights and extension theory.

    PubMed

    Ren, Jingzheng

    2018-01-01

    This objective of this study is to develop a generic multi-attribute decision analysis framework for ranking the technologies for ballast water treatment and determine their grades. An evaluation criteria system consisting of eight criteria in four categories was used to evaluate the technologies for ballast water treatment. The Best-Worst method, which is a subjective weighting method and Criteria importance through inter-criteria correlation method, which is an objective weighting method, were combined to determine the weights of the evaluation criteria. The extension theory was employed to prioritize the technologies for ballast water treatment and determine their grades. An illustrative case including four technologies for ballast water treatment, i.e. Alfa Laval (T 1 ), Hyde (T 2 ), Unitor (T 3 ), and NaOH (T 4 ), were studied by the proposed method, and the Hyde (T 2 ) was recognized as the best technology. Sensitivity analysis was also carried to investigate the effects of the combined coefficients and the weights of the evaluation criteria on the final priority order of the four technologies for ballast water treatment. The sum weighted method and the TOPSIS was also employed to rank the four technologies, and the results determined by these two methods are consistent to that determined by the proposed method in this study. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  20. Comparison of Chemical Extraction Methods for Determination of Soil Potassium in Different Soil Types

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zebec, V.; Rastija, D.; Lončarić, Z.; Bensa, A.; Popović, B.; Ivezić, V.

    2017-12-01

    Determining potassium supply of soil plays an important role in intensive crop production, since it is the basis for balancing nutrients and issuing fertilizer recommendations for achieving high and stable yields within economic feasibility. The aim of this study was to compare the different extraction methods of soil potassium from arable horizon of different types of soils with ammonium lactate method (KAL), which is frequently used as analytical method for determining the accessibility of nutrients and it is a common method used for issuing fertilizer recommendations in many Europe countries. In addition to the ammonium lactate method (KAL, pH 3.75), potassium was extracted with ammonium acetate (KAA, pH 7), ammonium acetate ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (KAAEDTA, pH 4.6), Bray (KBRAY, pH 2.6) and with barium chloride (K_{BaCl_2 }, pH 8.1). The analyzed soils were extremely heterogeneous with a wide range of determined values. Soil pH reaction ( {pH_{H_2 O} } ) ranged from 4.77 to 8.75, organic matter content ranged from 1.87 to 4.94% and clay content from 8.03 to 37.07%. In relation to KAL method as the standard method, K_{BaCl_2 } method extracts 12.9% more on average of soil potassium, while in relation to standard method, on average KAA extracts 5.3%, KAAEDTA 10.3%, and KBRAY 27.5% less of potassium. Comparison of analyzed extraction methods of potassium from the soil is of high precision, and most reliable comparison was KAL method with KAAEDTA, followed by a: KAA, K_{BaCl_2 } and KBRAY method. Extremely significant statistical correlation between different extractive methods for determining potassium in the soil indicates that any of the methods can be used to accurately predict the concentration of potassium in the soil, and that carried out research can be used to create prediction model for concentration of potassium based on different methods of extraction.

  1. Structure and physics of solar faculae

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pecker, J.-C.; Dumont, S.; Mouradian, Z.

    1992-04-01

    The optical depths of layers in the chromosphere-corona transition (CCT) zone, which is responsible for resolved structures in CII, CIII, OIV, and OVI lines, were determined using a new method that takes into account the effect of roughness (or local departures from sphericity) of the emitting layers in the CCT zone. The method allows determination of the angle alpha typical of the roughness (in case of availability of resolved data) and the two optical depths tau-1 and tau-2. It is shown that, even in unresolved cases, the new method gives a more realistic determination of the optical depths than previously determined.

  2. Determination of triclosan in antiperspirant gels by first-order derivative spectrophotometry.

    PubMed

    Du, Lina; Li, Miao; Jin, Yiguang

    2011-10-01

    A first-order derivative UV spectrophotometric method was developed to determine triclosan, a broad-spectrum antimicrobial agent, in health care products containing fragrances which could interfere the determination as impurities. Different extraction methods were compared. Triclosan was extracted with chloroform and diluted with ethanol followed by the derivative spectrophotometric measurement. The interference of fragrances was completely eliminated. The calibration graph was found to be linear in the range of 7.5-45 microg x mL(-1). The method is simple, rapid, sensitive and proper to determine triclosan in fragrance-containing health care products.

  3. Data and statistical summaries of background concentrations of metals in soils and streambed sediments in part of Big Soos Creek drainage basin, King County, Washington

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Prych, E.A.; Kresch, D.L.; Ebbert, J.C.; Turney, G.L.

    1995-01-01

    Twenty-nine soil samples from 14 holes at 9 sites in part of the Big Soos Creek drainage basin in southwest King County, Washington, were collected and analyzed to obtain data on the magnitude and variability of background concentrations of metals in soils. Seven streambed-sediment samples and three streamwater samples from three sites also were collected and analyzed. These data are needed by regulating government agencies to determine if soils at sites of suspected contamination have elevated concentrations of metals, and to evaluate the effectiveness of remediation at sites with known contamination. Concentrations of 43 metals were determined by a total method, and concentrations of 17 metals were determined by a total-recoverable method and two different leaching methods. Metals analyzed for by all methods included most of those on the U.S. Environmental Protection agency list of priority pollutants, plus alluminum, iron, and manganese. Ranges of concentrations of metals determined by the total method are within ranges found by others for the conterminous United States. Concentrations of mercury, manganese, phosphorus, lead, selenium, antimony, and zinc as determined by the total method, and of some of these plus other metals as determined by the other methods were larger in shallow soil (less than 12 inches deep) than in deep soil (greater than 12 inches). Concentrations of metals in streambed sediments were more typical of shallow than deep soils.

  4. A convenient method for determination of quizalofop-p-ethyl based on the fluorescence quenching of eosin Y in the presence of Pd(II)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wu, Huan; Zhao, Yanmei; Tan, Xuanping; Zeng, Xiaoqing; Guo, Yuan; Yang, Jidong

    2017-03-01

    A convenient fluorescence quenching method for determination of Quizalofop-p-ethyl(Qpe) was proposed in this paper. Eosin Y(EY) is a red dye with strong green fluorescence (λex/λem = 519/540 nm). The interaction between EY, Pd(II) and Qpe was investigated by fluorescence spectroscopy, resonance Rayleigh scattering(RRS) and UV-Vis absorption. Based on changes in spectrum, Pd(II) associated with Qpe giving a positively charged chelate firstly, then reacted with EY through electrostatic and hydrophobic interaction formed ternary chelate could be demonstrated. Under optimum conditions, the fluorescence intensity of EY could be quenched by Qpe in the presence of Pd(II) and the RRS intensity had a remarkable enhancement, which was directly proportional to the Qpe concentration within a certain concentration range, respectively. Based on the fluorescence quenching of EY-Pd(II) system by Qpe, a novel, convenient and specific method for Qpe determination was developed. To our knowledge, this is the first fluorescence method for determination of Qpe was reported. The detection limit for Qpe was 20.3 ng/mL and the quantitative determination range was 0.04-1.0 μg/mL. The method was highly sensitive and had larger detection range compared to other methods. The influence of coexisting substances was investigated with good anti-interference ability. The new analytical method has been applied to determine of Qpe in real samples with satisfactory results.

  5. Comparison of biuret and refractometry methods for the serum total proteins measurement in ruminants.

    PubMed

    Katsoulos, Panagiotis D; Athanasiou, Labrini V; Karatzia, Maria A; Giadinis, Nektarios; Karatzias, Harilaos; Boscos, Constantin; Polizopoulou, Zoe S

    2017-12-01

    Determination of serum total protein concentration is commonly performed by the biuret method. Refractometric measurement is a faster and less expensive alternative but its accuracy has not been determined in ruminants. The purpose of the study was to compare the serum total protein concentrations in cattle, sheep, and goats measured by the biuret method with those obtained by refractometry. Serum total protein concentration was determined in 120 cattle, 67 sheep, and 58 goat blood samples refractometrically and with the biuret method. The data were analyzed with a paired samples t-test, and Passing and Bablok regression equations and Bland and Altman plots were generated. There was a strong linear relationship between the total protein values determined with the refractometer and the biuret method in cattle, sheep, and goats. The statistical accuracy, which represents a bias correction factor that measures the deviation of the best-fit line from the 45° line through the origin, was 90.63% for cattle, 93.05% for sheep, and 91.76% for goats. The mean protein values determined with the refractometer were significantly lower than those measured with the biuret method in cattle and goats (P < .05) but not in sheep (P > .05). The evaluated refractometer was sufficiently accurate for the determination of serum total proteins in cattle, sheep, and goats, although it cannot be used interchangeably with the biuret method. The RIs should be corrected for negative bias based on the created equations. © 2017 American Society for Veterinary Clinical Pathology.

  6. METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE STABILITY OF FLUOROCARBON IOLS

    DOEpatents

    Sheldon, Z.D.; Haendler, H.M.

    1959-07-21

    A method of determining the stability of a fluorocarbon oil to uranium hexafluoride is presented. The method comprises reacting a weighed sample of the oil with condensed uranium hexafluoride in a reaction zone and titrating the amount of uranium tetrafluoride produced with potassium dichromate.

  7. DEVELOPMENT OF AN ELECTROSPRAY MASS SPECTROMETRIC METHOD FOR DETERMINING PERCHLORATE IN FERTILIZERS

    EPA Science Inventory

    An electrospray mass spectrometric method has been developed for application to agricultural and horticultural fertilizers to determine perchlorate. After fertilizers are leached or dissolved in water, the method relies on the formation of stable ion pair complex of the perchlor...

  8. Historical Development of Asphalt Content Determination by the Ignition Method

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    1996-01-01

    This study was conducted to develop a reliable, detailed test procedure for determining asphalt cement (AC) content by the ignition method. The goal was to minimize the overall test time as well as technician time, and to produce a test method with a...

  9. Determining distinct circuit in complete graphs using permutation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Karim, Sharmila; Ibrahim, Haslinda; Darus, Maizon Mohd

    2017-11-01

    A Half Butterfly Method (HBM) is a method introduced to construct the distinct circuits in complete graphs where used the concept of isomorphism. The Half Butterfly Method was applied in the field of combinatorics such as in listing permutations of n elements. However the method of determining distinct circuit using HBM for n > 4 is become tedious. Thus, in this paper, we present the method of generating distinct circuit using permutation.

  10. 40 CFR Appendix B to Part 136 - Definition and Procedure for the Determination of the Method Detection Limit-Revision 1.11

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... calculated method detection limit. To insure that the estimate of the method detection limit is a good...) where: MDL = the method detection limit t(n-1,1- α=.99) = the students' t value appropriate for a 99... Determination of the Method Detection Limit-Revision 1.11 B Appendix B to Part 136 Protection of Environment...

  11. An approximate Riemann solver for thermal and chemical nonequilibrium flows

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Prabhu, Ramadas K.

    1994-01-01

    Among the many methods available for the determination of inviscid fluxes across a surface of discontinuity, the flux-difference-splitting technique that employs Roe-averaged variables has been used extensively by the CFD community because of its simplicity and its ability to capture shocks exactly. This method, originally developed for perfect gas flows, has since been extended to equilibrium as well as nonequilibrium flows. Determination of the Roe-averaged variables for the case of a perfect gas flow is a simple task; however, for thermal and chemical nonequilibrium flows, some of the variables are not uniquely defined. Methods available in the literature to determine these variables seem to lack sound bases. The present paper describes a simple, yet accurate, method to determine all the variables for nonequilibrium flows in the Roe-average state. The basis for this method is the requirement that the Roe-averaged variables form a consistent set of thermodynamic variables. The present method satisfies the requirement that the square of the speed of sound be positive.

  12. Validation Study on a Rapid Method for Simultaneous Determination of Pesticide Residues in Vegetables and Fruits by LC-MS/MS.

    PubMed

    Sato, Tamaki; Miyamoto, Iori; Uemura, Masako; Nakatani, Tadashi; Kakutani, Naoya; Yamano, Tetsuo

    2016-01-01

    A validation study was carried out on a rapid method for the simultaneous determination of pesticide residues in vegetables and fruits by LC-MS/MS. Preparation of the test solution was performed by a solid-phase extraction technique with QuEChERS (STQ method). Pesticide residues were extracted with acetonitrile using a homogenizer, followed by salting-out and dehydration at the same time. The acetonitrile layer was purified with C18 and PSA mini-columns. The method was assessed for 130 pesticide residues in 14 kinds of vegetables and fruits at the concentration level of 0.01 μg/g according to the method validation guideline of the Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare of Japan. As a result 75 to 120 pesticide residues were determined satisfactorily in the tested samples. Thus, this method could be useful for a rapid and simultaneous determination of multi-class pesticide residues in various vegetables and fruits.

  13. The Determination of Sugars in Dairy Products: Development of a New Standard Method for the International Dairy Federation and the Internal Organization for Standardization.

    PubMed

    Sanders, Peter; Ernste-Nota, Veronica; Visser, Klaas; van Soest, Jeroen; Brunt, Kommer

    2017-09-01

    A method using high-performance anion-exchange chromatography (HPAEC) with a pulsed amperometric detector (PAD) for the determination of mono- and disaccharides is described. The method was accepted by the International Dairy Federation and the Internal Organization for Standardization as a new work item for the determination of sugars in dairy matrixes, and the Milk and Milk Products technical committee of ISO/TC 34/SC 5 accepted the topic "Milk and milk products - Determination of the sugar contents - High-performance anion-exchange chromatographic method (HPAEC-PAD)" as a new work item. The proposed method consists of an aqueous ethanol extraction of the sugars in the dairy sample, followed by clarification with Carrez I and II reagents. The clarified filtrate is diluted and then directly introduced in the HPAEC-PAD system for quantification of the sugars. A single-laboratory validation of the proposed method has been scheduled for spring 2017.

  14. Stability-indicating spectrophotometric methods for determination of the anticoagulant drug apixaban in the presence of its hydrolytic degradation product

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tantawy, Mahmoud A.; El-Ragehy, Nariman A.; Hassan, Nagiba Y.; Abdelkawy, Mohamed

    2016-04-01

    Apixaban (a novel anticoagulant agent) was subjected to a stress stability study including acid, alkali, oxidative, photolytic, and thermal degradation. The drug was found to be only liable to acidic and alkaline hydrolysis. The degradation product was then isolated and identified by IR and GC-mass spectrometry. Four spectrophotometric methods, namely; first derivative (D1), derivative ratio (DR), ratio difference (RD) and mean centering of ratio spectra (MCR), have been suggested for the determination of apixaban in presence of its hydrolytic degradation product. The proposed methods do not require any preliminary separation step. The accuracy, precision and linearity ranges of the proposed methods were determined, and the methods were validated as per ICH guidelines and the specificity was assessed by analyzing synthetic mixtures containing different percentages of the degradation product with the drug. The developed methods were successfully applied for the determination of apixaban in bulk powder and its tablet dosage form.

  15. Stability-indicating spectrophotometric methods for determination of the anticoagulant drug apixaban in the presence of its hydrolytic degradation product.

    PubMed

    Tantawy, Mahmoud A; El-Ragehy, Nariman A; Hassan, Nagiba Y; Abdelkawy, Mohamed

    2016-04-15

    Apixaban (a novel anticoagulant agent) was subjected to a stress stability study including acid, alkali, oxidative, photolytic, and thermal degradation. The drug was found to be only liable to acidic and alkaline hydrolysis. The degradation product was then isolated and identified by IR and GC-mass spectrometry. Four spectrophotometric methods, namely; first derivative (D(1)), derivative ratio (DR), ratio difference (RD) and mean centering of ratio spectra (MCR), have been suggested for the determination of apixaban in presence of its hydrolytic degradation product. The proposed methods do not require any preliminary separation step. The accuracy, precision and linearity ranges of the proposed methods were determined, and the methods were validated as per ICH guidelines and the specificity was assessed by analyzing synthetic mixtures containing different percentages of the degradation product with the drug. The developed methods were successfully applied for the determination of apixaban in bulk powder and its tablet dosage form. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  16. Simultaneous determination of eight water-soluble vitamins in supplemented foods by liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Zafra-Gómez, Alberto; Garballo, Antonio; Morales, Juan C; García-Ayuso, Luis E

    2006-06-28

    A fast, simple, and reliable method for the isolation and determination of the vitamins thiamin, riboflavin, niacin, pantothenic acid, pyridoxine, folic acid, cyanocobalamin, and ascorbic acid in food samples is proposed. The most relevant advantages of the proposed method are the simultaneous determination of the eight more common vitamins in enriched food products and a reduction of the time required for quantitative extraction, because the method consists merely of the addition of a precipitation solution and centrifugation of the sample. Furthermore, this method saves a substantial amount of reagents as compared with official methods, and minimal sample manipulation is achieved due to the few steps required. The chromatographic separation is carried out on a reverse phase C18 column, and the vitamins are detected at different wavelengths by either fluorescence or UV-visible detection. The proposed method was applied to the determination of water-soluble vitamins in supplemented milk, infant nutrition products, and milk powder certified reference material (CRM 421, BCR) with recoveries ranging from 90 to 100%.

  17. HPTLC Method for the Determination of Paracetamol, Pseudoephedrine and Loratidine in Tablets and Human Plasma

    PubMed Central

    Farid, Nehal Fayek; Abdelaleem, Eglal A.

    2016-01-01

    A sensitive, accurate and selective high performance thin layer chromatography (HPTLC) method was developed and validated for the simultaneous determination of paracetamol (PAR), its toxic impurity 4-aminophenol (4-AP), pseudoephedrine HCl (PSH) and loratidine (LOR). The proposed chromatographic method has been developed using HPTLC aluminum plates precoated with silica gel 60 F254 using acetone–hexane–ammonia (4:5:0.1, by volume) as a developing system followed by densitometric measurement at 254 nm for PAR, 4-AP and LOR, while PSH was scanned at 208 nm. System suitability testing parameters were calculated to ascertain the quality performance of the developed chromatographic method. The method was validated with respect to USP guidelines regarding accuracy, precision and specificity. The method was successfully applied for the determination of PAR, PSH and LOR in ATSHI® tablets. The three drugs were also determined in plasma by applying the proposed method in the ranges of 0.5–6 µg/band, 1.6–12 µg/band and 0.4–2 µg/band for PAR, PSH and LOR, respectively. The results obtained by the proposed method were compared with those obtained by a reported HPLC method, and there was no significance difference between both methods regarding accuracy and precision. PMID:26762956

  18. Spectrophotometric determination of some anti-tussive and anti-spasmodic drugs through ion-pair complex formation with thiocyanate and cobalt(II) or molybdenum(V)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    El-Shiekh, Ragaa; Zahran, Faten; El-Fetouh Gouda, Ayman Abou

    2007-04-01

    Two rapid, simple and sensitive extractive specrophotometric methods has been developed for the determination of anti-tussive drugs, e.g., dextromethorphan hydrobromide (DEX) and pipazethate hydrochloride (PiCl) and anti-spasmodic drugs, e.g., drotaverine hydrochloride (DvCl) and trimebutine maleate (TM) in bulk and in their pharmaceutical formulations. The proposed methods depend upon the reaction of cobalt(II)-thiocyanate (method A) and molybdenum(V)-thiocyanate ions (method B) with the cited drugs to form stable ion-pair complexes which extractable with an n-butnol-dichloromethane solvent mixture (3.5:6.5) and methylene chloride for methods A and B, respectively. The blue and orange red color complexes are determined either colorimetrically at λmax 625 nm (using method A) and 467 or 470 nm for (DEX and PiCl) or (DvCl and TM), respectively (using method B). The concentration range is 20-400 and 2.5-50 μg mL -1 for methods A and B, respectively. The proposed method was successfully applied for the determination of the studied drugs in pure and in pharmaceutical formulations applying the standard additions technique and the results obtained in good agreement well with those obtained by the official method.

  19. Uncertainty evaluation of mass values determined by electronic balances in analytical chemistry: a new method to correct for air buoyancy.

    PubMed

    Wunderli, S; Fortunato, G; Reichmuth, A; Richard, Ph

    2003-06-01

    A new method to correct for the largest systematic influence in mass determination-air buoyancy-is outlined. A full description of the most relevant influence parameters is given and the combined measurement uncertainty is evaluated according to the ISO-GUM approach [1]. A new correction method for air buoyancy using an artefact is presented. This method has the advantage that only a mass artefact is used to correct for air buoyancy. The classical approach demands the determination of the air density and therefore suitable equipment to measure at least the air temperature, the air pressure and the relative air humidity within the demanded uncertainties (i.e. three independent measurement tasks have to be performed simultaneously). The calculated uncertainty is lower for the classical method. However a field laboratory may not always be in possession of fully traceable measurement systems for these room climatic parameters.A comparison of three approaches applied to the calculation of the combined uncertainty of mass values is presented. Namely the classical determination of air buoyancy, the artefact method, and the neglecting of this systematic effect as proposed in the new EURACHEM/CITAC guide [2]. The artefact method is suitable for high-precision measurement in analytical chemistry and especially for the production of certified reference materials, reference values and analytical chemical reference materials. The method could also be used either for volume determination of solids or for air density measurement by an independent method.

  20. Method of Controlling Steering of a Ground Vehicle

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Guo, Raymond (Inventor); Atluri, Venkata Prasad (Inventor); Bluethmann, William J. (Inventor); Lee, Chunhao J. (Inventor); Vitale, Robert L. (Inventor); Dawson, Andrew D. (Inventor)

    2016-01-01

    A method of controlling steering of a vehicle through setting wheel angles of a plurality of modular electronic corner assemblies (eModules) is provided. The method includes receiving a driving mode selected from a mode selection menu. A position of a steering input device is determined in a master controller. A velocity of the vehicle is determined, in the master controller, when the determined position of the steering input device is near center. A drive mode request corresponding to the selected driving mode to the plurality of steering controllers is transmitted to the master controller. A required steering angle of each of the plurality of eModules is determined, in the master controller, as a function of the determined position of the steering input device, the determined velocity of the vehicle, and the selected first driving mode. The eModules are set to the respective determined steering angles.

  1. Dietary fibre fractions in cereal foods measured by a new integrated AOAC method.

    PubMed

    Hollmann, Juergen; Themeier, Heinz; Neese, Ursula; Lindhauer, Meinolf G

    2013-10-01

    The reliable determination of soluble, insoluble and total dietary fibre in baked goods and cereal flours is an important issue for research, nutritional labelling and marketing. We compared total dietary fibre (TDF) contents of selected cereal based foods determined by AOAC Method 991.43 and the new AOAC Method 2009.01. Fifteen bread and bakery products were included in the study. Our results showed that TDF values of cereal products determined by AOAC Method 2009.01 were always significantly higher than those determined by AOAC Method 991.43. This was explained by the inclusion of low molecular weight soluble fibre fractions and resistant starch fractions in the TDF measurement by AOAC 2009.01. This documents that nutritional labelling of cereal products poses the challenge how to update TDF data in nutrient databases in a reasonable time with an acceptable expenditure. Copyright © 2013. Published by Elsevier Ltd.

  2. Determination of fluoride in oxides with the fluoride-ion activity electrode.

    PubMed

    Peters, M A; Ladd, D M

    1971-07-01

    The application of the fluoride-ion activity electrode to the determination of fluoride in various samples has been studied. Samples are decomposed by fusion and the fluoride concentration is determined by a standard-addition or a direct method. The standard-addition method is unsuitable, owing to a positive bias. The direct method, however, is rapid, accurate and precise. The fluoride content of exploration ores, fluorspar, opal glass, phosphate rock and various production samples, has been successfully determined. The success of the direct method depends on the effectiveness of the system used to buffer pH and ionic strength and complex possible interferences (Al(3+), Ca(2+), Fe(3+)). The effect of interferences has been studied and found to be minimal. The procedures are rapid and accurate and may be substituted for the traditional Willard and Winter or pyro hydrolysis methods, with considerable saving of time.

  3. Field and laboratory determination of a poly(vinyl/vinylidene chloride) additive in brick mortar.

    PubMed

    Law, S L; Newman, J H; Ptak, F L

    1990-02-01

    A polymerized vinyl/vinylidene chloride additive, used in brick mortar during the 60s and 70s, is detected at the building site by the field method, which employs a commercially available chloride test strip. The field test results can then be verified by the laboratory methods. In one method, total chlorine in the mortar is determined by an oxygen-bomb method and the additive chloride is determined by difference after water-soluble chlorides have been determined on a separate sample. In the second method, the polymerized additive is extracted directly from the mortar with tetrahydrofuran (THF). The difference in weight before and after extraction of the additive gives the weight of additive in the mortar. Evaporation of the THF from the extract leaves a thin film of the polymer, which gives an infrared "fingerprint" spectrum characteristic of the additive polymer.

  4. [Determination of protein by CdS quantum dot fluorometry].

    PubMed

    Hu, Wei-Ping; Jiao, Man; Dong, Xue-Zhi; Wang, Xin

    2011-02-01

    Determination of protein content by fluorometry was carried out. In this experiment, CdS quantum dots (QDs) that have special spectral properties were prepared with sodium hexametaphosphate as stabilizer and mercapto acetic acid as modifier by hydrothermal synthesis method. Based on the increase in fluorescence intensity after CdS reacted with bovine serum albumin (BSA), a new method for the determination of protein was established. Results show that the fluorescence intensity of system has a good linear relationship with the concentration of BSA in the range of 0.001 43-0.250 mg x mL(-1), and the linear equation was F = 5 444.301 03 + 43.327 39c, relation coefficient (r) was 0.996 6, the limit of detection was 0.001 4 mg x mL(-1). The method has been used for the determination of protein in milk and egg, and compared with the standard method (biuret method), and the results were satisfactory.

  5. [Simultaneous determination of trace amounts of zinc, cadmium, lead and copper by the method of anodic voltammetry using factor experimental design].

    PubMed

    Koen, E

    1975-01-01

    Using the method of factor planning of the experiment, the author studies and demonstrates the influence exerted by the potential and time of electrolysis, and by the concentration of the background and elements on the heights of anodal peaks upon simultaneous determination of zinc, cadmium, lead and copper microconcentrations. On the ground of statistical elaboration of the results, the optimal condition for polarographic determination through anodal voltamperometry are outlined. According to the cyclic voltametry method, the electrod processes reversibility for zinc, cadmium and lead, as well as the incomplete reversibility for copper are established; the number of electrons participating in the electrochemical reaction are found using the method of gas coulometry. The possibility of simultaneous determination of the four elements' ultramicroconcentrations after the method of voltamperometry with enrichment is proved. The standard deviation is in the range 3.02 to 4.9.

  6. Comparison of the acetyl bromide spectrophotometric method with other analytical lignin methods for determining lignin concentration in forage samples.

    PubMed

    Fukushima, Romualdo S; Hatfield, Ronald D

    2004-06-16

    Present analytical methods to quantify lignin in herbaceous plants are not totally satisfactory. A spectrophotometric method, acetyl bromide soluble lignin (ABSL), has been employed to determine lignin concentration in a range of plant materials. In this work, lignin extracted with acidic dioxane was used to develop standard curves and to calculate the derived linear regression equation (slope equals absorptivity value or extinction coefficient) for determining the lignin concentration of respective cell wall samples. This procedure yielded lignin values that were different from those obtained with Klason lignin, acid detergent acid insoluble lignin, or permanganate lignin procedures. Correlations with in vitro dry matter or cell wall digestibility of samples were highest with data from the spectrophotometric technique. The ABSL method employing as standard lignin extracted with acidic dioxane has the potential to be employed as an analytical method to determine lignin concentration in a range of forage materials. It may be useful in developing a quick and easy method to predict in vitro digestibility on the basis of the total lignin content of a sample.

  7. Novel spectrophotometric methods for simultaneous determination of timolol and dorzolamide in their binary mixture.

    PubMed

    Lotfy, Hayam Mahmoud; Hegazy, Maha A; Rezk, Mamdouh R; Omran, Yasmin Rostom

    2014-05-21

    Two smart and novel spectrophotometric methods namely; absorbance subtraction (AS) and amplitude modulation (AM) were developed and validated for the determination of a binary mixture of timolol maleate (TIM) and dorzolamide hydrochloride (DOR) in presence of benzalkonium chloride without prior separation, using unified regression equation. Additionally, simple, specific, accurate and precise spectrophotometric methods manipulating ratio spectra were developed and validated for simultaneous determination of the binary mixture namely; simultaneous ratio subtraction (SRS), ratio difference (RD), ratio subtraction (RS) coupled with extended ratio subtraction (EXRS), constant multiplication method (CM) and mean centering of ratio spectra (MCR). The proposed spectrophotometric procedures do not require any separation steps. Accuracy, precision and linearity ranges of the proposed methods were determined and the specificity was assessed by analyzing synthetic mixtures of both drugs. They were applied to their pharmaceutical formulation and the results obtained were statistically compared to that of a reported spectrophotometric method. The statistical comparison showed that there is no significant difference between the proposed methods and the reported one regarding both accuracy and precision. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  8. Modified Extraction-Free Ion-Pair Methods for the Determination of Flunarizine Dihydrochloride in Bulk Drug, Tablets, and Human Urine

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Prashanth, K. N.; Basavaiah, K.

    2018-01-01

    Two simple and sensitive extraction-free spectrophotometric methods are described for the determination of flunarizine dihydrochloride. The methods are based on the ion-pair complex formation between the nitrogenous compound flunarizine (FNZ), converted from flunarizine dihydrochloride (FNH), and the acidic dye phenol red (PR), in which experimental variables were circumvented. The first method (method A) is based on the formation of a yellow-colored ion-pair complex (1:1 drug:dye) between FNZ and PR in chloroform, which is measured at 415 nm. In the second method (method B), the formed drug-dye ion-pair complex is treated with ethanolic potassium hydroxide in an ethanolic medium, and the resulting base form of the dye is measured at 580 nm. The stoichiometry of the formed ion-pair complex between the drug and dye (1:1) is determined by Job's continuous variations method, and the stability constant of the complex is also calculated. These methods quantify FNZ over the concentration ranges 5.0-70.0 in method A and 0.5-7.0 μg/mL in method B. The calculated molar absorptivities are 6.17 × 103 and 5.5 × 104 L/mol·cm-1 for method A and method B, respectively, with corresponding Sandell sensitivity values of 0.0655 and 0.0074 μg/cm2. The methods are applied to the determination of FNZ in pure drug and human urine.

  9. Determine the Compressive Strength of Calcium Silicate Bricks by Combined Nondestructive Method

    PubMed Central

    2014-01-01

    The paper deals with the application of combined nondestructive method for assessment of compressive strength of calcium silicate bricks. In this case, it is a combination of the rebound hammer method and ultrasonic pulse method. Calibration relationships for determining compressive strength of calcium silicate bricks obtained from nondestructive parameter testing for the combined method as well as for the L-type Schmidt rebound hammer and ultrasonic pulse method are quoted here. Calibration relationships are known for their close correlation and are applicable in practice. The highest correlation between parameters from nondestructive measurement and predicted compressive strength is obtained using the SonReb combined nondestructive method. Combined nondestructive SonReb method was proved applicable for determination of compressive strength of calcium silicate bricks at checking tests in a production plant and for evaluation of bricks built in existing masonry structures. PMID:25276864

  10. Utility of N-Bromosuccinimide for the Titrimetric and Spectrophotometric Determination of Famotidine in Pharmaceutical Formulations

    PubMed Central

    Zenita, O.; Basavaiah, K.

    2011-01-01

    Two titrimetric and two spectrophotometric methods are described for the assay of famotidine (FMT) in tablets using N-bromosuccinimide (NBS). The first titrimetric method is direct in which FMT is titrated directly with NBS in HCl medium using methyl orange as indicator (method A). The remaining three methods are indirect in which the unreacted NBS is determined after the complete reaction between FMT and NBS by iodometric back titration (method B) or by reacting with a fixed amount of either indigo carmine (method C) or neutral red (method D). The method A and method B are applicable over the range of 2–9 mg and 1–7 mg, respectively. In spectrophotometric methods, Beer's law is obeyed over the concentration ranges of 0.75–6.0 μg mL−1 (method C) and 0.3–3.0 μg mL−1 (method D). The applicability of the developed methods was demonstrated by the determination of FMT in pure drug as well as in tablets. PMID:21760785

  11. 40 CFR 60.285 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... determine compliance with the particulate matter standards in § 60.282(a) (1) and (3) as follows: (1) Method 5 shall be used to determine the particulate matter concentration. The sampling time and sample... opacity. (c) The owner or operator shall determine compliance with the particular matter standard in § 60...

  12. 40 CFR 60.285 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... determine compliance with the particulate matter standards in § 60.282(a) (1) and (3) as follows: (1) Method 5 shall be used to determine the particulate matter concentration. The sampling time and sample... opacity. (c) The owner or operator shall determine compliance with the particular matter standard in § 60...

  13. 40 CFR 60.285 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... determine compliance with the particulate matter standards in § 60.282(a) (1) and (3) as follows: (1) Method 5 shall be used to determine the particulate matter concentration. The sampling time and sample... opacity. (c) The owner or operator shall determine compliance with the particular matter standard in § 60...

  14. 40 CFR 60.285 - Test methods and procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... determine compliance with the particulate matter standards in § 60.282(a) (1) and (3) as follows: (1) Method 5 shall be used to determine the particulate matter concentration. The sampling time and sample... opacity. (c) The owner or operator shall determine compliance with the particular matter standard in § 60...

  15. Non-invasive method of measuring cerebral spinal fluid pressure

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Borchert, Mark S. (Inventor); Lambert, James L. (Inventor)

    2000-01-01

    The invention provides a method of non-invasively determining intracranial pressure from measurements of an eye. A parameter of an optic nerve of the eye is determined, along with an intraocular pressure of the eye. The intracranial pressure may be determined from the intraocular pressure and the parameter.

  16. Method and system for determining formation porosity

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Pittman, R.W.; Hermes, C.E.

    1977-12-27

    The invention discloses a method and/or system for measuring formation porosity from drilling response. It involves measuring a number of drilling parameters and includes determination of tooth dullness as well as determining a reference torque empirically. One of the drilling parameters is the torque applied to the drill string.

  17. Method 445.0 In Vitro Determination of Chlorophyll a and Pheophytin ain Marine and Freshwater Algae by Fluorescence

    EPA Science Inventory

    This method provides a procedure for low level determination of chlorophyll a (chl a) and its magnesium free derivative, pheophytin a (pheo a), in marine and freshwater phytoplankton using fluorescence detection.(1,2) Phaeophorbides present in the sample are determined collective...

  18. [Atomic absorption in mercury determination by "Julia-2" analyzer and urine mercury level in children of Moscow suburbs].

    PubMed

    Pavlovskaia, N A; Vagina, E N; Stepanova, E V

    2000-01-01

    The authors report on atomic absorption method determining mercury in urine. Being sensitive, with lower determination threshold of 10 nmole/l and correctness of 95.5%, the method was tested on children living in two districts of Moscow suburb.

  19. Determination of adsorption isotherms of chlorinated hydrocarbons on halloysite adsorbent by inverse gas chromatography.

    PubMed

    Czech, K; Słomkiewicz, P M

    2013-05-03

    Inverse gas chromatographic methods of isotherm determination peak maximum (PM) and peak division (PD) were compared. These methods were applied to determine adsorption isotherms of dichloroethylene, trichloroethylene and tetrachloroethylene on acid-activated halloysite and adsorption enthalpy. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  20. Novel spectrophotometric methods for simultaneous determination of Amlodipine, Valsartan and Hydrochlorothiazide in their ternary mixture

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lotfy, Hayam M.; Hegazy, Maha A.; Mowaka, Shereen; Mohamed, Ekram Hany

    2015-04-01

    This work represents a comparative study of two smart spectrophotometric techniques namely; successive resolution and progressive resolution for the simultaneous determination of ternary mixtures of Amlodipine (AML), Hydrochlorothiazide (HCT) and Valsartan (VAL) without prior separation steps. These techniques consist of several consecutive steps utilizing zero and/or ratio and/or derivative spectra. By applying successive spectrum subtraction coupled with constant multiplication method, the proposed drugs were obtained in their zero order absorption spectra and determined at their maxima 237.6 nm, 270.5 nm and 250 nm for AML, HCT and VAL, respectively; while by applying successive derivative subtraction they were obtained in their first derivative spectra and determined at P230.8-246, P261.4-278.2, P233.7-246.8 for AML, HCT and VAL respectively. While in the progressive resolution, the concentrations of the components were determined progressively from the same zero order absorption spectrum using absorbance subtraction coupled with absorptivity factor methods or from the same ratio spectrum using only one divisor via amplitude modulation method can be used for the determination of ternary mixtures using only one divisor where the concentrations of the components are determined progressively. The proposed methods were checked using laboratory-prepared mixtures and were successfully applied for the analysis of pharmaceutical formulation containing the cited drugs. Moreover comparative study between spectrum addition technique as a novel enrichment technique and a well established one namely spiking technique was adopted for the analysis of pharmaceutical formulations containing low concentration of AML. The methods were validated as per ICH guidelines where accuracy, precision and specificity were found to be within their acceptable limits. The results obtained from the proposed methods were statistically compared with the reported one where no significant difference was observed.

  1. Spectrophotometric Method for the Determination of Two Coformulated Drugs with Highly Different Concentrations. Application on Vildagliptin and Metformin Hydrochloride

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zaazaa, H. E.; Elzanfaly, E. S.; Soudi, A. T.; Salem, M. Y.

    2016-03-01

    A new smart simple validated spectrophotometric method was developed for the determination of two drugs one of which is in a very low concentration compared to the other. The method is based on spiking and dilution then simple mathematical manipulation of the absorbance spectra. This method was applied for the determination of a binary mixture of vildagliptin and metformin hydrochloride in the ratio 50:850 in laboratory prepared mixtures containing both drugs in this ratio and in pharmaceutical dosage form with good recoveries. The developed method was validated according to ICH guidelines and can be used for routine quality control testing.

  2. Comparison of Phenoldisulfonic Acid, Nondispersive Infrared, and Saltzman methods for the determination of oxides of nitrogen in automotive exhaust

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Fisher, G.E.; Huls, T.A.

    1970-10-01

    The Saltzman, Phenoldisulfonic Acid and Nondispersive Infrared methods have been compared for the determination of oxides of nitrogen in automobile exhaust. The main purpose of this investigation was to determine whether the Nondispersive Infrared method could be used as a possible replacement for the Saltzman method. Results show that the Nondispersive Infrared analyzer can be used to measure NO/sub x/ in exhaust gases with advantages over both the Saltzman and Phenoldisulfonic Acid methods. These advantages include simplicity, speed, less complicated analytical technique, and the fact that it is better adapted to be carried out by technicians at the test site.

  3. Landsat-4 (TDRSS-user) orbit determination using batch least-squares and sequential methods

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Oza, D. H.; Jones, T. L.; Hakimi, M.; Samii, M. V.; Doll, C. E.; Mistretta, G. D.; Hart, R. C.

    1992-01-01

    TDRSS user orbit determination is analyzed using a batch least-squares method and a sequential estimation method. It was found that in the batch least-squares method analysis, the orbit determination consistency for Landsat-4, which was heavily tracked by TDRSS during January 1991, was about 4 meters in the rms overlap comparisons and about 6 meters in the maximum position differences in overlap comparisons. The consistency was about 10 to 30 meters in the 3 sigma state error covariance function in the sequential method analysis. As a measure of consistency, the first residual of each pass was within the 3 sigma bound in the residual space.

  4. A noninvasive, direct real-time PCR method for sex determination in multiple avian species

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Brubaker, Jessica L.; Karouna-Renier, Natalie K.; Chen, Yu; Jenko, Kathryn; Sprague, Daniel T.; Henry, Paula F.P.

    2011-01-01

    Polymerase chain reaction (PCR)-based methods to determine the sex of birds are well established and have seen few modifications since they were first introduced in the 1990s. Although these methods allowed for sex determination in species that were previously difficult to analyse, they were not conducive to high-throughput analysis because of the laboriousness of DNA extraction and gel electrophoresis. We developed a high-throughput real-time PCR-based method for analysis of sex in birds, which uses noninvasive sample collection and avoids DNA extraction and gel electrophoresis.

  5. A Method for Determining Pseudo-measurement State Values for Topology Observability of State Estimation in Power Systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Urano, Shoichi; Mori, Hiroyuki

    This paper proposes a new technique for determining of state values in power systems. Recently, it is useful for carrying out state estimation with data of PMU (Phasor Measurement Unit). The authors have developed a method for determining state values with artificial neural network (ANN) considering topology observability in power systems. ANN has advantage to approximate nonlinear functions with high precision. The method evaluates pseudo-measurement state values of the data which are lost in power systems. The method is successfully applied to the IEEE 14-bus system.

  6. Voltage transfer function as an optical method to characterize electrical properties of liquid crystal devices.

    PubMed

    Bateman, J; Proctor, M; Buchnev, O; Podoliak, N; D'Alessandro, G; Kaczmarek, M

    2014-07-01

    The voltage transfer function is a rapid and visually effective method to determine the electrical response of liquid crystal (LC) systems using optical measurements. This method relies on crosspolarized intensity measurements as a function of the frequency and amplitude of the voltage applied to the device. Coupled with a mathematical model of the device it can be used to determine the device time constants and electrical properties. We validate the method using photorefractive LC cells and determine the main time constants and the voltage dropped across the layers using a simple nonlinear filter model.

  7. Search automation of the generalized method of device operational characteristics improvement

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Petrova, I. Yu; Puchkova, A. A.; Zaripova, V. M.

    2017-01-01

    The article presents brief results of analysis of existing search methods of the closest patents, which can be applied to determine generalized methods of device operational characteristics improvement. There were observed the most widespread clustering algorithms and metrics for determining the proximity degree between two documents. The article proposes the technique of generalized methods determination; it has two implementation variants and consists of 7 steps. This technique has been implemented in the “Patents search” subsystem of the “Intellect” system. Also the article gives an example of the use of the proposed technique.

  8. Establishment of analysis method for methane detection by gas chromatography

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Xinyuan; Yang, Jie; Ye, Tianyi; Han, Zeyu

    2018-02-01

    The study focused on the establishment of analysis method for methane determination by gas chromatography. Methane was detected by hydrogen flame ionization detector, and the quantitative relationship was determined by working curve of y=2041.2x+2187 with correlation coefficient of 0.9979. The relative standard deviation of 2.60-6.33% and the recovery rate of 96.36%∼105.89% were obtained during the parallel determination of standard gas. This method was not quite suitable for biogas content analysis because methane content in biogas would be over the measurement range in this method.

  9. The method of characteristics for the determination of supersonic flow over bodies of revolution at small angles of attack

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ferri, Antonio

    1951-01-01

    The method of characteristics has been applied for the determination of the supersonic-flow properties around bodies of revolution at a small angle of attack. The system developed considers the effect of the variation of entropy due to the curved shock and determines a flow that exactly satisfies the boundary conditions in the limits of the simplifications assumed. Two practical methods for numerical calculations are given. (author)

  10. Method of determining elastic and plastic mechanical properties of ceramic materials using spherical indenters

    DOEpatents

    Adler, Thomas A.

    1996-01-01

    The invention pertains a method of determining elastic and plastic mechanical properties of ceramics, intermetallics, metals, plastics and other hard, brittle materials which fracture prior to plastically deforming when loads are applied. Elastic and plastic mechanical properties of ceramic materials are determined using spherical indenters. The method is most useful for measuring and calculating the plastic and elastic deformation of hard, brittle materials with low values of elastic modulus to hardness.

  11. Method of Analysis for Determining and Correcting Mirror Deformation due to Gravity

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2014-01-01

    obtainable. 1.3 Description of As-Built Beam Compressor Assembly The as-built beam compressor assembly consists of primary and secondary Zerodur ® mirrors held...Method of analysis for determining and correcting mirror deformation due to gravity James H. Clark, III F. Ernesto, Penado Downloaded From: http...00-00-2014 4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE Method of analysis for determining and correcting mirror deformation due to gravity 5a. CONTRACT NUMBER 5b. GRANT

  12. Development of Modern Methods for Determination of Stabilizers in Propellants

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1996-04-01

    powder will! . gtve information Jbout the history of this powder and an indication of its future: usefulness. In othdrs words, the determination of...been excluded in Tables I and II. According to Table I, in order to develop an HPLC method for DPA-stabilized powders , the products that should be... powders were determined by each country using its own HPLC method . The results are given in Table XVI. As indicated, the agreement between the two

  13. Spectrophotometric simultaneous determination of Rabeprazole Sodium and Itopride Hydrochloride in capsule dosage form

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sabnis, Shweta S.; Dhavale, Nilesh D.; Jadhav, Vijay. Y.; Gandhi, Santosh V.

    2008-03-01

    A new simple, economical, rapid, precise and accurate method for simultaneous determination of rabeprazole sodium and itopride hydrochloride in capsule dosage form has been developed. The method is based on ratio spectra derivative spectrophotometry. The amplitudes in the first derivative of the corresponding ratio spectra at 231 nm (minima) and 260 nm were selected to determine rabeprazole sodium and itopride hydrochloride, respectively. The method was validated with respect to linearity, precision and accuracy.

  14. Spectrophotometric simultaneous determination of rabeprazole sodium and itopride hydrochloride in capsule dosage form.

    PubMed

    Sabnis, Shweta S; Dhavale, Nilesh D; Jadhav, Vijay Y; Gandhi, Santosh V

    2008-03-01

    A new simple, economical, rapid, precise and accurate method for simultaneous determination of rabeprazole sodium and itopride hydrochloride in capsule dosage form has been developed. The method is based on ratio spectra derivative spectrophotometry. The amplitudes in the first derivative of the corresponding ratio spectra at 231nm (minima) and 260nm were selected to determine rabeprazole sodium and itopride hydrochloride, respectively. The method was validated with respect to linearity, precision and accuracy.

  15. GFAAS determination of selenium in infant formulas using a microwave digestion method.

    PubMed

    Alegria, A; Barbera, R; Farré, R; Moreno, A

    1994-01-01

    A method for determining the selenium content of infant formulas is proposed. It includes wet digestion with nitric acid and hydrogen peroxide in medium pressure teflon bombs in a microwave oven and determination by graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometry (GFAAS). The absence of interferences is checked. Values obtained for the limit of detection (19.4 ng/g), precision (RSD = 2.2%) and accuracy by analysis of a reference material show that the method is reliable.

  16. Determining postural stability

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Forth, Katharine E. (Inventor); Paloski, William H. (Inventor); Lieberman, Erez (Inventor)

    2011-01-01

    A method for determining postural stability of a person can include acquiring a plurality of pressure data points over a period of time from at least one pressure sensor. The method can also include the step of identifying a postural state for each pressure data point to generate a plurality of postural states. The method can include the step of determining a postural state of the person at a point in time based on at least the plurality of postural states.

  17. Determination of MIL-H-6083 Hydraulic Fluid In-Service Use Limits for Self-Propelled Artillery

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1991-09-01

    determined using the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D1744 Karl Fischer Reagent method . The specification limit is 0.05% (500 pans per...cazefully controlled. TOTAL ACID NUMBER The acid number was determined by the ASTM D664 potentiometric titration test method . Unfortunately, data were...fluid condition t results with AOAP tent date was found. The Navy Patch Kit method for particle contamination meamrement was evaluated as a possible

  18. Determination of antitrypsin activity on agar plates: relationship between antitrypsin and biological value of soybean for trout.

    PubMed

    Sandholm, M; Smith, R R; Shih, J C; Scott, M L

    1976-06-01

    A new method is described for determination of antitrypsin activity based on inhibition of trypsin solubilization of calcium caseinate in agar plates. The method was applied to analyze soybeans after graded heat treatments for their antitrypsin content. Biological determination of protein and energy values of the soybean samples showed direct correlation of these values with the destruction of antitrypsin as measured by the new method, using rainbow trout.

  19. Improving agreement between static method and dynamic formula for driven cast-in-place piles.

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    2013-06-01

    This study focuses on comparing the capacities and lengths of piling necessary as determined with a static method and with a dynamic formula. Pile capacities and their required lengths are determined two ways: 1) using a design and computed method, s...

  20. Advances in spectroscopic methods for quantifying soil carbon

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    The gold standard for soil C determination is combustion. However, this method requires expensive consumables, is limited to the determination of the total carbon and in the number of samples which can be processed (~100/d). With increased interest in soil C sequestration, faster methods are needed....

  1. A method for the quantitative determination of crystalline phases by X-ray

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Petzenhauser, I.; Jaeger, P.

    1988-01-01

    A mineral analysis method is described for rapid quantitative determination of crystalline substances in those cases in which the sample is present in pure form or in a mixture of known composition. With this method there is no need for prior chemical analysis.

  2. Fundamental solution of the problem of linear programming and method of its determination

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Petrunin, S. V.

    1978-01-01

    The idea of a fundamental solution to a problem in linear programming is introduced. A method of determining the fundamental solution and of applying this method to the solution of a problem in linear programming is proposed. Numerical examples are cited.

  3. Determining Directions of Ultrasound in Solids

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Generazio, Edward R.; Roth, Don J.

    1987-01-01

    Ultrasound shadows cast by grooves. Improved method for determining direction of ultrasound in materials is shadow method using Scanning laser acoustic microscopy (SLAM). Direction of ultrasound calculated from dimensions of groove and portion of surface groove shields from ultrasound. Method has variety of applications in nontraditional quality-control applications.

  4. EVALUATION OF ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR DETERMINING PESTICIDES IN BABY FOOD AND ADULT DUPLICATE-DIET SAMPLES

    EPA Science Inventory

    Determinations of pesticides in food are often complicated by the presence of fats and require multiple cleanup steps before analysis. Cost-effective analytical methods are needed for conducting large-scale exposure studies. We examined two extraction methods, supercritical flu...

  5. A shock spectra and impedance method to determine a bound for spacecraft structural loads

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bamford, R.; Trubert, M.

    1974-01-01

    A method to determine a bound of structural loads for a spacecraft mounted on a launch vehicle is developed. The method utilizes the interface shock spectra and the relative impedance of the spacecraft and launch vehicle. The method is developed for single-degree-of-freedom models and then generalized to multidegree-of-freedom models.

  6. A novel method for rapid determination of total solid content in viscous liquids by multiple headspace extraction gas chromatography.

    PubMed

    Xin, Li-Ping; Chai, Xin-Sheng; Hu, Hui-Chao; Barnes, Donald G

    2014-09-05

    This work demonstrates a novel method for rapid determination of total solid content in viscous liquid (polymer-enriched) samples. The method is based multiple headspace extraction gas chromatography (MHE-GC) on a headspace vial at a temperature above boiling point of water. Thus, the trend of water loss from the tested liquid due to evaporation can be followed. With the limited MHE-GC testing (e.g., 5 extractions) and a one-point calibration procedure (i.e., recording the weight difference before and after analysis), the total amount of water in the sample can be determined, from which the total solid contents in the liquid can be calculated. A number of black liquors were analyzed by the new method which yielded results that closely matched those of the reference method; i.e., the results of these two methods differed by no more than 2.3%. Compared with the reference method, the MHE-GC method is much simpler and more practical. Therefore, it is suitable for the rapid determination of the solid content in many polymer-containing liquid samples. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  7. Determination of alcohol and extract concentration in beer samples using a combined method of near-infrared (NIR) spectroscopy and refractometry.

    PubMed

    Castritius, Stefan; Kron, Alexander; Schäfer, Thomas; Rädle, Matthias; Harms, Diedrich

    2010-12-22

    A new approach of combination of near-infrared (NIR) spectroscopy and refractometry was developed in this work to determine the concentration of alcohol and real extract in various beer samples. A partial least-squares (PLS) regression, as multivariate calibration method, was used to evaluate the correlation between the data of spectroscopy/refractometry and alcohol/extract concentration. This multivariate combination of spectroscopy and refractometry enhanced the precision in the determination of alcohol, compared to single spectroscopy measurements, due to the effect of high extract concentration on the spectral data, especially of nonalcoholic beer samples. For NIR calibration, two mathematical pretreatments (first-order derivation and linear baseline correction) were applied to eliminate light scattering effects. A sample grouping of the refractometry data was also applied to increase the accuracy of the determined concentration. The root mean squared errors of validation (RMSEV) of the validation process concerning alcohol and extract concentration were 0.23 Mas% (method A), 0.12 Mas% (method B), and 0.19 Mas% (method C) and 0.11 Mas% (method A), 0.11 Mas% (method B), and 0.11 Mas% (method C), respectively.

  8. Simultaneous Spectrophotometric Determination of Elbasvir and Grazoprevir in a Pharmaceutical Preparation.

    PubMed

    Attia, Khalid A M; El-Abasawi, Nasr M; El-Olemy, Ahmed; Abdelazim, Ahmed H

    2018-03-01

    Three UV spectrophotometric methods have been developed for the simultaneous determination of two new Food and Drug Administration-approved drugs, elbasvir (EBV) and grazoprevir (GRV), in their combined pharmaceutical dosage form. These methods include dual wavelength (DW), classic least-squares (CLS), and principal component regression (PCR). To achieve the DW method, two wavelengths were chosen for each drug in a way to ensure the difference in absorbance was zero from one drug to the other. GRV revealed equal absorbance at 351 and 315 nm, for which the distinctions in absorbance were measured for the determination of EBV. In the same way, distinctions in absorbance at 375 and 334.5 nm were measured for the determination of GRV. Alternatively, the CLS and PCR models were applied to the spectra analysis because the synchronous inclusion of many unreal wavelengths rather than using a single wavelength greatly increased the precision and predictive ability of the methods. The proposed methods were successfully applied to the assay of these drugs in their pharmaceutical formulation. The obtained results were statistically compared with manufacturing methods. The results conclude that there was no significant difference between the proposed methods and the manufacturing method with respect to accuracy and precision.

  9. Validated derivative and ratio derivative spectrophotometric methods for the simultaneous determination of levocetirizine dihydrochloride and ambroxol hydrochloride in pharmaceutical dosage form

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ali, Omnia I. M.; Ismail, Nahla S.; Elgohary, Rasha M.

    2016-01-01

    Three simple, precise, accurate and validated derivative spectrophotometric methods have been developed for the simultaneous determination of levocetirizine dihydrochloride (LCD) and ambroxol hydrochloride (ABH) in bulk powder and in pharmaceutical formulations. The first method is a first derivative spectrophotometric method (1D) using a zero-crossing technique of measurement at 210.4 nm for LCD and at 220.0 nm for ABH. The second method employs a second derivative spectrophotometry (2D) where the measurements were carried out at 242.0 and 224.4 nm for LCD and ABH, respectively. In the third method, the first derivative of the ratio spectra was calculated and the first derivative of the ratio amplitudes at 222.8 and 247.2 nm was selected for the determination of LCD and ABH, respectively. Calibration graphs were established in the ranges of 1.0-20.0 μg mL- 1 for LCD and 4.0-20.0 μg mL- 1 for ABH using derivative and ratio first derivative spectrophotometric methods with good correlation coefficients. The developed methods have been successfully applied to the simultaneous determination of both drugs in commercial tablet dosage form.

  10. Spectrophotometric methods for the determination of urea in real samples using silver nanoparticles by standard addition and 2nd order derivative methods

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ali, Nauman; Ismail, Muhammad; Khan, Adnan; Khan, Hamayun; Haider, Sajjad; Kamal, Tahseen

    2018-01-01

    In this work, we have developed simple, sensitive and inexpensive methods for the spectrophotometric determination of urea in urine samples using silver nanoparticles (AgNPs). The standard addition and 2nd order derivative methods were adopted for this purpose. AgNPs were prepared by chemical reduction of AgNO3 with hydrazine using 1,3-di-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)-2-propanol (DIPO) as a stabilizing agent in aqueous medium. The proposed methods were based on the complexation of AgNPs with urea. Using this concept, urea in the urine samples was successfully determined spectrophotometric methods. The results showed high percent recovery with ± RSD. The recoveries of urea in the three urine samples by spectrophotometric standard addition were 99.2% ± 5.37, 96.3% ± 4.49, 104.88% ± 4.99 and that of spectrophotometric 2nd order derivative method were 115.3% ± 5.2, 103.4% ± 2.6, 105.93% ± 0.76. The results show that these methods can open doors for a potential role of AgNPs in the clinical determination of urea in urine, blood, biological, non-biological fluids.

  11. Saturated fluorescence method for determination of atomic transition probabilities: Application to the Ar i 430.0-nm (1s4-3p8) transition and the lifetime determination of the upper level

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hirabayashi, A.; Okuda, S.; Nambu, Y.; Fujimoto, T.

    1987-01-01

    We have developed a new method for determination of atomic transition probabilities based on laser-induced-fluorescence spectroscopy (LIFS). In the method one produces a known population of atoms in the upper level under investigation and relates it to an observed absolute line intensity. We have applied this method to the argon 430.0-nm line (1s4-3p8): In an argon discharge plasma the 1s5-level population and spatial distribution are determined by the self-absorption method combined with LIFS under conditions where the 3p8-level population is much lower than that of the 1s5 level. When intense laser light of 419.1 nm (1s5-3p8) irradiates the plasma and saturates the 3p8-level population, the produced 3p8-level population and its alignment can be determined from the 1s5-level parameters as determined above, by solving the master equation on the basis of broad-line excitation. By comparing the observed absolute fluorescence intensity of the 430.0-nm line with the above population, we have determined the transition probability to be A=(3.94+/-0.60)×105 s-1. We also determined the 3p8-level lifetime by LIFS. Several factors which might affect the measurement are discussed. The result is τ=127+/-10 ns.

  12. Concrete Mixing Methods and Concrete Mixers: State of the Art

    PubMed Central

    Ferraris, Chiara F.

    2001-01-01

    As for all materials, the performance of concrete is determined by its microstructure. Its microstructure is determined by its composition, its curing conditions, and also by the mixing method and mixer conditions used to process the concrete. This paper gives an overview of the various types of mixing methods and concrete mixers commercially available used by the concrete industry. There are two main types of mixers used: batch mixers and continuous mixers. Batch mixers are the most common. To determine the mixing method best suited for a specific application, factors to be considered include: location of the construction site (distance from the batching plant), the amount of concrete needed, the construction schedule (volume of concrete needed per hour), and the cost. Ultimately, the quality of the concrete produced determines its performance after placement. An important measure of the quality is the homogeneity of the material after mixing. This paper will review mixing methods in regards to the quality of the concrete produced. Some procedures used to determine the effectiveness of the mixing will be examined. PMID:27500029

  13. Optical wavelength selection for portable hemoglobin determination by near-infrared spectroscopy method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tian, Han; Li, Ming; Wang, Yue; Sheng, Dinggao; Liu, Jun; Zhang, Linna

    2017-11-01

    Hemoglobin concentration is commonly used in clinical medicine to diagnose anemia, identify bleeding, and manage red blood cell transfusions. The golden standard method for determining hemoglobin concentration in blood requires reagent. Spectral methods were advantageous at fast and non-reagent measurement. However, model calibration with full spectrum is time-consuming. Moreover, it is necessary to use a few variables considering size and cost of instrumentation, especially for a portable biomedical instrument. This study presents different wavelength selection methods for optical wavelengths for total hemoglobin concentration determination in whole blood. The results showed that modelling using only two wavelengths combination (1143 nm, 1298 nm) can keep on the fine predictability with full spectrum. It appears that the proper selection of optical wavelengths can be more effective than using the whole spectra for determination hemoglobin in whole blood. We also discussed the influence of water absorptivity on the wavelength selection. This research provides valuable references for designing portable NIR instruments determining hemoglobin concentration, and may provide some experience for noninvasive hemoglobin measurement by NIR methods.

  14. Method and apparatus for determining material structural integrity

    DOEpatents

    Pechersky, M.J.

    1994-01-01

    Disclosed are a nondestructive method and apparatus for determining the structural integrity of materials by combining laser vibrometry with damping analysis to determine the damping loss factor. The method comprises the steps of vibrating the area being tested over a known frequency range and measuring vibrational force and velocity vs time over the known frequency range. Vibrational velocity is preferably measured by a laser vibrometer. Measurement of the vibrational force depends on the vibration method: if an electromagnetic coil is used to vibrate a magnet secured to the area being tested, then the vibrational force is determined by the coil current. If a reciprocating transducer is used, the vibrational force is determined by a force gauge in the transducer. Using vibrational analysis, a plot of the drive point mobility of the material over the preselected frequency range is generated from the vibrational force and velocity data. Damping loss factor is derived from a plot of the drive point mobility over the preselected frequency range using the resonance dwell method and compared with a reference damping loss factor for structural integrity evaluation.

  15. Inulin determination for food labeling.

    PubMed

    Zuleta, A; Sambucetti, M E

    2001-10-01

    Inulin and oligofructose exhibit valuable nutritional and functional attributes, so they are used as supplements as soluble fiber or as macronutrient substitutes. As classic analytical methods for dietary fiber measurement are not effective, several specific methods have been proposed. These methods measure total fructans and are based on one or more enzymatic sample treatments and determination of released sugars. To determine inulin for labeling purposes, we developed an easy and rapid anion-exchange high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) method following water extraction of inulin. HPLC conditions included an Aminex HPX- 87C column (Bio-Rad), deionized water at 85 degrees C as the mobile phase and a refractive index detector. The tested foods included tailor-made food products containing known amounts of inulin and commercial products (cookies, milk, ice creams, cheese, and cereal bars). The average recovery was 97%, and the coefficient of variation ranged from 1.1 to 5% in the food matrixes. The obtained results showed that this method provides an easier, faster and cheaper alternative than previous techniques for determining inulin with enough accuracy and precision for routine labeling purposes by direct determination of inulin by HPLC with refractive index detection.

  16. A colorimetric method for the determination of carboxyhaemoglobin over a wide range of concentrations

    PubMed Central

    Trinder, P.; Harper, F. E.

    1962-01-01

    A colorimetric technique for the determination of carboxyhaemoglobin in blood is described. Carbon monoxide released from blood in a standard Conway unit reacts with palladous chloride/arsenomolybdate solution to produce a blue colour. Using 0·5 to 2 ml. of blood, the method will estimate carboxyhaemoglobin accurately at levels from 0·1% to 100% of total haemoglobin and in the presence of other abnormal pigments. A number of methods are available for the determination of carboxyhaemoglobin; none is accurate below a concentration of 1·5 g. carboxyhaemoglobin per 100 ml. but for most clinical purposes this is not important. For forensic purposes and occasionally in clinical use, an accurate determination of carboxyhaemoglobin below 750 mg. per 100 ml. may be required and no really satisfactory method is at present available. Some time ago when it was important to know whether a person who was found dead in a burning house had died before or after the fire had started, we became interested in developing a method which would determine accurately carboxyhaemoglobin at levels of 750 mg. per 100 ml. PMID:13922505

  17. Quantitative determination of zopiclone and its impurity by four different spectrophotometric methods.

    PubMed

    Abdelrahman, Maha M; Naguib, Ibrahim A; El Ghobashy, Mohamed R; Ali, Nesma A

    2015-02-25

    Four simple, sensitive and selective spectrophotometric methods are presented for determination of Zopiclone (ZPC) and its impurity, one of its degradation products, namely; 2-amino-5-chloropyridine (ACP). Method A is a dual wavelength spectrophotometry; where two wavelengths (252 and 301 nm for ZPC, and 238 and 261 nm for ACP) were selected for each component in such a way that difference in absorbance is zero for the second one. Method B is isoabsorptive ratio method by combining the isoabsorptive point (259.8 nm) in the ratio spectrum using ACP as a divisor and the ratio difference for a single step determination of both components. Method C is third derivative (D(3)) spectrophotometric method which allows determination of both ZPC at 283.6 nm and ACP at 251.6 nm without interference of each other. Method D is based on measuring the peak amplitude of the first derivative of the ratio spectra (DD(1)) at 263.2 nm for ZPC and 252 nm for ACP. The suggested methods were validated according to ICH guidelines and can be applied for routine analysis in quality control laboratories. Statistical analysis of the results obtained from the proposed methods and those obtained from the reported method has been carried out revealing high accuracy and good precision. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  18. Spectrophotometric Determination of Rifampicin in Bulk Drug and Pharmaceutical Formulations Based on Redox and Complexation Reactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Swamy, N.; Basavaiah, K.

    2017-09-01

    Two spectrophotometric methods were developed and validated for the determination of rifampicin (RIF) in bulk form, formulations, and spiked human urine. The first method is based on the reduction of the Folin-Ciocalteu (FC) reagent by RIF to form a blue colored chromogen with λmax at 760 nm (the FCR method). In the second method, iron(III) is reduced by RIF in a neutral medium, and the resulting iron(II) is complexed with ferricyanide to form a Prussian blue peaking at 750 nm (the FFC method). Under optimum conditions, Beer's law enabled the determination of the drug in the concentration ranges 1-35 and 2.5-50 μg/mL with apparent molar absorptivities of 2.72 × 104 and 1.63×104 L/(mol × cm) for the FCR and FFC methods, respectively. The Sandell sensitivity, limits of detection (LOD), and quantification (LOQ) values were also reported for both methods. The precision of the methods, with % RSD of < 2%, was satisfactory, and the accuracy was higher than 2% (RE). The proposed methods were successfully applied to the determination of drug in capsules without interference from common additives and spiked human urine without interference from endogenous substances. A statistical analysis indicated that there was no significant difference between the results obtained by the developed methods and the official method.

  19. Over/Undervoltage and Undervoltage Shift of Hybrid Islanding Detection Method of Distributed Generation

    PubMed Central

    Premrudeepreechacharn, Suttichai

    2015-01-01

    The mainly used local islanding detection methods may be classified as active and passive methods. Passive methods do not perturb the system but they have larger nondetection zones, whereas active methods have smaller nondetection zones but they perturb the system. In this paper, a new hybrid method is proposed to solve this problem. An over/undervoltage (passive method) has been used to initiate an undervoltage shift (active method), which changes the undervoltage shift of inverter, when the passive method cannot have a clear discrimination between islanding and other events in the system. Simulation results on MATLAB/SIMULINK show that over/undervoltage and undervoltage shifts of hybrid islanding detection method are very effective because they can determine anti-islanding condition very fast. ΔP/P > 38.41% could determine anti-islanding condition within 0.04 s; ΔP/P < −24.39% could determine anti-islanding condition within 0.04 s; −24.39% ≤ ΔP/P ≤ 38.41% could determine anti-islanding condition within 0.08 s. This method perturbed the system, only in the case of −24.39% ≤ ΔP/P ≤ 38.41% at which the control system of inverter injected a signal of undervoltage shift as necessary to check if the occurrence condition was an islanding condition or not. PMID:25879064

  20. [Free crystalline silica: a comparison of methods for its determination in total dust].

    PubMed

    Maciejewska, Aleksandra; Szadkowska-Stańczyk, Irena; Kondratowicz, Grzegorz

    2005-01-01

    The major objective of the study was to compare and investigate the usefulness of quantitative analyses of free crystalline silica (FCS) in the assessment of dust exposure in samples of total dust of varied composition, using three methods: chemical method in common use in Poland; infrared spectrometry; and x-ray powder diffraction. Mineral composition and FCS contents were investigated in 9 laboratory samples of raw materials, materials, and industrial wastes, containing from about 2 to over 80% of crystalline silica and reduced to particles of size corresponding with that of total dust. Sample components were identified using XRD and FT-IR methods. Ten independent determinations of FCS with each of the three study methods were performed in dust samples. An analysis of linear correlation was applied to investigate interrelationship between mean FCS determinations. In analyzed dust samples, along with silica dust there were numerous minerals interfering with silica during the quantitative analysis. Comparison of mean results of FCS determinations showed that the results obtained using the FT-IR method were by 12-13% lower than those obtained with two other methods. However, the differences observed were within the limits of changeability of results associated with their precision and dependence on reference materials used. Assessment of occupational exposure to dusts containing crystalline silica can be performed on the basis of quantitative analysis of FCS in total dusts using each of the compared methods. The FT-IR method is most appropriate for the FCS determination in samples of small amount of silica or collected at low dust concentrations; the XRD method for the analysis of multicomponent samples; and the chemical method in the case of medium and high FCS contents in samples or high concentrations of dusts in the work environment.

  1. Method and apparatus for reliable inter-antenna baseline determination

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wilson, John M. (Inventor)

    2001-01-01

    Disclosed is a method for inter-antenna baseline determination that uses an antenna configuration comprising a pair of relatively closely spaced antennas and other pairs of distant antennas. The closely spaced pair provides a short baseline having an integer ambiguity that may be searched exhaustively to identify the correct set of integers. This baseline is then used as a priori information to aid the determination of longer baselines that, once determined, may be used for accurate run time attitude determination.

  2. Systems and methods for mirror mounting with minimized distortion

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Antonille, Scott R. (Inventor); Wallace, Thomas E. (Inventor); Content, David A. (Inventor); Wake, Shane W. (Inventor)

    2012-01-01

    A method for mounting a mirror for use in a telescope includes attaching the mirror to a plurality of adjustable mounts; determining a distortion in the mirror caused by the plurality adjustable mounts, and, if the distortion is determined to be above a predetermined level: adjusting one or more of the adjustable mounts; and determining the distortion in the mirror caused by the adjustable mounts; and in the event the determined distortion is determined to be at or below the predetermined level, rigidizing the adjustable mounts.

  3. Astronomical Distance Determination in the Space Age. Secondary Distance Indicators

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Czerny, Bożena; Beaton, Rachael; Bejger, Michał; Cackett, Edward; Dall'Ora, Massimo; Holanda, R. F. L.; Jensen, Joseph B.; Jha, Saurabh W.; Lusso, Elisabeta; Minezaki, Takeo; Risaliti, Guido; Salaris, Maurizio; Toonen, Silvia; Yoshii, Yuzuru

    2018-02-01

    The formal division of the distance indicators into primary and secondary leads to difficulties in description of methods which can actually be used in two ways: with, and without the support of the other methods for scaling. Thus instead of concentrating on the scaling requirement we concentrate on all methods of distance determination to extragalactic sources which are designated, at least formally, to use for individual sources. Among those, the Supernovae Ia is clearly the leader due to its enormous success in determination of the expansion rate of the Universe. However, new methods are rapidly developing, and there is also a progress in more traditional methods. We give a general overview of the methods but we mostly concentrate on the most recent developments in each field, and future expectations.

  4. Ultrasensitive surveillance of sensors and processes

    DOEpatents

    Wegerich, Stephan W.; Jarman, Kristin K.; Gross, Kenneth C.

    2001-01-01

    A method and apparatus for monitoring a source of data for determining an operating state of a working system. The method includes determining a sensor (or source of data) arrangement associated with monitoring the source of data for a system, activating a method for performing a sequential probability ratio test if the data source includes a single data (sensor) source, activating a second method for performing a regression sequential possibility ratio testing procedure if the arrangement includes a pair of sensors (data sources) with signals which are linearly or non-linearly related; activating a third method for performing a bounded angle ratio test procedure if the sensor arrangement includes multiple sensors and utilizing at least one of the first, second and third methods to accumulate sensor signals and determining the operating state of the system.

  5. Ultrasensitive surveillance of sensors and processes

    DOEpatents

    Wegerich, Stephan W.; Jarman, Kristin K.; Gross, Kenneth C.

    1999-01-01

    A method and apparatus for monitoring a source of data for determining an operating state of a working system. The method includes determining a sensor (or source of data) arrangement associated with monitoring the source of data for a system, activating a method for performing a sequential probability ratio test if the data source includes a single data (sensor) source, activating a second method for performing a regression sequential possibility ratio testing procedure if the arrangement includes a pair of sensors (data sources) with signals which are linearly or non-linearly related; activating a third method for performing a bounded angle ratio test procedure if the sensor arrangement includes multiple sensors and utilizing at least one of the first, second and third methods to accumulate sensor signals and determining the operating state of the system.

  6. Indirect spectrophotometric determination of sodium ceftriaxone with n-propyl alcohol-ammonium sulfate-water system by extraction flotation of copper(II).

    PubMed

    Zhao, Wei; Zhang, Yan; Li, Quanmin

    2008-05-01

    Although the determination methods of sodium ceftriaxone has been increasingly reported, these methods have their inherent limits preventing them from being broadly applied in common laboratories. In order to circumvent this problem, a rapid and simple method for the indirect spectrophotometric determination of sodium ceftriaxone is reported. Sodium ceftriaxone was degraded completely in the presence of 0.20 mol/l sodium hydroxide in boiling water bath for 20 min. The thiol group (-SH) of the degradation product (I) of sodium ceftriaxone could reduce cupric to cuprous ions, and the resulting which was precipitated with the thiol group (-SH) of the degradation product (II) at pH 4.0. By determining the residual amount of copper (II), the indirect determination of sodium ceftriaxone can be achieved. Standard curve of sodium ceftriaxone versus the flotation yield of copper(II) showed that sodium ceftriaxone could be determined in low concentrations. The linear range of sodium ceftriaxone was 0.70-32 microg/ml and the detection limit evaluated by calibration curve (3sigma/k) was found to be 0.60 microg/ml. A simple and efficient method was developed and it has been successfully applied to the determination of sodium ceftriaxone in human serum and urine samples, respectively. It is expected that this method will find broad applications in the detection of cephalosporin derivatives with similar structure.

  7. Determination of D-saccharic acid-1,4-lactone from brewed kombucha broth by high-performance capillary electrophoresis.

    PubMed

    Wang, Kan; Gan, Xuhua; Tang, Xinyun; Wang, Shuo; Tan, Huarong

    2010-02-01

    Kombucha is a health tonic. D-saccharic acid-1,4-lactone (DSL), a component of kombucha, inhibits the activity of glucuronidase, an enzyme indirectly related with cancers. To date, there is no efficient method to determine the content of DSL in kombucha samples. In this paper, we report a rapid and simple method for the separation and determination of DSL in kombucha samples, using the high-performance capillary electrophoresis (HPCE) method with diode array detection (DAD). With optimized conditions, DSL can be separated in a 50 cm length capillary at a separation voltage of 20 kV in 40 mmol/L borax buffer (pH 6.5) containing 30 mmol/L SDS and 15% methanol (v/v). Quantitative evaluation of DSL was determined by ultraviolet absorption at lambda=190 nm. The relationship between the peak areas and the DSL concentrations, in a specified working range with linear response, was determined by first-order polynomial regression over the range 50-1500 microg/mL with a detection limit of 17.5 microg/mL. Our method demonstrated excellent reproducibility and accuracy with relative standard deviations (RSD) of less than 5% DSL content (n=5). This is the first report to determine DSL by HPCE. We have successfully applied this method to determine DSL in kombucha samples in various fermented conditions. 2009 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  8. Rapid determination of chromium(VI) in electroplating waste water by use of a spectrophotometric flow injection system.

    PubMed

    Yuan, Dong; Fu, Dayou; Wang, Rong; Yuan, Jigang

    2008-11-01

    A new rapid and sensitive FI method is reported for spectrophotometric determination of trace chromium(VI) in electroplating waste water. The method is based on the reaction of Cr(VI) with sodium diphenylamine sulfonate (DPH) in acidic medium to form a purple complex (lambda(max) = 550 nm). Under the optimized conditions, the calibration curve is linear in the range 0.04-3.8 microg ml(-1) at a sampling rate of 30 h(-1). The detection limit of the method is 0.0217 microg ml(-1), and the relative standard deviation is 1.1% for eight determinations of 2 microg ml(-1) Cr(VI). The proposed method was applied to the determination of chromium in electroplating waste water with satisfactory results.

  9. Preconcentration of Sn (II) using the methylene blue on the activated carbon and its determination by spectrophotometry method.

    PubMed

    Khodadoust, Saeid; Cham Kouri, Narges

    2014-04-05

    A simple and accurate spectrophotometric method for determination of trace amounts of Sn (II) ion in soil sample was developed by using the methylene blue (MB) in the presence of activated carbon (AC) as the adsorbent Solid Phase Extraction (SPE) of Sn (II) and then determined by UV-Vis. The Beer's law is obeyed over the concentration range of 1-80ngmL(-1) of Sn (II) with the detection limits of 0.34ngmL(-1). The influence of type and volume of eluent, concentration of MB, pH, and amount of AC on sensitivity of spectrophotometric method were optimized. The method has been successfully applied for Sn (II) ion determination in soil sample. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  10. Structural determination of intact proteins using mass spectrometry

    DOEpatents

    Kruppa, Gary [San Francisco, CA; Schoeniger, Joseph S [Oakland, CA; Young, Malin M [Livermore, CA

    2008-05-06

    The present invention relates to novel methods of determining the sequence and structure of proteins. Specifically, the present invention allows for the analysis of intact proteins within a mass spectrometer. Therefore, preparatory separations need not be performed prior to introducing a protein sample into the mass spectrometer. Also disclosed herein are new instrumental developments for enhancing the signal from the desired modified proteins, methods for producing controlled protein fragments in the mass spectrometer, eliminating complex microseparations, and protein preparatory chemical steps necessary for cross-linking based protein structure determination.Additionally, the preferred method of the present invention involves the determination of protein structures utilizing a top-down analysis of protein structures to search for covalent modifications. In the preferred method, intact proteins are ionized and fragmented within the mass spectrometer.

  11. [Study on rapid determination and analysis of rocket kerosene by near infrared spectrum and chemometrics].

    PubMed

    Xia, Ben-Li; Cong, Ji-Xin; Li, Xia; Wang, Xuan-Jun

    2011-06-01

    The rocket kerosene quality properties such as density, distillation range, viscosity and iodine value were successfully measured based on their near-infrared spectrum (NIRS) and chemometrics. In the present paper, more than 70 rocket kerosene samples were determined by near infrared spectrum, the models were built using the partial least squares method within the appropriate wavelength range. The correlation coefficients (R2) of every rocket kerosene's quality properties ranged from 0.862 to 0.999. Ten unknown samples were determined with the model, and the result showed that the prediction accuracy of near infrared spectrum method accords with standard analysis requirements. The new method is well suitable for replacing the traditional standard method to rapidly determine the properties of the rocket kerosene.

  12. METHOD DEVELOPMENT FOR THE DETERMINATION OF PERFLUORINATED ORGANIC COMPOUNDS ( PFCS ) IN SURFACE WATER

    EPA Science Inventory

    The method for the determination of perfluorinated organic compounds (PFCs) in surface water has been developed and applied to natural water. The method shows an adequate sensitivity, precision and accuracy for ten kinds of target compounds. These PFCs were found in most samples...

  13. Standard test method for grindability of coal by the hardgrove-machine method

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Not Available

    1975-01-01

    This method is used to determine the relative grindability or ease of pulverization of coals in comparison with coals chosen as standards. A prepared sample receives a definite amount of grinding energy in a miniature pulverizer, and the change in size consist is determined by sieving.

  14. Methods for the Determination of Bacteriological Contaminants in Drinking Water. Training Manual.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Office of Water Program Operations (EPA), Cincinnati, OH. National Training and Operational Technology Center.

    Material on the membrane filter methods and the most probable number method for determining bacteriological contaminants listed in the interim primary drinking water regulations is presented. This course is for bacteriologists and technicians with little or no experience in bacteriological procedures required to monitor drinking water, though…

  15. Method 546: Determination of Total Microcystins and Nodularins in Drinking Water and Ambient Water by Adda Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay

    EPA Pesticide Factsheets

    This method is listed as Tier I for presumptive analysis of microcystins in water samples and Tier II all other environmental sample types. The method determines total microcystins and nodularins using an indirect competitive immunoassay (ELISA).

  16. A range-free method to determine antoine vapor-pressure heat transfer-related equation coefficients using the Boubaker polynomial expansion scheme

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Koçak, H.; Dahong, Z.; Yildirim, A.

    2011-05-01

    In this study, a range-free method is proposed in order to determine the Antoine constants for a given material (salicylic acid). The advantage of this method is mainly yielding analytical expressions which fit different temperature ranges.

  17. A Review of Flow Analysis Methods for Determination of Radionuclides in Nuclear Wastes and Nuclear Reactor Coolants

    DOE PAGES

    Trojanowicz, Marek; Kolacinska, Kamila; Grate, Jay W.

    2018-02-13

    Here, the safety and security of nuclear power plant operations depend on the application of the most appropriate techniques and methods of chemical analysis, where modern flow analysis methods prevail. Nevertheless, the current status of the development of these methods is more limited than it might be expected based on their genuine advantages. The main aim of this paper is to review the automated flow analysis procedures developed with various detection methods for the nuclear energy industry. The flow analysis methods for the determination of radionuclides, that have been reported to date, are primarily focused on their environmental applications. Themore » benefits of the application of flow methods in both monitoring of the nuclear wastes and process analysis of the primary circuit coolants of light water nuclear reactors will also be discussed. The application of either continuous flow methods (CFA) or injection methods (FIA, SIA) of the flow analysis with the β–radiometric detection shortens the analysis time and improves the precision of determination due to mechanization of certain time-consuming operations of the sample processing. Compared to the radiometric detection, the mass spectrometry (MS) detection enables one to perform multicomponent analyses as well as the determination of transuranic isotopes with much better limits of detection.« less

  18. A Review of Flow Analysis Methods for Determination of Radionuclides in Nuclear Wastes and Nuclear Reactor Coolants

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Trojanowicz, Marek; Kolacinska, Kamila; Grate, Jay W.

    Here, the safety and security of nuclear power plant operations depend on the application of the most appropriate techniques and methods of chemical analysis, where modern flow analysis methods prevail. Nevertheless, the current status of the development of these methods is more limited than it might be expected based on their genuine advantages. The main aim of this paper is to review the automated flow analysis procedures developed with various detection methods for the nuclear energy industry. The flow analysis methods for the determination of radionuclides, that have been reported to date, are primarily focused on their environmental applications. Themore » benefits of the application of flow methods in both monitoring of the nuclear wastes and process analysis of the primary circuit coolants of light water nuclear reactors will also be discussed. The application of either continuous flow methods (CFA) or injection methods (FIA, SIA) of the flow analysis with the β–radiometric detection shortens the analysis time and improves the precision of determination due to mechanization of certain time-consuming operations of the sample processing. Compared to the radiometric detection, the mass spectrometry (MS) detection enables one to perform multicomponent analyses as well as the determination of transuranic isotopes with much better limits of detection.« less

  19. A review of flow analysis methods for determination of radionuclides in nuclear wastes and nuclear reactor coolants.

    PubMed

    Trojanowicz, Marek; Kołacińska, Kamila; Grate, Jay W

    2018-06-01

    The safety and security of nuclear power plant operations depend on the application of the most appropriate techniques and methods of chemical analysis, where modern flow analysis methods prevail. Nevertheless, the current status of the development of these methods is more limited than it might be expected based on their genuine advantages. The main aim of this paper is to review the automated flow analysis procedures developed with various detection methods for the nuclear energy industry. The flow analysis methods for the determination of radionuclides, that have been reported to date, are primarily focused on their environmental applications. The benefits of the application of flow methods in both monitoring of the nuclear wastes and process analysis of the primary circuit coolants of light water nuclear reactors will also be discussed. The application of either continuous flow methods (CFA) or injection methods (FIA, SIA) of the flow analysis with the β-radiometric detection shortens the analysis time and improves the precision of determination due to mechanization of certain time-consuming operations of the sample processing. Compared to the radiometric detection, the mass spectrometry (MS) detection enables one to perform multicomponent analyses as well as the determination of transuranic isotopes with much better limits of detection. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  20. Proposing water balance method for water availability estimation in Indonesian regional spatial planning

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Juniati, A. T.; Sutjiningsih, D.; Soeryantono, H.; Kusratmoko, E.

    2018-01-01

    The water availability (WA) of a region is one of important consideration in both the formulation of spatial plans and the evaluation of the effectiveness of actual land use in providing sustainable water resources. Information on land-water needs vis-a-vis their availability in a region determines the state of the surplus or deficit to inform effective land use utilization. How to calculate water availability have been described in the Guideline in Determining the Carrying Capacity of the Environment in Regional Spatial Planning. However, the method of determining the supply and demand of water on these guidelines is debatable since the determination of WA in this guideline used a rational method. The rational method is developed the basis for storm drain design practice and it is essentially a peak discharge method peak discharge calculation method. This paper review the literature in methods of water availability estimation which is described descriptively, and present arguments to claim that water balance method is a more fundamental and appropriate tool in water availability estimation. A better water availability estimation method would serve to improve the practice in preparing formulations of Regional Spatial Plan (RSP) as well as evaluating land use capacity in providing sustainable water resources.

  1. Smart stability-indicating spectrophotometric methods for determination of binary mixtures without prior separation.

    PubMed

    El-Bardicy, Mohammad G; Lotfy, Hayam M; El-Sayed, Mohammad A; El-Tarras, Mohammad F

    2008-01-01

    Ratio subtraction and isosbestic point methods are 2 innovating spectrophotometric methods used to determine vincamine in the presence of its acid degradation product and a mixture of cinnarizine (CN) and nicergoline (NIC). Linear correlations were obtained in the concentration range from 8-40 microg/mL for vincamine (I), 6-22 microg/mL for CN (II), and 6-36 microg/mL for NIC (III), with mean accuracies 99.72 +/- 0.917% for I, 99.91 +/- 0.703% for II, and 99.58 +/- 0.847 and 99.83 +/- 1.039% for III. The ratio subtraction method was utilized for the analysis of laboratory-prepared mixtures containing different ratios of vincamine and its degradation product, and it was valid in the presence of up to 80% degradation product. CN and NIC in synthetic mixtures were analyzed by the 2 proposed methods with the total content of the mixture determined at their respective isosbestic points of 270.2 and 235.8 nm, and the content of CN was determined by the ratio subtraction method. The proposed method was validated and found to be suitable as a stability-indicating assay method for vincamine in pharmaceutical formulations. The standard addition technique was applied to validate the results and to ensure the specificity of the proposed methods.

  2. Optimization and validation of spectrophotometric methods for determination of finasteride in dosage and biological forms

    PubMed Central

    Amin, Alaa S.; Kassem, Mohammed A.

    2012-01-01

    Aim and Background: Three simple, accurate and sensitive spectrophotometric methods for the determination of finasteride in pure, dosage and biological forms, and in the presence of its oxidative degradates were developed. Materials and Methods: These methods are indirect, involve the addition of excess oxidant potassium permanganate for method A; cerric sulfate [Ce(SO4)2] for methods B; and N-bromosuccinimide (NBS) for method C of known concentration in acid medium to finasteride, and the determination of the unreacted oxidant by measurement of the decrease in absorbance of methylene blue for method A, chromotrope 2R for method B, and amaranth for method C at a suitable maximum wavelength, λmax: 663, 528, and 520 nm, for the three methods, respectively. The reaction conditions for each method were optimized. Results: Regression analysis of the Beer plots showed good correlation in the concentration ranges of 0.12–3.84 μg mL–1 for method A, and 0.12–3.28 μg mL–1 for method B and 0.14 – 3.56 μg mL–1 for method C. The apparent molar absorptivity, Sandell sensitivity, detection and quantification limits were evaluated. The stoichiometric ratio between the finasteride and the oxidant was estimated. The validity of the proposed methods was tested by analyzing dosage forms and biological samples containing finasteride with relative standard deviation ≤ 0.95. Conclusion: The proposed methods could successfully determine the studied drug with varying excess of its oxidative degradation products, with recovery between 99.0 and 101.4, 99.2 and 101.6, and 99.6 and 101.0% for methods A, B, and C, respectively. PMID:23781478

  3. FIXED DOSE COMBINATIONS WITH SELECTIVE BETA-BLOCKERS: QUANTITATIVE DETERMINATION IN BIOLOGICAL FLUIDS.

    PubMed

    Mahu, Ştefania Corina; Hăncianu, Monica; Agoroaei, Luminiţa; Grigoriu, Ioana Cezara; Strugaru, Anca Monica; Butnaru, Elena

    2015-01-01

    Hypertension is one of the most common causes of death, a complex and incompletely controlled disease for millions of patients. Metoprolol, bisoprolol, nebivolol and atenolol are selective beta-blockers frequently used in the management of arterial hypertension, alone or in fixed combination with other substances. This study presents the most used analytical methods for simultaneous determination in biological fluids of fixed combinations containing selective beta-blockers. Articles in Pub-Med, Science Direct and Wiley Journals databases published between years 2004-2014 were reviewed. Methods such as liquid chromatography--mass spectrometry--mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS), high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) or high performance liquid chromatography--mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS) were used for determination of fixed combination with beta-blockers in human plasma, rat plasma and human breast milk. LC-MS/MS method was used for simultaneous determination of fixed combinations of metoprolol with simvastatin, hydrochlorothiazide or ramipril, combinations of nebivolol and valsartan, or atenolol and amlodipine. Biological samples were processed by protein precipitation techniques or by liquid-liquid extraction. For the determination of fixed dose combinations of felodipine and metoprolol in rat plasma liquid chromatography--electrospray ionization--mass spectrometry (LC-ESI-MS/MS) was applied, using phenacetin as internal standard. HPLC-MS method was applied for the determination of bisoprolol and hydrochlorothiazide in human plasma. For the determination of atenolol and chlorthalidone from human breast milk and human plasma the HPLC method was used. The analytical methods were validated according to the specialized guidelines, and were applied to biological samples, thing that confirms the permanent concern of researchers in this field.

  4. Mean centering of double divisor ratio spectra, a novel spectrophotometric method for analysis of ternary mixtures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hassan, Said A.; Elzanfaly, Eman S.; Salem, Maissa Y.; El-Zeany, Badr A.

    2016-01-01

    A novel spectrophotometric method was developed for determination of ternary mixtures without previous separation, showing significant advantages over conventional methods. The new method is based on mean centering of double divisor ratio spectra. The mathematical explanation of the procedure is illustrated. The method was evaluated by determination of model ternary mixture and by the determination of Amlodipine (AML), Aliskiren (ALI) and Hydrochlorothiazide (HCT) in laboratory prepared mixtures and in a commercial pharmaceutical preparation. For proper presentation of the advantages and applicability of the new method, a comparative study was established between the new mean centering of double divisor ratio spectra (MCDD) and two similar methods used for analysis of ternary mixtures, namely mean centering (MC) and double divisor of ratio spectra-derivative spectrophotometry (DDRS-DS). The method was also compared with a reported one for analysis of the pharmaceutical preparation. The method was validated according to the ICH guidelines and accuracy, precision, repeatability and robustness were found to be within the acceptable limits.

  5. INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON SEMICONDUCTOR INJECTION LASERS SELCO-87: Determination of the quantum efficiency of InGaAsP/InP double heterostructures from spontaneous emission measurements

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rheinländer, B.; Anton, A.; Heilmann, R.; Oelgart, G.; Gottschalch, V.

    1988-11-01

    A method was developed for determination of the suitability of epitaxial InGaAsP/InP double heterostructures in fabrication of ridge-waveguide lasers. The method is based on determination of the quantum efficiency of electroluminescence.

  6. A QUICK OVERVIEW OF MASS SPECTROMETRY, NEGATIVE IONS, AND TOXAPHENE DETERMINATION (PROPOSED METHOD 8276)

    EPA Science Inventory

    A new method for toxaphene and toxaphene congener determination has been proposed by OSW as the response to an internal report from the OIG relative to toxaphene determination. In the course of this development, ORD was asked to prepare a new GC/NIMS protocol for 8081 analytes t...

  7. Real-Time and Post-Processed Orbit Determination and Positioning

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Harvey, Nathaniel E. (Inventor); Lu, Wenwen (Inventor); Miller, Mark A. (Inventor); Bar-Sever, Yoaz E. (Inventor); Miller, Kevin J. (Inventor); Romans, Larry J. (Inventor); Dorsey, Angela R. (Inventor); Sibthorpe, Anthony J. (Inventor); Weiss, Jan P. (Inventor); Bertiger, William I. (Inventor); hide

    2015-01-01

    Novel methods and systems for the accurate and efficient processing of real-time and latent global navigation satellite systems (GNSS) data are described. Such methods and systems can perform orbit determination of GNSS satellites, orbit determination of satellites carrying GNSS receivers, positioning of GNSS receivers, and environmental monitoring with GNSS data.

  8. Real-Time and Post-Processed Orbit Determination and Positioning

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bar-Sever, Yoaz E. (Inventor); Romans, Larry J. (Inventor); Weiss, Jan P. (Inventor); Gross, Jason (Inventor); Harvey, Nathaniel E. (Inventor); Lu, Wenwen (Inventor); Dorsey, Angela R. (Inventor); Miller, Mark A. (Inventor); Sibthorpe, Anthony J. (Inventor); Bertiger, William I. (Inventor); hide

    2016-01-01

    Novel methods and systems for the accurate and efficient processing of real-time and latent global navigation satellite systems (GNSS) data are described. Such methods and systems can perform orbit determination of GNSS satellites, orbit determination of satellites carrying GNSS receivers, positioning of GNSS receivers, and environmental monitoring with GNSS data.

  9. A method for determining fire history in coniferous forests in the Mountain West

    Treesearch

    Stephen F. Arno; Kathy M. Sneck

    1977-01-01

    Describes a method for determining historic fire frequency, intensity, and size from cross sections collected from fire-scarred trees and tree age classes determined through increment borings. Tells how to interpret the influence of fire in stand composition and structure and how to identify effects of modern fire suppression.

  10. Ultrasensitive Hybridization-Based ELISA Method for the Determination of Phosphorodiamidate Morpholino Oligonucleotides in Biological samples.

    PubMed

    Burki, Umar; Straub, Volker

    2017-01-01

    Determining the concentration of oligonucleotide in biological samples such as tissue lysate and serum is essential for determining the biodistribution and pharmacokinetic profile, respectively. ELISA-based assays have shown far greater sensitivities compared to other methods such as HPLC and LC/MS. Here, we describe a novel ultrasensitive hybridization-based ELISA method for quantitating morpholino oligonucleotides in mouse tissue lysate and serum samples. The assay has a linear detection range of 5-250 pM (R2 > 0.99).

  11. Container Surface Evaluation by Function Estimation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Wendelberger, James G.

    Container images are analyzed for specific surface features, such as, pits, cracks, and corrosion. The detection of these features is confounded with complicating features. These complication features include: shape/curvature, welds, edges, scratches, foreign objects among others. A method is provided to discriminate between the various features. The method consists of estimating the image background, determining a residual image and post processing to determine the features present. The methodology is not finalized but demonstrates the feasibility of a method to determine the kind and size of the features present.

  12. Determination of rare-earth elements in Luna 16 regolith sample by chemical spectral method

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Stroganova, N. S.; Ryabukhin, V. A.; Laktinova, N. V.; Ageyeva, L. V.; Galkina, I. P.; Gatinskaya, N. G.; Yermakov, A. N.; Karyakin, A. V.

    1974-01-01

    An analysis was made of regolith from layer A of the Luna 16 sample for rare earth elements, by a chemical spectral method. Chemical and ion exchange concentrations were used to determine the content of 12 elements and Y at the level 0.001 to 0.0001 percent with 10 to 15 percent reproducibility of the emission determination. Results within the limits of reproducibility agree with data obtained by mass spectra, activation, and X-ray fluorescent methods.

  13. Binder model system to be used for determination of prepolymer functionality

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Martinelli, F. J.; Hodgkin, J. H.

    1971-01-01

    Development of a method for determining the functionality distribution of prepolymers used for rocket binders is discussed. Research has been concerned with accurately determining the gel point of a model polyester system containing a single trifunctional crosslinker, and the application of these methods to more complicated model systems containing a second trifunctional crosslinker, monofunctional ingredients, or a higher functionality crosslinker. Correlations of observed with theoretical gel points for these systems would allow the methods to be applied directly to prepolymers.

  14. Flight and Analytical Methods for Determining the Coupled Vibration Response of Tandem Helicopters

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Yeates, John E , Jr; Brooks, George W; Houbolt, John C

    1957-01-01

    Chapter one presents a discussion of flight-test and analysis methods for some selected helicopter vibration studies. The use of a mechanical shaker in flight to determine the structural response is reported. A method for the analytical determination of the natural coupled frequencies and mode shapes of vibrations in the vertical plane of tandem helicopters is presented in Chapter two. The coupled mode shapes and frequencies are then used to calculate the response of the helicopter to applied oscillating forces.

  15. Method for determining how to operate and control wind turbine arrays in utility systems

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Javid, S.H.; Hauth, R.L.; Younkins, T.D.

    1984-01-01

    A method for determining how utility wind turbine arrays should be controlled and operated on the load frequency control time-scale is presented. Initial considerations for setting wind turbine control requirements are followed by a description of open loop operation and of closed loop and feed forward wind turbine array control concepts. The impact of variations in array output on meeting minimum criteria are developed. The method for determining the required control functions is then presented and results are tabulated. (LEW)

  16. Method for determining aerosol particle size device for determining aerosol particle size

    DOEpatents

    Novick, Vincent J.

    1998-01-01

    A method for determining the mass median diameter D of particles contained in a fluid is provided wherein the data of the mass of a pre-exposed and then a post-exposed filter is mathematically combined with data concerning the pressure differential across the same filter before and then after exposure to a particle-laden stream. A device for measuring particle size is also provided wherein the device utilizes the above-method for mathematically combining the easily quantifiable data.

  17. Method for determining aerosol particle size, device for determining aerosol particle size

    DOEpatents

    Novick, V.J.

    1998-10-06

    A method for determining the mass median diameter D of particles contained in a fluid is provided wherein the data of the mass of a pre-exposed and then a post-exposed filter is mathematically combined with data concerning the pressure differential across the same filter before and then after exposure to a particle-laden stream. A device for measuring particle size is also provided wherein the device utilizes the above-method for mathematically combining the easily quantifiable data. 2 figs.

  18. Method for determining the hardness of strain hardening articles of tungsten-nickel-iron alloy

    DOEpatents

    Wallace, Steven A.

    1984-01-01

    The present invention is directed to a rapid nondestructive method for determining the extent of strain hardening in an article of tungsten-nickel-iron alloy. The method comprises saturating the article with a magnetic field from a permanent magnet, measuring the magnetic flux emanating from the article, comparing the measurements of the magnetic flux emanating from the article with measured magnetic fluxes from similarly shaped standards of the alloy with known amounts of strain hardening to determine the hardness.

  19. Distribution and determination of cholinesterases in mammals

    PubMed Central

    Holmstedt, Bo

    1971-01-01

    This paper reviews the distribution of cholinesterases in the central nervous system, the ganglia, the striated muscle, and the blood of mammals, and discusses the correlation between the histochemical localization and the function of neuronal cholinesterase. Different methods for the determination of cholinesterase levels are reviewed, with particular reference to their practical value for field work. The Warburg method and the Tintometer and Acholest colorimetric methods are compared on the basis of cholinesterase levels determined in normal persons and in those suffering from parathion intoxication. PMID:4999484

  20. Development of a Method to Determine The Autoxidation of Turbine Fuels.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1992-05-01

    By 6 G.E. Fodor D.W. Naegeli Belvoir Fuels and Lubricants Research Facility (SwRI) Southwest Research Institute San Antonio, Texas Under Contract to -6...G.E., Naegeli , D.W., Kohl, K.B., and Cuellar, Jr., J.P., "Development of a Test Method to Determine Potential Peroxide Content in Turbine Fuels...June 1985. 5. Fodor, G.E. and Naegeli , D.W., "Development of a Test Method to Determine Potential Peroxide Content in Turbine Fuels," Conference

  1. Seamline Determination Based on PKGC Segmentation for Remote Sensing Image Mosaicking

    PubMed Central

    Dong, Qiang; Liu, Jinghong

    2017-01-01

    This paper presents a novel method of seamline determination for remote sensing image mosaicking. A two-level optimization strategy is applied to determine the seamline. Object-level optimization is executed firstly. Background regions (BRs) and obvious regions (ORs) are extracted based on the results of parametric kernel graph cuts (PKGC) segmentation. The global cost map which consists of color difference, a multi-scale morphological gradient (MSMG) constraint, and texture difference is weighted by BRs. Finally, the seamline is determined in the weighted cost from the start point to the end point. Dijkstra’s shortest path algorithm is adopted for pixel-level optimization to determine the positions of seamline. Meanwhile, a new seamline optimization strategy is proposed for image mosaicking with multi-image overlapping regions. The experimental results show the better performance than the conventional method based on mean-shift segmentation. Seamlines based on the proposed method bypass the obvious objects and take less time in execution. This new method is efficient and superior for seamline determination in remote sensing image mosaicking. PMID:28749446

  2. Determination of serum lysophosphatidic acid as a potential biomarker for ovarian cancer.

    PubMed

    Meleh, Marija; Pozlep, Barbara; Mlakar, Anita; Meden-Vrtovec, Helena; Zupancic-Kralj, Lucija

    2007-10-15

    A fast and selective analytical method, used to determine the different lysophosphatidic acid (LPA) species in serum, has been developed and validated. LPA species were quantitatively extracted from serum using methanol-chloroform (2:1, v/v). The proteins were precipitated by this solvent mixture and separated by centrifugation in one step. LPA levels were determined in clear extracts using the HPLC-MS/MS method. The linearity of this method was established in the concentration range between 0.1 and 16 microM for all LPA species with a correlation coefficient greater than 0.99. Recovery of all LPA species determined by the serum, fortified at approximately 1 microM and 2-3 microM, was between 93% and 111% with an average R.S.D. of less than 8%. This method was used to determine LPA in numerous sera of healthy controls, patients with benign ovarian tumours and ovarian cancer at different stages. Significantly higher total LPA levels were determined in the sera of patients with different types of tumours (benign and malignant).

  3. On determining firing delay time of transitions for Petri net based signaling pathways by introducing stochastic decision rules.

    PubMed

    Miwa, Yoshimasa; Li, Chen; Ge, Qi-Wei; Matsuno, Hiroshi; Miyano, Satoru

    2010-01-01

    Parameter determination is important in modeling and simulating biological pathways including signaling pathways. Parameters are determined according to biological facts obtained from biological experiments and scientific publications. However, such reliable data describing detailed reactions are not reported in most cases. This prompted us to develop a general methodology of determining the parameters of a model in the case of that no information of the underlying biological facts is provided. In this study, we use the Petri net approach for modeling signaling pathways, and propose a method to determine firing delay times of transitions for Petri net models of signaling pathways by introducing stochastic decision rules. Petri net technology provides a powerful approach to modeling and simulating various concurrent systems, and recently have been widely accepted as a description method for biological pathways. Our method enables to determine the range of firing delay time which realizes smooth token flows in the Petri net model of a signaling pathway. The availability of this method has been confirmed by the results of an application to the interleukin-1 induced signaling pathway.

  4. On determining firing delay time of transitions for petri net based signaling pathways by introducing stochastic decision rules.

    PubMed

    Miwa, Yoshimasa; Li, Chen; Ge, Qi-Wei; Matsuno, Hiroshi; Miyano, Satoru

    2011-01-01

    Parameter determination is important in modeling and simulating biological pathways including signaling pathways. Parameters are determined according to biological facts obtained from biological experiments and scientific publications. However, such reliable data describing detailed reactions are not reported in most cases. This prompted us to develop a general methodology of determining the parameters of a model in the case of that no information of the underlying biological facts is provided. In this study, we use the Petri net approach for modeling signaling pathways, and propose a method to determine firing delay times of transitions for Petri net models of signaling pathways by introducing stochastic decision rules. Petri net technology provides a powerful approach to modeling and simulating various concurrent systems, and recently have been widely accepted as a description method for biological pathways. Our method enables to determine the range of firing delay time which realizes smooth token flows in the Petri net model of a signaling pathway. The availability of this method has been confirmed by the results of an application to the interleukin-1 induced signaling pathway.

  5. Optical method for the determination of grain orientation in films

    DOEpatents

    Maris, Humphrey J.

    2001-01-01

    A method for the determination of grain orientation in a film sample is provided comprising the steps of measuring a first transient optical response of the film and determining the contribution to the transient optical response arising from a change in the energy distribution of the electrons in the sample, determining the contribution to the transient optical response arising from a propagating strain pulse within the sample, and determining the contribution to the transient optical response arising from a change in sample temperature of the sample. The grain orientation of the sample may be determined using the contributions to the transient optical response arising from the change in the energy distribution of the electrons, the propagating strain pulse, and the change in sample temperature. Additionally, a method for determination of the thickness of a film sample is provided. The grain orientation of the sample is first determined. The grain orientation, together with the velocity of sound and a propagation time of a strain pulse through the sample are then used to determine the thickness of the film sample.

  6. Optical method for the determination of grain orientation in films

    DOEpatents

    Maris, Humphrey J.

    2003-05-13

    A method for the determination of grain orientation in a film sample is provided comprising the steps of measuring a first transient optical response of the film and determining the contribution to the transient optical response arising from a change in the energy distribution of the electrons in the sample, determining the contribution to the transient optical response arising from a propagating strain pulse within the sample, and determining the contribution to the transient optical response arising from a change in sample temperature of the sample. The grain orientation of the sample may be determined using the contributions to the transient optical response arising from the change in the energy distribution of the electrons, the propagating strain pulse, and the change in sample temperature. Additionally, a method for determination of the thickness of a film sample is provided. The grain orientation of the sample is first determined. The grain orientation, together with the velocity of sound and a propagation time of a strain pulse through the sample are then used to determine the thickness of the film sample.

  7. Determination of niobium in rocks by an isotope dilution spectrophotometric method

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Greenland, L.P.; Campbell, E.Y.

    1970-01-01

    Rocks and minerals are fused with sodium peroxide in the presence of carrierfree 95Nb. The fusion cake is leached with water and the precipitate dissolved in hydrofluoric-sulfuric acid mixture. Niobium is extracted into methyl isobutyl ketone and further purified by ion exchange. The amount of niobium is determined spectrophotometrically with 4-(2-pyridylazo)-resorcinol, and the chemical yield of the separations determined by counting 95Nb. This procedure is faster and less sensitive to interferences than previously proposed methods for determining niobium in rocks.The high purity of the separated niobium makes the method applicable to nearly all matrices. ?? 1970.

  8. A four-dimensional model with the fermionic determinant exactly evaluated

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mignaco, J. A.; Rego Monteiro, M. A.

    1986-07-01

    A method is presented to compute the fermion determinant of some class of field theories. By this method the following results of the fermion determinant in two dimensions are easily recovered: (i) Schwinger model without reference to a particular gauge. (ii) QCD in the light-cone gauge. (iii) Gauge invariant result of QCD. The method is finally applied to give an analytical solution of the fermion determinant of a four-dimensional, non-abelian, Dirac-like theory with massless fermions interacting with an external vector field through a pseudo-vectorial coupling. Fellow of the Conselho Nacional de Desenvolvimento Cientifico e Tecnologico (CNPq), Brazil.

  9. Methodical approaches to value assessment and determination of the capitalization level of high-rise construction

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Smirnov, Vitaly; Dashkov, Leonid; Gorshkov, Roman; Burova, Olga; Romanova, Alina

    2018-03-01

    The article presents the analysis of the methodological approaches to cost estimation and determination of the capitalization level of high-rise construction objects. Factors determining the value of real estate were considered, three main approaches for estimating the value of real estate objects are given. The main methods of capitalization estimation were analyzed, the most reasonable method for determining the level of capitalization of high-rise buildings was proposed. In order to increase the value of real estate objects, the author proposes measures that enable to increase significantly the capitalization of the enterprise through more efficient use of intangible assets and goodwill.

  10. Spectrophotometric determination of bacitracin in bulk drug as dabsyl derivative in a range of visible light.

    PubMed

    Krzek, Jan; Piotrowska, Joanna

    2011-01-01

    A fast spectrophotometric method has been developed for bacitracin identification and determination after condensation reaction with dabsyl chloride. In addition, determination of dye stability of sulfonamide derivative and identification of the molar ratio of reagents was done at various time-points. The developed method has a good linearity with very broad spectrum, correlation coefficient of r = 0.9972, good precision (RSD = 1.54 +/- 0.11%), and recovery at three different levels of concentration was found between 98.33% and 103.47%. Usefulness of the method was demonstrated by positive results obtained during determination of bacitracin concentration in bulk drug.

  11. Systems and methods for short range RF communication

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hershey, John Erik (Inventor); Tomlinson, Harold Woodruff (Inventor); DeCristofaro, Richard Anthony (Inventor); Ross, John Anderson Fergus (Inventor); Sexton, Daniel White (Inventor)

    2012-01-01

    A method transmitting a message over at least one of a plurality of channels of a communications network is provided. The method comprises the steps of detecting a presence of jamming pulses in the at least one of the plurality of channels. The characteristics of the jamming pulses in the at least one of the plurality of channels is determined wherein the determined characteristics define at least interstices between the jamming pulses. The message is transmitted over the at least one of the plurality of channels wherein the message is transmitted within the interstices of the jamming pulse determined from the step of determining characteristics of the jamming pulses.

  12. Development and validation of LC-HRMS and GC-NICI-MS methods for stereoselective determination of MDMA and its phase I and II metabolites in human urine

    PubMed Central

    Schwaninger, Andrea E.; Meyer, Markus R.; Huestis, Marilyn A.; Maurer, Hans H.

    2013-01-01

    3,4-Methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA) is a racemic drug of abuse and its R- and S-enantiomers are known to differ in their dose-response curve. The S-enantiomer was shown to be eliminated at a higher rate than the R-enantiomer most likely explained by stereoselective metabolism that was observed in various in vitro experiments. The aim of this work was the development and validation of methods for evaluating the stereoselective elimination of phase I and particularly phase II metabolites of MDMA in human urine. Urine samples were divided into three different methods. Method A allowed stereoselective determination of the 4-hydroxy-3-methoxymethamphetamine (HMMA) glucuronides and only achiral determination of the intact sulfate conjugates of HMMA and 3,4-dihydroxymethamphetamine (DHMA) after C18 solid-phase extraction by liquid chromatography–high-resolution mass spectrometry with electrospray ionization. Method B allowed the determination of the enantiomer ratios of DHMA and HMMA sulfate conjugates after selective enzymatic cleavage and chiral analysis of the corresponding deconjugated metabolites after chiral derivatization with S-heptafluorobutyrylprolyl chloride using gas chromatography–mass spectrometry with negativeion chemical ionization. Method C allowed the chiral determination of MDMA and its unconjugated metabolites using method B without sulfate cleavage. The validation process including specificity, recovery, matrix effects, process efficiency, accuracy and precision, stabilities and limits of quantification and detection showed that all methods were selective, sensitive, accurate and precise for all tested analytes. PMID:21656610

  13. Direct and indirect methods for the determination of vitamin K3 using differential pulse polarography and application to pharmaceuticals.

    PubMed

    Somer, Güler; Doğan, Mehmet

    2008-11-01

    Two methods for the determination of vitamin K(3) have been developed. Vitamin K(3) in its oxidized form is determined by direct and indirect methods. Its standard solution was prepared by the indirect method using Ti(III) as reducing agent. For this purpose vitamin K(3) (menadion) in a clinical injection solution, which is in its hydroquinone form in the presence of sulfite, is oxidized with oxygen. In 0.2 M HAc and 0.02 M HCl electrolyte vitamin K(3) and Ti(IV) have reduction peaks at -0.58 V at -0.82 V respectively. The reaction between Ti(III) and vitamin takes place quantitatively in a medium of 0.2 M HAc and 0.002 M HCl. After the reduction, the reaction product Ti(IV) is followed from its polarographic peak at about -0.82 V. The most important result in this work is that, with this method vitamin K(3) can be standardized and after standardization this solution can be used for the direct determination in routine analysis with a very simple and fast method, using only the peak at -0.71 V in 0.2 M HAc medium. Both direct and indirect methods have been used for the determination of Vitamin K(3) in a clinical injection solution. The limit of quantification (LOQ) was 1.5x10(-6) M and in both methods the detection limit found was 7x10(-7) M.

  14. Method and apparatus for measuring stress

    DOEpatents

    Thompson, R.B.

    1983-07-28

    A method and apparatus for determining stress in a material independent of micro-structural variations and anisotropies. The method comprises comparing the velocities of two horizontally polarized and horizontally propagating ultrasonic shear waves with interchanged directions of propagation and polarization. The apparatus for carrying out the method comprises periodic permanent magnet-electromagnetic acoustic transducers for generating and detecting the shear waves and means for determining the wave velocities.

  15. Method and apparatus for measuring stress

    DOEpatents

    Thompson, R. Bruce

    1985-06-11

    A method and apparatus for determining stress in a material independent of micro-structural variations and anisotropies. The method comprises comparing the velocities of two horizontally polarized and horizontally propagating ultrasonic shear waves with interchanged directions of propagation and polarization. The apparatus for carrying out the method comprises periodic permanent magnet-electromagnetic acoustic transducers for generating and detecting the shear waves and means for determining the wave velocities.

  16. AACCI Approved Methods Technical Committee Report: Collaborative study on a method for determining the water holding capacity of pulse flours and their protein materials (AACCI Method 56-37.01)

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    A method for determining water holding capacity (WHC) of pulse flours and protein materials has been developed and subjected to an interlaboratory study. Eleven participants analyzed twelve blind duplicates of six different samples in a collaborative study to evaluate the repeatability and reproduci...

  17. 43 CFR 11.13 - Overview.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... include definitions of injury, guidance on determining pathways, and testing and sampling methods. These methods are to be used to determine both the pathways through which resources have been exposed to oil or...

  18. 43 CFR 11.13 - Overview.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... include definitions of injury, guidance on determining pathways, and testing and sampling methods. These methods are to be used to determine both the pathways through which resources have been exposed to oil or...

  19. 43 CFR 11.13 - Overview.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... include definitions of injury, guidance on determining pathways, and testing and sampling methods. These methods are to be used to determine both the pathways through which resources have been exposed to oil or...

  20. 43 CFR 11.13 - Overview.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... include definitions of injury, guidance on determining pathways, and testing and sampling methods. These methods are to be used to determine both the pathways through which resources have been exposed to oil or...

  1. 43 CFR 11.13 - Overview.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... include definitions of injury, guidance on determining pathways, and testing and sampling methods. These methods are to be used to determine both the pathways through which resources have been exposed to oil or...

  2. True temperature measurement on metallic surfaces using a two-color pyroreflectometer method.

    PubMed

    Hernandez, D; Netchaieff, A; Stein, A

    2009-09-01

    In the most common case of optical pyrometry, the major obstacle in determining the true temperature is the knowledge of the thermo-optical properties for in situ conditions. We present experimental results obtained with a method able to determine the true temperature of metallic surfaces above 500 degrees C when there is not parasitic effect by surrounding radiation. The method is called bicolor pyroreflectometry and it is based on Planck's law, Kirchhoff's law, and the assumption of identical reflectivity indicatrixes for the target surface at two different close wavelengths (here, 1.3 and 1.55 microm). The diffusion factor eta(d), the key parameter of the method, is introduced to determine the convergence temperature T(*), which is expected to be equal to the true temperature T. Our goal is to asses this method for different metallic surfaces. The validation of this method is made by comparison with thermocouples. Measurements were made for tungsten, copper, and aluminum samples of different roughnesses, determined by a rugosimeter. After introducing a theoretical model for two-color pyroreflectometry, we give a description of the experimental setup and present experimental applications of the subject method. The quality of the results demonstrates the usefulness of two-color pyroreflectometry to determine the temperatures of hot metals when the emissivity is not known and for the commercially important case of specular surfaces.

  3. A simple and inclusive method to determine the habit plane in transmission electron microscope based on accurate measurement of foil thickness

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Qiu, Dong, E-mail: d.qiu@uq.edu.au; Zhang, Mingxing

    2014-08-15

    A simple and inclusive method is proposed for accurate determination of the habit plane between bicrystals in transmission electron microscope. Whilst this method can be regarded as a variant of surface trace analysis, the major innovation lies in the improved accuracy and efficiency of foil thickness measurement, which involves a simple tilt of the thin foil about a permanent tilting axis of the specimen holder, rather than cumbersome tilt about the surface trace of the habit plane. Experimental study has been done to validate this proposed method in determining the habit plane between lamellar α{sub 2} plates and γ matrixmore » in a Ti–Al–Nb alloy. Both high accuracy (± 1°) and high precision (± 1°) have been achieved by using the new method. The source of the experimental errors as well as the applicability of this method is discussed. Some tips to minimise the experimental errors are also suggested. - Highlights: • An improved algorithm is formulated to measure the foil thickness. • Habit plane can be determined with a single tilt holder based on the new algorithm. • Better accuracy and precision within ± 1° are achievable using the proposed method. • The data for multi-facet determination can be collected simultaneously.« less

  4. From picture to porosity of river bed material using Structure-from-Motion with Multi-View-Stereo

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Seitz, Lydia; Haas, Christian; Noack, Markus; Wieprecht, Silke

    2018-04-01

    Common methods for in-situ determination of porosity of river bed material are time- and effort-consuming. Although mathematical predictors can be used for estimation, they do not adequately represent porosities. The objective of this study was to assess a new approach for the determination of porosity of frozen sediment samples. The method is based on volume determination by applying Structure-from-Motion with Multi View Stereo (SfM-MVS) to estimate a 3D volumetric model based on overlapping imagery. The method was applied on artificial sediment mixtures as well as field samples. In addition, the commonly used water replacement method was applied to determine porosities in comparison with the SfM-MVS method. We examined a range of porosities from 0.16 to 0.46 that are representative of the wide range of porosities found in rivers. SfM-MVS performed well in determining volumes of the sediment samples. A very good correlation (r = 0.998, p < 0.0001) was observed between the SfM-MVS and the water replacement method. Results further show that the water replacement method underestimated total sample volumes. A comparison with several mathematical predictors showed that for non-uniform samples the calculated porosity based on the standard deviation performed better than porosities based on the median grain size. None of the predictors were effective at estimating the porosity of the field samples.

  5. An ultrasonic method for determination of elastic moduli, density, attenuation and thickness of a polymer coating on a stiff plate.

    PubMed

    Lavrentyev, A I; Rokhlin, S I

    2001-04-01

    An ultrasonic method proposed by us for determination of the complete set of acoustical and geometrical properties of a thin isotropic layer between semispaces (J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 102 (1997) 3467) is extended to determination of the properties of a coating on a thin plate. The method allows simultaneous determination of the coating thickness, density, elastic moduli and attenuation (longitudinal and shear) from normal and oblique incidence reflection (transmission) frequency spectra. Reflection (transmission) from the coated plate is represented as a function of six nondimensional parameters of the coating which are determined from two experimentally measured spectra: one at normal and one at oblique incidence. The introduction of the set of nondimensional parameters allows one to transform the reconstruction process from one search in a six-dimensional space to two searches in three-dimensional spaces (one search for normal incidence and one for oblique). Thickness, density, and longitudinal and shear elastic moduli of the coating are calculated from the nondimensional parameters determined. The sensitivity of the method to individual properties and its stability against experimental noise are studied and the inversion algorithm is accordingly optimized. An example of the method and experimental measurement for comparison is given for a polypropylene coating on a steel foil.

  6. Utilization of N-Bromosuccinimide as a Brominating Agent for the Determination of Sumatriptan Succinate in Bulk Drug and Tablets

    PubMed Central

    Prashanth, Kudige N.; Basavaiah, Kanakapura; Raghu, Madihalli S.

    2013-01-01

    One titrimetric and two spectrophotometric methods which are simple, sensitive, and economic are described for the determination of sumatriptan succinate (STS) in bulk drug and in tablet dosage form using N-bromosuccinimide (NBS) as a brominating agent. In titrimetry, aqueous solution of STS is treated with a measured excess of NBS in acetic acid medium, and after the bromination of STS is judged to be complete, the unreacted NBS is determined iodometrically (method A). Spectrophotometric methods entail addition of a known excess of NBS in acid medium followed by the determination of residual NBS by its reaction with excess iodide, and the liberated iodine (I3 −) is either measured at 370 nm (method B) or liberated iodine is reacted with starch followed by the measurement of the blue colored starch-iodine complex at 570 nm (method C). Titrimetric method is applicable over range 1.0–10.0 mg STS (method A), and the reaction stoichiometry is found to be 1 : 3 (STS : NBS). The spectrophotometric methods obey Beer's law for concentration range 0.6–15.0 μg mL−1 (method B) and 0.2–4.0 μg mL−1 (method C). The calculated apparent molar absorptivity values were found to be 2.10 × 104 and 7.44 × 104 L mol−1 cm−1, for method B and method C, respectively. PMID:23935625

  7. Developing alternative methods for determining the incidence, prevalence, and cost burden of coronary heart disease in a corporate population.

    PubMed

    Beckowski, Meghan Short; Goyal, Abhinav; Goetzel, Ron Z; Rinehart, Christine L; Darling, Kathryn J; Yarborough, Charles M

    2012-08-01

    To determine the most appropriate methods for estimating the prevalence and incidence of coronary heart disease (CHD), the associated risk factors, and health care costs in a corporate setting. Using medical insurance claims data for the period of 2005-2009 from 18 companies in the Thomson Reuters MarketScan reg database, we evaluated three alternative methods. Prevalence of CHD ranged from 2.1% to 4.0% using a method requiring a second confirmatory claim. Annual incidence of CHD ranged from 1.0% to 1.6% using a method requiring 320 days of benefits enrollment in the previous year, and one claim for a diagnosis of CHD. Alternative methods for determining the epidemiologic and cost burden of CHD using insurance claims data were explored. These methods can inform organizations that want to quantify the health and cost burden of various diseases common among an employed population.

  8. Comparison of Two Methods of Noise Power Spectrum Determinations of Medical Radiography Systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hassan, Wan Muhamad Saridan Wan; Ahmed Darwish, Zeki

    2011-03-01

    Noise in medical images is recognized as an important factor that determines the image quality. Image noise is characterized by noise power spectrum (NPS). We compared two methods of NPS determination namely the methods of Wagner and Dobbins on Lanex Regular TMG screen-film system and Hologic Lorad Selenia full field digital mammography system, with the aim of choosing the better method to use. The methods differ in terms of various parametric choices and algorithm implementations. These parameters include the low pass filtering, low frequency filtering, windowing, smoothing, aperture correction, overlapping of region of interest (ROI), length of fast Fourier transform, ROI size, method of ROI normalization, and slice selection of the NPS. Overall, the two methods agreed to the practical value of noise power spectrum between 10-3-10-6 mm2 over spatial frequency range 0-10 mm-1.

  9. An approximate solution to improve computational efficiency of impedance-type payload load prediction

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    White, C. W.

    1981-01-01

    The computational efficiency of the impedance type loads prediction method was studied. Three goals were addressed: devise a method to make the impedance method operate more efficiently in the computer; assess the accuracy and convenience of the method for determining the effect of design changes; and investigate the use of the method to identify design changes for reduction of payload loads. The method is suitable for calculation of dynamic response in either the frequency or time domain. It is concluded that: the choice of an orthogonal coordinate system will allow the impedance method to operate more efficiently in the computer; the approximate mode impedance technique is adequate for determining the effect of design changes, and is applicable for both statically determinate and statically indeterminate payload attachments; and beneficial design changes to reduce payload loads can be identified by the combined application of impedance techniques and energy distribution review techniques.

  10. Non-destructive testing method for determining the solvent diffusion coefficient in the porous materials products

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Belyaev, V. P.; Mishchenko, S. V.; Belyaev, P. S.

    2018-01-01

    Ensuring non-destructive testing of products in industry is an urgent task. Most of the modern methods for determining the diffusion coefficient in porous materials have been developed for bodies of a given configuration and size. This leads to the need for finished products destruction to make experimental samples from them. The purpose of this study is the development of a dynamic method that allows operatively determine the diffusion coefficient in finished products from porous materials without destroying them. The method is designed to investigate the solvents diffusion coefficient in building constructions from materials having a porous structure: brick, concrete and aerated concrete, gypsum, cement, gypsum or silicate solutions, gas silicate blocks, heat insulators, etc. A mathematical model of the method is constructed. The influence of the design and measuring device operating parameters on the method accuracy is studied. The application results of the developed method for structural porous products are presented.

  11. Settlement of reactive power compensation in the light of white certificates

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zajkowski, Konrad

    2017-10-01

    The article discusses the problem of the determination of savings on active energy as a result of a reactive power compensation. Statutory guidance on the required energy audit to obtain white certificates in the European Union was followed. The analysis was made on the basis of the Polish Law. The paper presents a detailed analytical method and an estimation method taking into account the impact on the line, the transformer and the generator. According to the relevant guidelines in the European Union, the reduction of CO2 emissions by calculating the saving of active power should be determined. The detailed method and an estimation method proposed for the determination of savings on active energy as a result of the reactive power compensation carried out possess some errors and inconvenience. The detailed method requires knowledge of the network topology and a determination of reactive power Q at each point of the network. The estimation method of analysis is easy in execution, especially if the consumer of energy is the main or the most significant purchaser of electricity in the network. Unfortunately, this latter method can be used only for activities that do not require high computational accuracy. The results obtained by this method are approximate values that can be used for the calculation of economic indicators. The estimation method is suitable for determining the number of white certificates when a power audit concerns a recipient of electricity, the structure of which is a large number of divisions scattered at many different locations in the power system.

  12. A flow injection chemiluminescence method for determination of nalidixic acid based on KMnO4-morin sensitized with CdS quantum dots

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Khataee, Alireza; Lotfi, Roya; Hasanzadeh, Aliyeh; Iranifam, Mortaza; Joo, Sang Woo

    2016-02-01

    A simple and sensitive flow injection chemiluminescence (CL) method was developed for determination of nalidixic acid by application of CdS quantum dots (QDs) in KMnO4-morin CL system in acidic medium. Optical and structural features of L-cysteine capped CdS quantum dots which were synthesized via hydrothermal approach were investigated using X-ray diffraction (XRD), scanning electron microscopy (SEM), photoluminescence (PL), and ultraviolet-visible (UV-Vis) spectroscopy. Moreover, the potential mechanism of the proposed CL method was described using the results of the kinetic curves of CL systems, the spectra of CL, PL and UV-Vis analyses. The CL intensity of the KMnO4-morin-CdS QDs system was considerably increased in the presence of nalidixic acid. Under the optimum condition, the enhanced CL intensity was linearly proportional to the concentration of nalidixic acid in the range of 0.0013 to 21.0 mg L- 1, with a detection limit of (3σ) 0.003 mg L- 1. Also, the proposed CL method was utilized for determination of nalidixic acid in environmental water samples, and commercial pharmaceutical formulation to approve its applicability. Furthermore, corona discharge ionization ion mobility spectrometry (CD-IMS) method was utilized for determination of nalidixic acid and the results of real sample analysis by two proposed methods were compared. Comparison the analytical features of these methods represented that the proposed CL method is preferable to CD-IMS method for determination of nalidixic acid due to its high sensitivity and precision.

  13. A flow injection chemiluminescence method for determination of nalidixic acid based on KMnO₄-morin sensitized with CdS quantum dots.

    PubMed

    Khataee, Alireza; Lotfi, Roya; Hasanzadeh, Aliyeh; Iranifam, Mortaza; Joo, Sang Woo

    2016-02-05

    A simple and sensitive flow injection chemiluminescence (CL) method was developed for determination of nalidixic acid by application of CdS quantum dots (QDs) in KMnO4-morin CL system in acidic medium. Optical and structural features of L-cysteine capped CdS quantum dots which were synthesized via hydrothermal approach were investigated using X-ray diffraction (XRD), scanning electron microscopy (SEM), photoluminescence (PL), and ultraviolet-visible (UV-Vis) spectroscopy. Moreover, the potential mechanism of the proposed CL method was described using the results of the kinetic curves of CL systems, the spectra of CL, PL and UV-Vis analyses. The CL intensity of the KMnO4-morin-CdS QDs system was considerably increased in the presence of nalidixic acid. Under the optimum condition, the enhanced CL intensity was linearly proportional to the concentration of nalidixic acid in the range of 0.0013 to 21.0 mg L(-1), with a detection limit of (3σ) 0.003 mg L(-1). Also, the proposed CL method was utilized for determination of nalidixic acid in environmental water samples, and commercial pharmaceutical formulation to approve its applicability. Furthermore, corona discharge ionization ion mobility spectrometry (CD-IMS) method was utilized for determination of nalidixic acid and the results of real sample analysis by two proposed methods were compared. Comparison the analytical features of these methods represented that the proposed CL method is preferable to CD-IMS method for determination of nalidixic acid due to its high sensitivity and precision. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  14. Ion-pairing HPLC methods to determine EDTA and DTPA in small molecule and biological pharmaceutical formulations.

    PubMed

    Wang, George; Tomasella, Frank P

    2016-06-01

    Ion-pairing high-performance liquid chromatography-ultraviolet (HPLC-UV) methods were developed to determine two commonly used chelating agents, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) in Abilify® (a small molecule drug with aripiprazole as the active pharmaceutical ingredient) oral solution and diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA) in Yervoy® (a monoclonal antibody drug with ipilimumab as the active pharmaceutical ingredient) intravenous formulation. Since the analytes, EDTA and DTPA, do not contain chromophores, transition metal ions (Cu 2+ , Fe 3+ ) which generate highly stable metallocomplexes with the chelating agents were added into the sample preparation to enhance UV detection. The use of metallocomplexes with ion-pairing chromatography provides the ability to achieve the desired sensitivity and selectivity in the development of the method. Specifically, the sample preparation involving metallocomplex formation allowed sensitive UV detection. Copper was utilized for the determination of EDTA and iron was utilized for the determination of DTPA. In the case of EDTA, a gradient mobile phase separated the components of the formulation from the analyte. In the method for DTPA, the active drug substance, ipilimumab, was eluted in the void. In addition, the optimization of the concentration of the ion-pairing reagent was discussed as a means of enhancing the retention of the aminopolycarboxylic acids (APCAs) including EDTA and DTPA and the specificity of the method. The analytical method development was designed based on the chromatographic properties of the analytes, the nature of the sample matrix and the intended purpose of the method. Validation data were presented for the two methods. Finally, both methods were successfully utilized in determining the fate of the chelates.

  15. A "three-in-one" sample preparation method for simultaneous determination of B-group water-soluble vitamins in infant formula using VitaFast(®) kits.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Heng; Lan, Fang; Shi, Yupeng; Wan, Zhi-Gang; Yue, Zhen-Feng; Fan, Fang; Lin, Yan-Kui; Tang, Mu-Jin; Lv, Jing-Zhang; Xiao, Tan; Yi, Changqing

    2014-06-15

    VitaFast(®) test kits designed for the microbiological assay in microtiter plate format can be applied to quantitative determination of B-group water-soluble vitamins such as vitamin B12, folic acid and biotin, et al. Compared to traditional microbiological methods, VitaFast(®) kits significantly reduce sample processing time and provide greater reliability, higher productivity and better accuracy. Recently, simultaneous determination of vitamin B12, folic acid and biotin in one sample is urgently required when evaluating the quality of infant formulae in our practical work. However, the present sample preparation protocols which are developed for individual test systems, are incompatible with simultaneous determination of several analytes. To solve this problem, a novel "three-in-one" sample preparation method is herein developed for simultaneous determination of B-group water-soluble vitamins using VitaFast(®) kits. The performance of this novel "three-in-one" sample preparation method was systematically evaluated through comparing with individual sample preparation protocols. The experimental results of the assays which employed "three-in-one" sample preparation method were in good agreement with those obtained from conventional VitaFast(®) extraction methods, indicating that the proposed "three-in-one" sample preparation method is applicable to the present three VitaFast(®) vitamin test systems, thus offering a promising alternative for the three independent sample preparation methods. The proposed new sample preparation method will significantly improve the efficiency of infant formulae inspection. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  16. Comparison of the vanadate oxidase method with the diazo method for serum bilirubin determination in dog, monkey, and rat.

    PubMed

    Ameri, Mehrdad; Schnaars, Henry; Sibley, John; Honor, David

    2011-01-01

    The most widely used method for bilirubin concentration determination is the diazo method, which measures the color of azobilirubin. The vanadate oxidase method is based on oxidation of bilirubin to biliverdin by vanadate. The objective of this study was to compare total and direct bilirubin concentration ([Bt] and [Bd], respectively) determined by the diazo and vanadate oxidase methods in pooled serum samples from dogs, monkeys, and rats spiked with panels of different concentrations of bilirubin standards. Pooled serum samples from 40 dogs, 40 monkeys, and 60 rats were spiked with either ditaurine conjugates of bilirubin or a standard reference material. The results obtained from both assays were compared using Deming regression analysis. The intra- and interassay precision, expressed as a percentage of the coefficient of variation (%CV), was determined for [Bt] and [Bd], and the mean percentage of recovery was calculated. The vanadate oxidase method displayed an excellent correlation (r  =  0.99-1.00) with the diazo method. Using Deming regression, there were minimal negative or positive constant and proportional biases for [Bt] and [Bd]. The precision studies revealed that the vanadate oxidase method has comparable between-run and within-run CVs to those of the diazo method. The recovery study demonstrated that the diazo method more closely approximates the expected values of [Bt]. In conclusion, the vanadate oxidase method is a simple and rapid method that can be employed as an alternative to the diazo method when interfering substances are present in the serum samples of dog, monkey, and rat.

  17. Comparative Analysis of Methods of Evaluating the Lower Ionosphere Parameters by Tweek Atmospherics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Krivonos, A. P.; Shvets, A. V.

    2016-12-01

    Purpose: A comparative analysis of the phase and frequency methods for determining the Earth-ionosphere effective waveguide heights for the basic and higher types of normal waves (modes) and distance to the source of radiation - lightning - has been made by analyzing pulse signals in the ELF-VLF range - tweek-atmospherics (tweeks). Design/methodology/approach: To test the methods in computer simulations, the tweeks waveforms were synthesized for the Earth-ionosphere waveguide model with the exponential conductivity profile of the lower ionosphere. The calculations were made for a 20-40 dB signal/noise ratio. Findings: The error of the frequency method of determining the effective height of the waveguide for different waveguide modes was less than 0.5 %. The error of the phase method for determining the effective height of the waveguide was less than 0.8 %. Errors in determining the distance to the lightning was less than 1 % for the phase method, and less than 5 % for the frequency method for the source ranges 1000-3000 km. Conclusions: The analysis results have showed the accuracy of the frequency and phase methods being practically the same within distances of 1000-3000 km. For distances less than 1000 km, the phase method shows a more accurate evaluation of the range, so the combination of the two methods can be used to improve estimating the tweek’s propagation path parameters.

  18. HPTLC Method for the Determination of Paracetamol, Pseudoephedrine and Loratidine in Tablets and Human Plasma.

    PubMed

    Farid, Nehal Fayek; Abdelaleem, Eglal A

    2016-04-01

    A sensitive, accurate and selective high performance thin layer chromatography (HPTLC) method was developed and validated for the simultaneous determination of paracetamol (PAR), its toxic impurity 4-aminophenol (4-AP), pseudoephedrine HCl (PSH) and loratidine (LOR). The proposed chromatographic method has been developed using HPTLC aluminum plates precoated with silica gel 60 F254 using acetone-hexane-ammonia (4:5:0.1, by volume) as a developing system followed by densitometric measurement at 254 nm for PAR, 4-AP and LOR, while PSH was scanned at 208 nm. System suitability testing parameters were calculated to ascertain the quality performance of the developed chromatographic method. The method was validated with respect to USP guidelines regarding accuracy, precision and specificity. The method was successfully applied for the determination of PAR, PSH and LOR in ATSHI(®) tablets. The three drugs were also determined in plasma by applying the proposed method in the ranges of 0.5-6 µg/band, 1.6-12 µg/band and 0.4-2 µg/band for PAR, PSH and LOR, respectively. The results obtained by the proposed method were compared with those obtained by a reported HPLC method, and there was no significance difference between both methods regarding accuracy and precision. © The Author 2016. Published by Oxford University Press. All rights reserved. For Permissions, please email: journals.permissions@oup.com.

  19. Rapid analysis method for the determination of 14C specific activity in irradiated graphite

    PubMed Central

    Remeikis, Vidmantas; Lagzdina, Elena; Garbaras, Andrius; Gudelis, Arūnas; Garankin, Jevgenij; Juodis, Laurynas; Duškesas, Grigorijus; Lingis, Danielius; Abdulajev, Vladimir; Plukis, Artūras

    2018-01-01

    14C is one of the limiting radionuclides used in the categorization of radioactive graphite waste; this categorization is crucial in selecting the appropriate graphite treatment/disposal method. We propose a rapid analysis method for 14C specific activity determination in small graphite samples in the 1–100 μg range. The method applies an oxidation procedure to the sample, which extracts 14C from the different carbonaceous matrices in a controlled manner. Because this method enables fast online measurement and 14C specific activity evaluation, it can be especially useful for characterizing 14C in irradiated graphite when dismantling graphite moderator and reflector parts, or when sorting radioactive graphite waste from decommissioned nuclear power plants. The proposed rapid method is based on graphite combustion and the subsequent measurement of both CO2 and 14C, using a commercial elemental analyser and the semiconductor detector, respectively. The method was verified using the liquid scintillation counting (LSC) technique. The uncertainty of this rapid method is within the acceptable range for radioactive waste characterization purposes. The 14C specific activity determination procedure proposed in this study takes approximately ten minutes, comparing favorably to the more complicated and time consuming LSC method. This method can be potentially used to radiologically characterize radioactive waste or used in biomedical applications when dealing with the specific activity determination of 14C in the sample. PMID:29370233

  20. Spectrophotometric Methods for Simultaneous Determination of Sofosbuvir and Ledipasvir (HARVONI Tablet): Comparative Study with Two Generic Products.

    PubMed

    Abo-Talib, Nisreen F; El-Ghobashy, Mohamed R; Tammam, Marwa H

    2017-07-01

    Sofosbuvir and ledipasvir are the first drugs in a combination pill to treat chronic hepatitis C virus. Simple, sensitive, and rapid spectrophotometric methods are presented for the determination of sofosbuvir and ledipasvir in their combined dosage form. These methods were based on direct measurement of ledipasvir at 333 nm (due to the lack of interference of sofosbuvir) over a concentration range of 4.0-14.0 µg/mL, with a mean recovery of 100.78 ± 0.64%. Sofosbuvir was determined, without prior separation, by third-derivative values at 281 nm; derivative ratio values at 265.8 nm utilizing 5.0 µg/mL ledipasvir as a divisor; the ratio difference method using values at 270 and 250 nm using 5.0 µg/mL ledipasvir as a divisor; and the ratio subtraction method using values at 261 nm. These methods were found to be linear for sofosbuvir over a concentration range of 5.0-35.0 µg/mL. The suggested methods were validated according to International Conference on Harmonization guidelines. Statistical analysis of the results showed no significant difference between the proposed methods and the manufacturer's LC method of determination with respect to accuracy and precision. These methods were used to compare the equivalence of an innovator drug dosage form and two generic drug dosage forms of the same strength.

  1. Rapid determination of environmentally persistent free radicals (EPFRs) in atmospheric particles with a quartz sheet-based approach using electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) spectroscopy

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Qingcai; Wang, Mamin; Wang, Yuqin; Zhang, Lixin; Xue, Jian; Sun, Haoyao; Mu, Zhen

    2018-07-01

    Environmentally persistent free radicals (EPFRs) are present within atmospheric fine particles, and they are assumed to be a potential factor responsible for human pneumonia and lung cancer. This study presents a new method for the rapid quantification of EPFRs in atmospheric particles with a quartz sheet-based approach using electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) spectroscopy. The three-dimensional distributions of the relative response factors in a cavity resonator were simulated and utilized for an accurate quantitative determination of EPFRs in samples. Comparisons between the proposed method and conventional quantitative methods were also performed to illustrate the advantages of the proposed method. The results suggest that the reproducibility and accuracy of the proposed method are superior to those of the quartz tube-based method. Although the solvent extraction method is capable of extracting specific EPFR species, the developed method can be used to determine the total EPFR content; moreover, the analysis process of the proposed approach is substantially quicker than that of the solvent extraction method. The proposed method has been applied in this study to determine the EPFRs in ambient PM2.5 samples collected over Xi'an, the results of which will be useful for extensive research on the sources, concentrations, and physical-chemical characteristics of EPFRs in the atmosphere.

  2. Rapid analysis method for the determination of 14C specific activity in irradiated graphite.

    PubMed

    Remeikis, Vidmantas; Lagzdina, Elena; Garbaras, Andrius; Gudelis, Arūnas; Garankin, Jevgenij; Plukienė, Rita; Juodis, Laurynas; Duškesas, Grigorijus; Lingis, Danielius; Abdulajev, Vladimir; Plukis, Artūras

    2018-01-01

    14C is one of the limiting radionuclides used in the categorization of radioactive graphite waste; this categorization is crucial in selecting the appropriate graphite treatment/disposal method. We propose a rapid analysis method for 14C specific activity determination in small graphite samples in the 1-100 μg range. The method applies an oxidation procedure to the sample, which extracts 14C from the different carbonaceous matrices in a controlled manner. Because this method enables fast online measurement and 14C specific activity evaluation, it can be especially useful for characterizing 14C in irradiated graphite when dismantling graphite moderator and reflector parts, or when sorting radioactive graphite waste from decommissioned nuclear power plants. The proposed rapid method is based on graphite combustion and the subsequent measurement of both CO2 and 14C, using a commercial elemental analyser and the semiconductor detector, respectively. The method was verified using the liquid scintillation counting (LSC) technique. The uncertainty of this rapid method is within the acceptable range for radioactive waste characterization purposes. The 14C specific activity determination procedure proposed in this study takes approximately ten minutes, comparing favorably to the more complicated and time consuming LSC method. This method can be potentially used to radiologically characterize radioactive waste or used in biomedical applications when dealing with the specific activity determination of 14C in the sample.

  3. Method for determining optimal supercell representation of interfaces

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Stradi, Daniele; Jelver, Line; Smidstrup, Søren; Stokbro, Kurt

    2017-05-01

    The geometry and structure of an interface ultimately determines the behavior of devices at the nanoscale. We present a generic method to determine the possible lattice matches between two arbitrary surfaces and to calculate the strain of the corresponding matched interface. We apply this method to explore two relevant classes of interfaces for which accurate structural measurements of the interface are available: (i) the interface between pentacene crystals and the (1 1 1) surface of gold, and (ii) the interface between the semiconductor indium-arsenide and aluminum. For both systems, we demonstrate that the presented method predicts interface geometries in good agreement with those measured experimentally, which present nontrivial matching characteristics and would be difficult to guess without relying on automated structure-searching methods.

  4. Methods for Determining Spontaneous Mutation Rates

    PubMed Central

    Foster, Patricia L.

    2007-01-01

    Spontaneous mutations arise as a result of cellular processes that act upon or damage DNA. Accurate determination of spontaneous mutation rates can contribute to our understanding of these processes and the enzymatic pathways that deal with them. The methods that are used to calculate mutation rates are based on the model for the expansion of mutant clones originally described by Luria and Delbrück and extended by Lea and Coulson. The accurate determination of mutation rates depends on understanding the strengths and limitations of these methods and how to optimize a fluctuation assay for a given method. This chapter describes the proper design of a fluctuation assay, several of the methods used to calculate mutation rates, and ways to evaluate the results statistically. PMID:16793403

  5. [Methods for determination of cholinesterase activity].

    PubMed

    Dingová, D; Hrabovská, A

    2015-01-01

    Cholinesterases hydrolyze acetylcholine and thus they play a key role in a process of cholinergic neurotransmission. Changes in their activities are linked to many diseases (e.g Alzheimer disease, Parkinson disease, lipid disorders). Thus, it is important to determine their activity in a fast, simply and precise way. In this review, different approaches of studying cholinesterase activities (e.g pH-dependent, spectrophotometric, radiometric, histochemical methods or biosensors) are discussed. Comparisons, advantages or disadvantages of selected methods (e.g most widely used Ellman's assay, extremely sensitive Johnson Russell method or modern technique with golden nanoparticles) are presented. This review enables one to choose a suitable method for determination of cholinesterase activities with respect to laboratory equipment, type of analysis, pH, temperature scale or special conditions.

  6. The reliability of clinical decisions based on the cervical vertebrae maturation staging method.

    PubMed

    Sohrabi, Aydin; Babay Ahari, Sahar; Moslemzadeh, Hossein; Rafighi, Ali; Aghazadeh, Zahra

    2016-02-01

    Of the various techniques used to determine the optimum timing for growth modification treatments, the cervical vertebrae maturation method has great advantages, including validity and no need for extra X-ray exposure. Recently, the reproducibility of this method has been questioned. The aim of this study was to investigate the cause of poor reproducibility of this method and to assess the reproducibility of the clinical decisions made based on it. Seventy lateral cephalograms of Iranian patients aged 9‒15 years were observed twice by five experienced orthodontists. In addition to determining the developmental stage, each single parameter involved in this method was assessed in terms of inter- and intra-observer reproducibility. In order to evaluate the reproducibility of clinical decisions based on this method, cervical vertebrae maturation staging (CVMS) I and II were considered as phase 1 and CVMS IV and V were considered as phase 3. By considering the clinical approach of the CVMS method, inter-observer reproducibility of this method increased from 0.48 to 0.61 (moderate to substantial) and intra-observer reproducibility enhanced from 0.72 to 0.74. 1. Complete visualization of the first four cervical vertebrae was an inclusion criterion, which also limits the clinical application of CVMS method. 2. These results can be generalized when determining growth modification treatments solely for Class II patients. Difficulty in determining the morphology of C3 and C4 leads to poor reproducibility of the CVMS method. Despite this, it has acceptable reproducibility in determining the timing of functional treatment for Class II patients. © The Author 2015. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the European Orthodontic Society. All rights reserved. For permissions, please email: journals.permissions@oup.com.

  7. Performance Analysis of Entropy Methods on K Means in Clustering Process

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dicky Syahputra Lubis, Mhd.; Mawengkang, Herman; Suwilo, Saib

    2017-12-01

    K Means is a non-hierarchical data clustering method that attempts to partition existing data into one or more clusters / groups. This method partitions the data into clusters / groups so that data that have the same characteristics are grouped into the same cluster and data that have different characteristics are grouped into other groups.The purpose of this data clustering is to minimize the objective function set in the clustering process, which generally attempts to minimize variation within a cluster and maximize the variation between clusters. However, the main disadvantage of this method is that the number k is often not known before. Furthermore, a randomly chosen starting point may cause two points to approach the distance to be determined as two centroids. Therefore, for the determination of the starting point in K Means used entropy method where this method is a method that can be used to determine a weight and take a decision from a set of alternatives. Entropy is able to investigate the harmony in discrimination among a multitude of data sets. Using Entropy criteria with the highest value variations will get the highest weight. Given this entropy method can help K Means work process in determining the starting point which is usually determined at random. Thus the process of clustering on K Means can be more quickly known by helping the entropy method where the iteration process is faster than the K Means Standard process. Where the postoperative patient dataset of the UCI Repository Machine Learning used and using only 12 data as an example of its calculations is obtained by entropy method only with 2 times iteration can get the desired end result.

  8. The selective determination of sulfates, sulfonates and phosphates in urine by CE-MS.

    PubMed

    Bunz, Svenja-Catharina; Weinmann, Wolfgang; Neusüss, Christian

    2010-04-01

    Metabolite identification and metabolite profiling are of major importance in the pharmaceutical and clinical context. However, highly polar and ionic substances are rarely included as analytical tools are missing. In this study, we present a new method for the determination of urinary sulfates, sulfonates, phosphates and other anions of strong acids. The method comprises a CE separation using an acidic BGE (pH

  9. Time-Domain Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (TD-NMR) and Chemometrics for Determination of Fat Content in Commercial Products of Milk Powder.

    PubMed

    Nascimento, Paloma Andrade Martins; Barsanelli, Paulo Lopes; Rebellato, Ana Paula; Pallone, Juliana Azevedo Lima; Colnago, Luiz Alberto; Pereira, Fabíola Manhas Verbi

    2017-03-01

    This study shows the use of time-domain (TD)-NMR transverse relaxation (T2) data and chemometrics in the nondestructive determination of fat content for powdered food samples such as commercial dried milk products. Most proposed NMR spectroscopy methods for measuring fat content correlate free induction decay or echo intensities with the sample's mass. The need for the sample's mass limits the analytical frequency of NMR determination, because weighing the samples is an additional step in this procedure. Therefore, the method proposed here is based on a multivariate model of T2 decay, measured with Carr-Purcell-Meiboom-Gill pulse sequence and reference values of fat content. The TD-NMR spectroscopy method shows high correlation (r = 0.95) with the lipid content, determined by the standard extraction method of Bligh and Dyer. For comparison, fat content determination was also performed using a multivariate model with near-IR (NIR) spectroscopy, which is also a nondestructive method. The advantages of the proposed TD-NMR method are that it (1) minimizes toxic residue generation, (2) performs measurements with high analytical frequency (a few seconds per analysis), and (3) does not require sample preparation (such as pelleting, needed for NIR spectroscopy analyses) or weighing the samples.

  10. Method and apparatus for determining material structural integrity

    DOEpatents

    Pechersky, Martin

    1996-01-01

    A non-destructive method and apparatus for determining the structural integrity of materials by combining laser vibrometry with damping analysis techniques to determine the damping loss factor of a material. The method comprises the steps of vibrating the area being tested over a known frequency range and measuring vibrational force and velocity as a function of time over the known frequency range. Vibrational velocity is preferably measured by a laser vibrometer. Measurement of the vibrational force depends on the vibration method. If an electromagnetic coil is used to vibrate a magnet secured to the area being tested, then the vibrational force is determined by the amount of coil current used in vibrating the magnet. If a reciprocating transducer is used to vibrate a magnet secured to the area being tested, then the vibrational force is determined by a force gauge in the reciprocating transducer. Using known vibrational analysis methods, a plot of the drive point mobility of the material over the preselected frequency range is generated from the vibrational force and velocity measurements. The damping loss factor is derived from a plot of the drive point mobility over the preselected frequency range using the resonance dwell method and compared with a reference damping loss factor for structural integrity evaluation.

  11. Prediction of Caffeine Content in Java Preanger Coffee Beans by NIR Spectroscopy Using PLS and MLR Method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Budiastra, I. W.; Sutrisno; Widyotomo, S.; Ayu, P. C.

    2018-05-01

    Caffeine is one of important components in coffee that contributes to the coffee beverages flavor. Caffeine concentration in coffee bean is usually determined by chemical method which is time consuming and destructive method. A nondestructive method using NIR spectroscopy was successfully applied to determine the caffeine concentration of Arabica gayo coffee bean. In this study, NIR Spectroscopy was assessed to determine the caffeine concentration of java preanger coffee bean. A hundred samples, each consist of 96 g coffee beans were prepared for reflectance and chemical measurement. Reflectance of the sample was measured by FT-NIR spectrometer in the wavelength of 1000-2500 nm (10000-4000 cm-1) followed by determination of caffeine content using LCMS method. Calibration of NIR spectra and the caffeine content was carried out using PLS and MLR methods. Several spectra data processing was conducted to increase the accuracy of prediction. The result of the study showed that caffeine content could be determined by PLS model using 7 factors and spectra data processing of combination of the first derivative and MSC of spectra absorbance (r = 0.946; CV = 1.54 %; RPD = 2.28). A lower accuracy was obtained by MLR model consisted of three caffeine and other four absorption wavelengths (r = 0.683; CV = 3.31%; RPD = 1.18).

  12. Rapid incremental methods for the determination of serum iron and iron-binding capacity

    PubMed Central

    Beale, R. N.; Bostrom, J. O.; Taylor, R. F.

    1961-01-01

    Rapid methods depending on differential absorptiometry are described for the determination of the transferrin iron content and the latent iron-binding capacity of blood serum. Each determination requires as little as 0·5 ml. serum. The methods are well adapted for routine use in the `average' laboratory. Three or four sera may be completely analysed in 30 minutes. All operations are carried out in the cells or tubes used for the colorimetric measurements, no precipitation or heating being employed at any stage. Critical investigations of the reliability of the methods are attempted and ranges of normal values are included. PMID:13866116

  13. A Fast and Effective Pyridine-Free Method for the Determination of Hydroxyl Value of Hydroxyl-Terminated Polybutadiene and Other Hydroxy Compounds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alex, Ancy Smitha; Kumar, Vijendra; Sekkar, V.; Bandyopadhyay, G. G.

    2017-07-01

    Hydroxyl-terminated polybutadiene (HTPB) is the workhorse propellant binder for launch vehicle and missile applications. Accurate determination of the hydroxyl value (OHV) of HTPB is crucial for tailoring the ultimate mechanical and ballistic properties of the propellant derived. This article describes a fast and effective methodology free of pyridine based on acetic anhydride, N-methyl imidazole, and toluene for the determination of OHV of nonpolar polymers like HTPB and other hydroxyl compounds. This method gives accurate and reproducible results comparable to standard methods and is superior to existing methods in terms of user friendliness, efficiency, and time requirement.

  14. Validated HPLC determination of 2-[(dimethylamino)methyl]cyclohexanone, an impurity in tramadol, using a precolumn derivatisation reaction with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine.

    PubMed

    Medvedovici, Andrei; Albu, Florin; Farca, Alexandru; David, Victor

    2004-01-27

    A new method for the determination of 2-[(dimethylamino)methyl]cyclohexanone (DAMC) in Tramadol (as active substance or active ingredient in pharmaceutical formulations) is described. The method is based on the derivatisation of 2-[(dimethylamino)methyl]cyclohexanone with 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (2,4-DNPH) in acidic conditions followed by a reversed-phase liquid chromatographic separation with UV detection. The method is simple, selective, quantitative and allows the determination of 2-[(dimethylamino)methyl]cyclohexanone at the low ppm level. The proposed method was validated with respect to selectivity, precision, linearity, accuracy and robustness.

  15. Material Damage System and Method for Determining Same

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Okojie, Robert (Inventor)

    2017-01-01

    A system and method for determining a change in a thickness and temperature of a surface of a material are disclosed herein. The system and the method are usable in a thermal protection system of a space vehicle, such as an aeroshell of a space vehicle. The system and method may incorporate micro electric sensors arranged in a ladder network and capacitor strip sensors. Corrosion or ablation causes a change in an electrical property of the sensors. An amount of or rate of the corrosion or the ablation and a temperature of the material is determined based on the change of the electrical property of the sensors.

  16. Determination of dextrose in peritoneal dialysis solution by localized surface plasmon resonance technique based on silver nanoparticles formation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Masrournia, Mahboube; Montazarolmahdi, Maliheh; Sani, Faramarz Aliasghari

    2017-07-01

    Determination of dextrose in peritoneal dialysis with a method based on silver nanoparticles (AgNPs) formation was investigated. In a green chemistry method, silver nanoparticles (AgNPs) were synthesized in the natural polymeric matrix of gelatin. The nanoparticles were characterized with UV-Vis spectroscopy and transmission electron microscopy (TEM). Absorbance signal of AgNPs could be applied to determine the various concentrations of dextrose solutions. Drop wise and ultrasonic methods were used and compared with each other. The dynamic range of methods with limit of detection and relative standard deviations were obtained. Results for real sample (peritoneal dialysis) were satisfied.

  17. [Enzymatic analysis of the quality of foodstuffs].

    PubMed

    Kolesnov, A Iu

    1997-01-01

    Enzymatic analysis is an independent and separate branch of enzymology and analytical chemistry. It has become one of the most important methodologies used in food analysis. Enzymatic analysis allows the quick, reliable determination of many food ingredients. Often these contents cannot be determined by conventional methods, or if methods are available, they are determined only with limited accuracy. Today, methods of enzymatic analysis are being increasingly used in the investigation of foodstuffs. Enzymatic measurement techniques are used in industry, scientific and food inspection laboratories for quality analysis. This article describes the requirements of an optimal analytical method: specificity, sample preparation, assay performance, precision, sensitivity, time requirement, analysis cost, safety of reagents.

  18. Preliminary analysis of problem of determining experimental performance of air-cooled turbine II : methods for determining cooling-air-flow characteristics

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ellerbrock, Herman H , Jr

    1950-01-01

    In the determination of the performance of an air-cooled turbine, the cooling-air-flow characteristics between the root and the tip of the blades must be evaluated. The methods, which must be verified and the unknown functions evaluated, that are expected to permit the determination of pressure, temperature, and velocity through the blade cooling-air passages from specific investigation are presented.

  19. Gas-chromatographic determination of camylofine dihydrochloride in tablets and suppositories.

    PubMed

    Crombez, E; van den Bossche, W; De Moerloose, P

    1976-02-04

    A gas-chromatographic method for the quantitative determination of camylofine dihydrochloride, a spasmolytic agent, is described. The analysis is made on a porous polymer packing material, by determining the 3-methyl-1-butanol formed on alkaline hydrolysis of the drug. The method has been applied to the quantitative determination of the drug in two galenical forms, namely tablets and suppositories, in the presence of papaverine hydrochloride, codeine phosphate, novalgin and aminopyrine.

  20. Sensing Attribute Weights: A Novel Basic Belief Assignment Method

    PubMed Central

    Jiang, Wen; Zhuang, Miaoyan; Xie, Chunhe; Wu, Jun

    2017-01-01

    Dempster–Shafer evidence theory is widely used in many soft sensors data fusion systems on account of its good performance for handling the uncertainty information of soft sensors. However, how to determine basic belief assignment (BBA) is still an open issue. The existing methods to determine BBA do not consider the reliability of each attribute; at the same time, they cannot effectively determine BBA in the open world. In this paper, based on attribute weights, a novel method to determine BBA is proposed not only in the closed world, but also in the open world. The Gaussian model of each attribute is built using the training samples firstly. Second, the similarity between the test sample and the attribute model is measured based on the Gaussian membership functions. Then, the attribute weights are generated using the overlap degree among the classes. Finally, BBA is determined according to the sensed attribute weights. Several examples with small datasets show the validity of the proposed method. PMID:28358325

  1. Sensing Attribute Weights: A Novel Basic Belief Assignment Method.

    PubMed

    Jiang, Wen; Zhuang, Miaoyan; Xie, Chunhe; Wu, Jun

    2017-03-30

    Dempster-Shafer evidence theory is widely used in many soft sensors data fusion systems on account of its good performance for handling the uncertainty information of soft sensors. However, how to determine basic belief assignment (BBA) is still an open issue. The existing methods to determine BBA do not consider the reliability of each attribute; at the same time, they cannot effectively determine BBA in the open world. In this paper, based on attribute weights, a novel method to determine BBA is proposed not only in the closed world, but also in the open world. The Gaussian model of each attribute is built using the training samples firstly. Second, the similarity between the test sample and the attribute model is measured based on the Gaussian membership functions. Then, the attribute weights are generated using the overlap degree among the classes. Finally, BBA is determined according to the sensed attribute weights. Several examples with small datasets show the validity of the proposed method.

  2. Spectrophotometric determination of norepinephrine with sodium iodate and determination of its acidity constants

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hashem, E. Y.; Youssef, A. K.

    2013-05-01

    A spectrophotometric method is proposed for the determination of norepinephrine (NE) and its bitartrate salts. The method was based on the development of a red color (λmax = 495 nm) with sodium iodate in aqueous alcoholic medium at pH 5. The color was stable for at least 4 hrs. The molar reacting ratio of NE to sodium iodate was 1:4. A linear relationship was obtained between the absorption intensity and NE concentration in the range of 3.384-37.224 μg/ml with detection limit of 0.067 μg/ml and correlation coefficient of 0.9972. The present work facilitated the determination of the three acidity constants, 7.564 ± 0.02, 9.036 ± 0.034, and 10.761 ± 0.023. The reaction mechanism was also described. The proposed method was successfully applied for the determination of NE in pharmaceutical formulations. Results for analysis of bulk drugs and injections agree with those of official methods.

  3. System and method to determine thermophysical properties of a multi-component gas

    DOEpatents

    Morrow, Thomas B.; Behring, II, Kendricks A.

    2003-08-05

    A system and method to characterize natural gas hydrocarbons using a single inferential property, such as standard sound speed, when the concentrations of the diluent gases (e.g., carbon dioxide and nitrogen) are known. The system to determine a thermophysical property of a gas having a first plurality of components comprises a sound velocity measurement device, a concentration measurement device, and a processor to determine a thermophysical property as a function of a correlation between the thermophysical property, the speed of sound, and the concentration measurements, wherein the number of concentration measurements is less than the number of components in the gas. The method includes the steps of determining the speed of sound in the gas, determining a plurality of gas component concentrations in the gas, and determining the thermophysical property as a function of a correlation between the thermophysical property, the speed of sound, and the plurality of concentrations.

  4. Method of controlling temperature of a thermoelectric generator in an exhaust system

    DOEpatents

    Prior, Gregory P; Reynolds, Michael G; Cowgill, Joshua D

    2013-05-21

    A method of controlling the temperature of a thermoelectric generator (TEG) in an exhaust system of an engine is provided. The method includes determining the temperature of the heated side of the TEG, determining exhaust gas flow rate through the TEG, and determining the exhaust gas temperature through the TEG. A rate of change in temperature of the heated side of the TEG is predicted based on the determined temperature, the determined exhaust gas flow rate, and the determined exhaust gas temperature through the TEG. Using the predicted rate of change of temperature of the heated side, exhaust gas flow rate through the TEG is calculated that will result in a maximum temperature of the heated side of the TEG less than a predetermined critical temperature given the predicted rate of change in temperature of the heated side of the TEG. A corresponding apparatus is provided.

  5. Simultaneous all-optical determination of molecular concentration and extinction coefficient.

    PubMed

    Cho, Byungmoon; Tiwari, Vivek; Jonas, David M

    2013-06-04

    Absolute molecular number concentration and extinction coefficient are simultaneously determined from linear and nonlinear spectroscopic measurements. This method is based on measurements of absolute femtosecond pump-probe signals. Accounting for pulse propagation, we present a closed form expression for molecular number concentration in terms of absorbance, fluorescence, absolute pump-probe signal, and laser pulse parameters (pulse energy, spectrum, and spatial intensity profile); all quantities are measured optically. As in gravimetric and coulometric determinations of concentration, no standard samples are needed for calibration. The extinction coefficient can then be determined from the absorbance spectrum and the concentration. For fluorescein in basic methanol, the optically determined molar concentrations and extinction coefficients match gravimetric determinations to within 10% for concentrations from 0.032 to 0.540 mM, corresponding to absorbance from 0.06 to 1. In principle, this photonumeric method is extensible to transient chemical species for which other methods are not available.

  6. Determination of the size, concentration, and refractive index of silica nanoparticles from turbidity spectra.

    PubMed

    Khlebtsov, Boris N; Khanadeev, Vitaly A; Khlebtsov, Nikolai G

    2008-08-19

    The size and concentration of silica cores determine the size and concentration of silica/gold nanoshells in final preparations. Until now, the concentration of silica/gold nanoshells with Stober's silica core has been evaluated through the material balance assumption. Here, we describe a method for simultaneous determination of the average size and concentration of silica nanospheres from turbidity spectra measured within the 400-600 nm spectral band. As the refractive index of silica nanoparticles is the key input parameter for optical determination of their concentration, we propose an optical method and provide experimental data on a direct determination of the refractive index of silica particles n = 1.475 +/- 0.005. Finally, we exemplify our method by determining the particle size and concentration for 10 samples and compare the results with transmission electron microscopy (TEM), atomic force microscopy (AFM), and dynamic light scattering data.

  7. Application of Numerical Integration and Data Fusion in Unit Vector Method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, J.

    2012-01-01

    The Unit Vector Method (UVM) is a series of orbit determination methods which are designed by Purple Mountain Observatory (PMO) and have been applied extensively. It gets the conditional equations for different kinds of data by projecting the basic equation to different unit vectors, and it suits for weighted process for different kinds of data. The high-precision data can play a major role in orbit determination, and accuracy of orbit determination is improved obviously. The improved UVM (PUVM2) promoted the UVM from initial orbit determination to orbit improvement, and unified the initial orbit determination and orbit improvement dynamically. The precision and efficiency are improved further. In this thesis, further research work has been done based on the UVM: Firstly, for the improvement of methods and techniques for observation, the types and decision of the observational data are improved substantially, it is also asked to improve the decision of orbit determination. The analytical perturbation can not meet the requirement. So, the numerical integration for calculating the perturbation has been introduced into the UVM. The accuracy of dynamical model suits for the accuracy of the real data, and the condition equations of UVM are modified accordingly. The accuracy of orbit determination is improved further. Secondly, data fusion method has been introduced into the UVM. The convergence mechanism and the defect of weighted strategy have been made clear in original UVM. The problem has been solved in this method, the calculation of approximate state transition matrix is simplified and the weighted strategy has been improved for the data with different dimension and different precision. Results of orbit determination of simulation and real data show that the work of this thesis is effective: (1) After the numerical integration has been introduced into the UVM, the accuracy of orbit determination is improved obviously, and it suits for the high-accuracy data of available observation apparatus. Compare with the classical differential improvement with the numerical integration, its calculation speed is also improved obviously. (2) After data fusion method has been introduced into the UVM, weighted distribution accords rationally with the accuracy of different kinds of data, all data are fully used and the new method is also good at numerical stability and rational weighted distribution.

  8. A comparison of Thellier-type and multispecimen paleointensity determinations on Pleistocene and historical lava flows from Lanzarote (Canary Islands, Spain)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Calvo-Rathert, Manuel; Morales-Contreras, Juan; Carrancho, Ángel; Goguitchaichvili, Avto

    2016-09-01

    Sixteen Miocene, Pleistocene, and historic lava flows have been sampled in Lanzarote (Canary Islands) for paleointensity analysis with both the Coe and multispecimen methods. Besides obtaining new data, the main goal of the study was the comparison of paleointensity results determined with two different techniques. Characteristic Remanent Magnetization (ChRM) directions were obtained in 15 flows, and 12 were chosen for paleointensity determination. In Thellier-type experiments, a selection of reliable paleointensity determinations (43 of 78 studied samples) was performed using sets of criteria of different stringency, trying to relate the quality of results to the strictness of the chosen criteria. Uncorrected and fraction and domain-state corrected multispecimen paleointensity results were obtained in all flows. Results with the Coe method on historical flows either agree with the expected values or show moderately lower ones, but multispecimen determinations display a large deviation from the expected result in one case. No relation can be detected between correct or anomalous results and paleointensity determination quality or rock-magnetic properties. However, results on historical flows suggest that agreement between both methods could be a good indicator of correct determinations. Comparison of results obtained with both methods on seven Pleistocene flows yields an excellent agreement in four and disagreements in three cases. Pleistocene determinations were only accepted if either results from both methods agreed or a result was based on a sufficiently large number (n > 4) of individual Thellier-type determinations. In most Pleistocene flows, a VADM around 5 × 1022 Am2 was observed, although two flows displayed higher values around 9 × 1022 Am2.

  9. Improved Method for Determining the Heat Capacity of Metals

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Barth, Roger; Moran, Michael J.

    2014-01-01

    An improved procedure for laboratory determination of the heat capacities of metals is described. The temperature of cold water is continuously recorded with a computer-interfaced temperature probe and the room temperature metal is added. The method is more accurate and faster than previous methods. It allows students to get accurate measurements…

  10. Real-time determination of laser beam quality by modal decomposition.

    PubMed

    Schmidt, Oliver A; Schulze, Christian; Flamm, Daniel; Brüning, Robert; Kaiser, Thomas; Schröter, Siegmund; Duparré, Michael

    2011-03-28

    We present a real-time method to determine the beam propagation ratio M2 of laser beams. The all-optical measurement of modal amplitudes yields M2 parameters conform to the ISO standard method. The experimental technique is simple and fast, which allows to investigate laser beams under conditions inaccessible to other methods.

  11. Method 365.5 Determination of Orthophosphate in Estuarine and Coastal Waters by Automated Colorimetric Analysis

    EPA Science Inventory

    This method provides a procedure for the determination of low-level orthophosphate concentrations normally found in estuarine and/or coastal waters. It is based upon the method of Murphy and Riley1 adapted for automated segmented flow analysis2 in which the two reagent solutions ...

  12. Environmental Asbestos Assessment Manual Superfund Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Ambient Air Part 2: Technical Background Document

    EPA Science Inventory

    A sampling and analysis method for the determination of asbestos in air is presented in Part 1 of this report, under separate cover. This method is designed specifically to provide results suitable for supporting risk assessments at Superfund sites, although it is applicable t...

  13. A Method for the Determination of Genetic Sex in the Fathead Minnow, Pimephales promelas, to Support Testing of Endocrine-active Chemicals

    EPA Science Inventory

    Fathead minnows are used as a model fish species for the characterization of the endocrine-disrupting potential of environmental contaminants. This research describes the development of a PCR method that can determine the genetic sex in this species. This method, when incorpora...

  14. 40 CFR Appendix A-4 to Part 60 - Test Methods 6 through 10B

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... sources Method 6A—Determination of sulfur dioxide, moisture, and carbon dioxide emissions from fossil fuel... fossil fuel combustion sources Method 6C—Determination of Sulfur Dioxide Emissions From Stationary... with SO2 to form particulate sulfite and by reacting with the indicator. If free ammonia is present...

  15. 40 CFR Appendix A-4 to Part 60 - Test Methods 6 through 10B

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... sources Method 6A—Determination of sulfur dioxide, moisture, and carbon dioxide emissions from fossil fuel... fossil fuel combustion sources Method 6C—Determination of Sulfur Dioxide Emissions From Stationary... with SO2 to form particulate sulfite and by reacting with the indicator. If free ammonia is present...

  16. 40 CFR Appendix A-4 to Part 60 - Test Methods 6 through 10B

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... sources Method 6A—Determination of sulfur dioxide, moisture, and carbon dioxide emissions from fossil fuel... fossil fuel combustion sources Method 6C—Determination of Sulfur Dioxide Emissions From Stationary... with SO2 to form particulate sulfite and by reacting with the indicator. If free ammonia is present...

  17. 40 CFR Appendix A-4 to Part 60 - Test Methods 6 through 10B

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... sources Method 6A—Determination of sulfur dioxide, moisture, and carbon dioxide emissions from fossil fuel... fossil fuel combustion sources Method 6C—Determination of Sulfur Dioxide Emissions From Stationary... reacting with SO2 to form particulate sulfite and by reacting with the indicator. If free ammonia is...

  18. 40 CFR Appendix A-4 to Part 60 - Test Methods 6 through 10B

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... sources Method 6A—Determination of sulfur dioxide, moisture, and carbon dioxide emissions from fossil fuel... fossil fuel combustion sources Method 6C—Determination of Sulfur Dioxide Emissions From Stationary... with SO2 to form particulate sulfite and by reacting with the indicator. If free ammonia is present...

  19. Method for the melting of metals

    DOEpatents

    White, Jack C.; Traut, Davis E.

    1992-01-01

    A method of quantitatively determining the molten pool configuration in melting of metals. The method includes the steps of introducing hafnium metal seeds into a molten metal pool at intervals to form ingots, neutron activating the ingots and determining the hafnium location by radiometric means. Hafnium possesses exactly the proper metallurgical and radiochemical properties for this use.

  20. BUBBLE STRIPPING TO DETERMINE HYDROGEN CONCENTRATIONS IN GROUND WATER: A PRACTICAL APPLICATION OF HENRY'S LAW

    EPA Science Inventory

    The Bubble Stripping Method is a chemical testing method that operates on the principle of Henry's Law. It is useful for determining concentrations of hydrogen in well water, and it is capable of detecting concentrations on the order of nanomoles per liter. The method provides ...

Top